Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit PL11-012 - KEY BANK - DESIGN REVIEWKEYBANK 275 ANDOVER PARK W PL11-012 L11-017 DESIGN REVIEW City of Tukwila Jura Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director May 17, 2011 Joe Kenny Callison 1420 Fifth Avenue #2400 Seattle WA 98101-2343 Subject: Dear Joe: Key Bank Design Review Minor Modification — File PL 11-012 Westfield Southcenter Design Review File L04-049 The subject design review approval for Westfield Southcenter Mall Expansion, included a site plan for 597,009 square feet of new building square footage consisting of a three level addition to the mall, two parking structures, four new outlying building pads and associated site and landscape improvements; and elevations for the mall addition as well as the two parking garages. It was agreed that any design review of the outlying structures would occur when the buildings were ready for review. Key Bank's proposed facade renovation is considered a modification that falls within the above scope of work that was reviewed and approved by the City's Board of Architectural Review. BACKGROUND Key Bank is an existing bank at 275 Andover Park West. The existing structure is 4,338 square feet. The proposed changes will not alter the foot print or overall square footage but will change the overall look of the building. The proposed changes to the building include a small increase in height of three additional inches of painted fiberglass cornice around the entire parapet of the building. The parapet wall will be increased in height by approximately four feet six inches over the curved southeast facing windows. The higher parapet is framed by a column on each side with 3/4 inch horizontal reveals every one and half feet along the column. A metal canopy in "Rave Red" will be added at this corner over the windows. A new narrow horizontal trim band that is five and a half inches tall is being added horizontally around the building emphasizing the frieze — like element of the contrasting horizontal band of color. This modern entablature consists of contrasting color in white with the rest of the building painted a tan/khaki color called "Deer Valley." A few other building elements will be painted with the contrasting white or red. Comparison of the Proposed Modifications to the Original Approved Design TMC 18.60.50(B) lists the criteria for approval of the design review application. Listed below is the discussion of the proposed modification relative to the criteria listed under TMC 18.60.50 (B). 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 1. Relationship of the structure to the site There are no changes to the site layout. 2. Relationship of structure and site to adjoining area. There are no changes to the site layout. 3. Landscaping There is existing mature landscaping around the foundation of the south and west sides of the building. Within the tenant line is one landscape island and there is one planter adjacent to the front entry that is fairly bare. Some of the foundation plantings will be removed by the new parapet columns. No planting plan has been provided; although the site plan (Sheet A-001) shows the areas of planting. 4. Building Design a.) Architectural Design Quality and Relationship to Surroundings The parapet of the building is being raised (Detail 3, Sheet A-501) three inches through the addition of a cornice around the entire building. One corner of the building will have a higher parapet -four and a half feet — (Detail 1 Sheet A-501), columnar reliefs and a metal awning. A trim piece (Sheet A-201) is being attached two thirds up the wall, which will divide the two building colors of tan and white. The height of the building will be slightly taller. b.) Building of Appropriate Scale and in Harmony with Neighboring Structures The renovation and significant additions will occur primarily in the southeast corner of the existing building and the new parapet will be four and a half feet taller along the curved corner of the building. The awning is placed just at the top of the existing windows and in line with the proposed new trim piece, two thirds up the building wall. c) Building components such as windows, doors, eaves and parapets should have good proportions and relationship to one another. No new windows are proposed. The new parapet height and the new awning have good proportions and relationship to the building. d) Materials and Colors: Page 2 of 5 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director May 17, 2011 Joe Kenny Callison 1420 Fifth Avenue #2400 Seattle WA 98101-2343 Subject: Key Bank Design Review Minor Modification — File PL 11-012 Westfield Southcenter Design Review File L04-049 Dear Joe: The subject design review approval for Westfield Southcenter Mall Expansion, included a site plan for 597,009 square feet of new building square footage consisting of a three level addition to the mall, two parking structures, four new outlying building pads and associated site and landscape improvements; and elevations for the mall addition as well as the two parking garages. It was agreed that any design review of the outlying structures would occur when the buildings were ready for review. Key Bank's proposed facade renovation is considered a modification that falls within the above scope of work that was reviewed and approved by the City's Board of Architectural Review. BACKGROUND Key Bank is an existing bank at 275 Andover Park West. The existing structure is 4,338 square feet. The proposed changes will not alter the foot print or overall square footage but will change the overall look of the building. The proposed changes to the building include a small increase in height of three additional inches of painted fiberglass cornice around the entire parapet of the building. The parapet wall will be increased in height by approximately four feet six inches over the curved southeast facing windows. The higher parapet is framed by a column on each side with 3/4 inch horizontal reveals every one and half feet along the column. A metal canopy in "Rave Red" will be added at this corner over the windows. A new narrow horizontal trim band that is five and a half inches tall is being added horizontally around the building emphasizing the frieze — like element of the contrasting horizontal band of color. This modern entablature consists of contrasting color in white with the rest of the building painted a tan/khaki color called "Deer Valley." A few other building elements will be painted with the contrasting white or red. Comparison of the Proposed Modifications to the Original Approved Design TMC 18.60.50(B) lists the criteria for approval of the design review application. Listed below is the discussion of the proposed modification relative to the criteria listed under TMC 18.60.50 (B). 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 Painting the building the new colors will more closely match the colors of the mall expansion. The brick and stone colors of the adjacent mall garages are the tan and cream colors. (Attachment E - Color and Materials Board; March 9, 2011) e.) Mechanical Equipment or Utility Hardware No new mechanical equipment is proposed for the renovation. f.) Exterior Fixtures, Standards, and Accessories Building/site lighting is currently coming primarily from soffit lighting within the entrance vestibule and the drive through awning. There are also two "wall packs" that hang on the northwest elevation. Uplighting is being installed in the landscape area to highlight the two new columns on either side of the new awning in the southeast corner. Two new light fixtures (Attachment B) are to replace the existing utilitarian wall packs. They will be located at the same height along the white frieze on the northwest elevation. g) Monotony of Design The building is an unusual combination of angular and rounded building planes. The addition of the heightened parapet and book end columnar reliefs over the curved wall plane will emphasize that feature of the building. 5. Miscellaneous Structures Overall the design of the miscellaneous structures and site furnishings shall be consistent with the architectural concept and the landscape design. The entry currently has a bench, planter, waste receptacle, and ash receptacle made of an aggregate stone. (Photo, Sheet A205) The applicant is proposing new materials for the entry amenities. Attachments C and D show the catalog cut sheets for the proposed design for one bench and two planters. The color chosen is a metallic silver to match the tenant storefront framing. 6. Signage In 2004, Westfield Corporation, the property owner of the site, entered into a development agreement that vested the subject site to the 2007 Tukwila Sign Code. The tenant is allowed two signs that are visible from any adjacent right of way. A sign package (File No. S 11-013) was submitted with the design review modifications that include six signs. Two signs that are allowed are over the entry, which faces Andover Park West and over the southeast comer curving facade. The signs are channel letters that spell out "Key Bank" in black and the red key logo. Additional signage over the ATMs is allowed without the Key Bank or logo signage if it is Page 3 of 5 visible from either Strander Boulevard or Andover Park West. The detailed review of signage will be done as part of the review of sign the permit application. Conclusions The proposed changes to the existing Key Bank are in keeping with the design changes of the Mall expansion. The proportions of the new parapet and cornice are in harmony with the dimensions of the existing building and its various components. Bright color is used as an accent. Exterior lighting is being upgraded in terms of new replacement fixtures for soffit lighting. Replacement fixtures on the northwest wall will blend with the overall design and be functional without being distracting. Architectural lighting will emphasize a new feature of the building. Site furnishings will be improved and are located to emphasize the entry and provide amenity. Landscaping has not been adequately addressed but is a minor element of the overall site and a small required piece of the landscape plan. Ground cover to fulfill the minimum 90 % coverage standard and plants for the planters remains to be provided. In addition to providing amenity and function for customers at the entry to the building, the furnishings will provide a visual cue as to the location of the entrance to the building. The building's shape is irregular. The building's entrance is not emphasized through its architectural treatment. The use of the site furnishings and landscaping is a method of highlighting the function at that location. Color of the furnishings would be a way to highlight and emphasize the use of the furnishings. Rave red on the furnishings or some other complementary accent is needed to draw the eye to the entry. Finally, signage needs to be modified to reflect Sign Code standards that apply to the site. Decision The proposed revisions to the approved design are considered minor modifications as permitted under 18.60.030 (E). This request for minor modification to the BAR approved design is approved subject to the following conditions. 1. Prior to the issuance of the building permit the applicant shall provide a planting plan for the area to meet the Tukwila landscape standard of 90% groundcover within three years (TMC 18.52.030.) 2. The applicant must revise the sign permit application to meet the requirement of the Sign Code TMC Title 19 and the proposed signage shall be consistent with the architecture of the building... 3. Color of the entry site furnishings shall be an accent color, such as Rave Red. APPEAL PROCESS This decision is a Type 1 decision that may be appealed to the City's Hearing Examiner. The Permit Application Types and Procedures chapter of the City's Zoning Code, Classification of Project Permit Page 4 of 5 Painting the building the new colors will more closely match the colors of the mall expansion. The brick and stone colors of the adjacent mall garages are the tan and cream colors. (Attachment E - Color and Materials Board; March 9, 2011) e.) Mechanical Equipment or Utility Hardware No new mechanical equipment is proposed for the renovation. f.) Exterior Fixtures, Standards, and Accessories Building/site lighting is currently coming primarily from soffit lighting within the entrance vestibule and the drive through awning. There are also two "wall packs" that hang on the northwest elevation. Uplighting is being installed in the landscape area to highlight the two new columns on either side of the new awning in the southeast corner. Two new light fixtures (Attachment B) are to replace the existing utilitarian wall packs. They will be located at the same height along the white frieze on the northwest elevation. g) Monotony of Design The building is an unusual combination of angular and rounded building planes. The addition of the heightened parapet and book end columnar reliefs over the curved wall plane will emphasize that feature of the building. 5. Miscellaneous Structures Overall the design of the miscellaneous structures and site furnishings shall be consistent with the architectural concept and the landscape design. The entry currently has a bench, planter, waste receptacle, and ash receptacle made of an aggregate stone. (Photo, Sheet A205) The applicant is proposing new materials for the entry amenities. Attachments C and D show the catalog cut sheets for the proposed design for one bench and two planters. The color chosen is a metallic silver to match the tenant storefront framing. 6. Signage In 2004, Westfield Corporation, the property owner of the site, entered into a development agreement that vested the subject site to the 2007 Tukwila Sign Code. The tenant is allowed two signs that are visible from any adjacent right of way. A sign package (File No. S11-013) was submitted with the design review modifications that include six signs. Two signs that are allowed are over the entry, which faces Andover Park West and over the southeast comer curving facade. The signs are channel letters that spell out "Key Bank" in black and the red key logo. Additional signage over the ATMs is allowed without the Key Bank or logo signage if it is Page 3 of 5 Applications section (18.104.010(B), outlines the authorization and process for appeal. If you have any questions, you can contact Moira Bradshaw at 206-431-3651. Sincerely, 3i. k Pace Director Community Development Attachments A — Plan Set (Callison 4/18/11) B - New light fixture C — New bench D — New planter E — Color and materials board H:Ucey bank\keybankstaffreport.doc Page 5 of 5 7 8 9 10 D C 8 A PROVIDE ADDITIONAL IANDSCAPING TO MATCH EXOI1NG ADJACENT LANDSCAPING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAW 90 PERCENT COVERAGE, TYP REMOVE '24 HOUR BANKING' SIGN AND REPLACE WITH STANDARD ATM SIGN jt REPLACE CANDY J/ CLEARANCE SIGNS INSTALL VAT SIGN REPLACE EXSTRTG SIGNAGE - 000RDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT INSTAJL RED BOLLARD COVERS AT EXISTING 80UARDS, TYP (4) LOCATIONS PAIN CANOPY CEILING REPLACE EX511N0 SURROUND WIIFI NEW RED HALO SURROUND, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR STRANDER BLVD. EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE EXISTING ACCESSIBLE AISLE INSTALL NEW ILLUMINATED SICNACE - VERIFY WITH JURISDICTION - COORDINATE WRH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT REPLACE EXISTING SURROUND WITH NEW RED HALO SURROUND (PREFERRED LOCATION OF HALO SURROUND IF JURISDICTION �jt? ALLOWS ONE) REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING SHRUBS, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK ANDOVER PARK WEST REPLACE EXISTING SKXIAGE - 000RDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT SHEET NOTES 1) ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED RUNNING SLOPE OF 1:20 (5.0R), MAX CROSS SLOPE OF 1:50 (2.0R) 144X. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2) ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND AISLES TO BE LEVEL WITH SURFACE SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED 1:50 (2.0R) IN All DIRECTIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 3) PAINT BUILDING (FIEF-2 ), TYP 4) ALL EXTERIOR SEWAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR I 1- APR CC DEV 19 2011 I MMUN:TY ELOPMEi1T Gil CALLISON E 0= J = J al a 9 V S: 3 3 SHEET SYMBOLS NEW SITE CONSTRUCTION ""'-"'�............._:' EXISTING SITE WORK TO REMAIN (FIEF-1 ) FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-601 FOR FINISH LEGEND ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV 81 [t) 04/18/11 TRUE NORTH tCAl F: 3/32'=1'-0- (1, 0 6 12 24 Site Plan A-001 U1ProlecblKeyBenlAWaehirptonI dIDo.P MCaddkb20781SheetsUm2078_e-001.Ap 4/15/11 3:12 PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 CALLISON • 6 7 8 9 10 C 8 ) / 0 A O REFLECTED CEILING PLAN EXISTING CEILING AND IJGHI FIXTURES TO REMAIN ACP START REFURBISH EXISTING UNDER SOFFIT LIGHTS, TYP (11) LOCATIONS NEW GROUND ACCENT UGHT, TYP (2) LOCATIONS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 0 SHEET NOTES 1) LIGHTING, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND SPRINKLERS ARE TO 8E MOUNTED AT POINTS IN ACP AS NOTED IN GRAPHIC BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED ON REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN. 3) INSTAL ACP CEILING SYSTEMS PER DETAIL 11/A-801. 5) WHERE NEW 2X2 ACP CEILING 6 INDICATED, MATCH EXISTING CEIUNG TILE, GRID & HEIGHT U.O.N. TO CREATE A UNIFORM LIKE NEW APPEARANCE. 9) REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10) MAINTAIN EXIT SIGN, EMERGENCY LIGHTING, SPRINKLER COVERAGE AND FIRE ALARM OPERATION FOR OCCUPIED SPACES AND CONSTRUCTION ZONES DURING CONSTRUCTION. R&M SCOPE 1) INSTALL NEW COUNG AND LIGHT FIXTURES AT CUSTOMER FACING AREAS. SHEET SYMBOLS NEW ACP CEILING EXSTING ACP SYSTEM COLIC STILN 2X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 2X2 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 1X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE O SMOKE DETECTOR 1-®® DM UGHT FIXTURE 1/1 (FI P-1 ) SUPPLY GRILLE RETURN GRILLE COI RIG PANEL CEILING INDICATOR SEE A-602 FOR CEILING HEIGHT AFF COUNG PANEL, GILD, AND FINISH COLOR FINISH, GOD ONLY AT EXIST CEILINGS FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW SUSPENDED GYP BD COUNG NEW CONSTRUCTION COSTING TO REMAIN Sr4i1 1/4" = 1,-0• 2 4 8 UAProjeC/UCey8e 0WasMnptonWMove/arMCe0EIm2078/Sheet4 b2078 a121.dxy 4/15/11 3.12 PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 CAWSON PLAN NORTH d A APR 19 20111 CM.R.NA1.)N;rY DEVELOPWENT 0 CALLISON ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV Y1 L'104/18/11 Reflected Ceiling Plan A-121 2 3 7 8 9 10 O EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTHEAST EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHWEST INFILL EXISTING WINDOW NEW SICNACE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR GI FYBERGLASS CORNICE AND z/z„... \ PARAPET BEYOND. (FI EF-2) NEW S0NAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNERS VENDOR NEW HALO SURROUND AT DRIVE THRU ATM, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR RED BOLLARD COVERS, TYP. FIBERGLASS CORNICE. TIP z,..- (FI EF-7) FI EF-2 ) EL= +19'-6'' FIBERGLASS CORNICE, TYP. T.O. PARAPET (FI EF-7) FI EF-2 ) NEW METAL CANOPY IN KEYBANK RED. NEW PLASTER ACCENT CORNERS. FIBERGLASS CORNKZ, TYP. (FI EF-7) 2) EL= +15'-0' T.0. PARAPET EL= +9'-O B.O. SOFFIT _ _ _ _EL= +0'-8 FINISH FLOUR A EL= +19'-6' T.O. PARAPET �L= +15'-04. T.O. PARAPET _Elf_ 49'-0 B.O. SOFFIT FINISH FLOOR SHEET NOTES 1) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR 2) PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXTERIOR FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH WHERE ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 3) BLOCKING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN FOR NEW SIGNS TO BE PROVIDED BY GC. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND OWNISRS SIGN VENDOR 4) D0 NOT DEMOLISH ANY EXISTING LOAD BEARING STUDS THAT COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING WALL ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY STRUCTURAL CONCERNS ARISE FROM DEMOLITION 5) SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 0 CALLISON 'APR 1 9 20111 COMMUN TY DEVELOPME4T SHEET SYMBOLS 0 0 a ISSUED / REVISED DATE (FIEF-1 ) FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV 61 04/18/11 SCALE: 3/32' = 1'-0' Exterior Elevations 3 6 12 U3Pmlec6u(eyBamc0WasNn9tan*1MoverPetMCaddkb2078IShee4444,207e 8-201Awg 4/15/11 312 PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 CALLISON A-201 2 3 5 7 8 9 10 NEW SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE T1BERGLA55 CORNICE. TYP.— PERMIT. COORDINATE WITH F) EF-1) OWNER'S VENDOR NEW 041.0 SURROUND AT DRIVE TF44U ATM, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR O EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHEAST RED BOLLARD COVERS, TYP. EL= +0'-0' FINISH FLOOR SHEET NOTES 1) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR 2) PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXTERIOR FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH WHERE ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 3) BLOCKING AIM ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN FOR NEW SIGNS TO RE PROVIDED BY GC. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND BLOCKING R000IREMENTS 80/4 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR 4) DO NOT DEMOLISH ANY EXISTING LOAD BEARING STUDS THAT COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING WALL ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY STRUCTURAL CONCERNS ARISE FROM DEMODUTION 5) SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION E = o o i U Q G 0 co a 2 J .1 = J J m < 4". u u; 3 APR 19 2011 COMMUNJV DEVELOPMENT SHEET SYMBOLS (F� EF-1 FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION COSTING TO REMAIN ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV Y1 A 04/18/11 SCALE 3/32" = Exterior Elevations 3 6 12 U:IFYNeelsV(eyBaNAWasNn8tonWWoverPeAAOeddkb2078/Sheets11m2078_a202.dw0 4/15/11 3:12PM COPYRIGHT ©2O11 OALLISON A-202 3 7 E MOO EEE EEL 1GAL LE1DEIDMEI61M 7s-O- tEV hill Co ET -a) EXTERIOR ELEVATION — SOUTHEAST (PROPOSED) EXTERIOR ELEVATION — SOUTHEAST (EXISTING) EDE REAM EECCO ff COLONS - CLOSED 014,1EIDIL toes memo 9S-r d$ 1 I3MC O ifiEki, KS* MDR REE1601 3 -r +E-6 . — 414iX1R SHEET NOTES oyIFic&FORS0100E!> SOME KEW Li1ESZIESE. VO(kl 3tO®RS MEER 1} AOIiN AK IOW Ell Waal OWNS 19 OM SOME MUMS 2I R*S i NNE AU. El'R SEM6 IFEJ1E I®1 WAKED 30 Bamos, *O WORM SECC/I-R TDR Eat 506 1D EE OOZED Bx EiC. ClaiDIEZ 337i7 EMI AND MOAK ESETS NEDi EXACT OE0 ma: ou EMZIE la 9SEES Sad AMOR 91W211.100.EZ 111E JTDR11. MUM OF LIE EY6112 i'0LL * OE I0WY *Mail iR ott SR EMER 1L CDECE016 MEE RW1M 5 SEE 5131119.11ZSZOMDE Eat REDO 0113040101I RECE.T.fE0 APR 19 2011 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FINISH SCHEDULE 0 MKS SKIM 9501FEIO PEER 1E41E7 MIT SUM DOOM 5E7770 tom NO MERGE 'WOW 9fEsREOO DIME MOE ELM 1111015 MOM 56105 IAEX Aka SRES SIMI Carnal 10!EPO1 17111116 OBI RIOF_ SEWS sitg c w m� m CALLIRON E ac a ISSUED/REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02125111 100 SET 03/21111 PEE- MOIDEOZOL 10 YO101 oaao11Th ODOOLESE. DME WOE CODICE NC 915105 9501E r X APO! runs-12 10 wool 5-1/Z - ROE LED *AO 916103 210251.02 Salk 3/sr 5 Exterior Renderings A-2O3 40EYRIORE 701% MUMS 2 6 a 15A ttr to EXTERIOR ELEVATION — NORTHWEST (PROPOSED) EXTERIOR ELEVATION — NORTHWEST (EXISTING) KeyBank �— FREDOISS BRIM lee MOVET IEVOAS (' •� NEI RM9 swum al DOVE TOO M14 CONS µ1E MIIR O wa's AO SOR 1119 OUMS WIE05. 177. ® lX1a1TJE. 76s. eEN ERN L- +1R-6 6.0. move 11...+15-0•419, ERS t DORT Et= OF—CF -p01J1 FlffM SH EL I NOTES ag =dOR sopa DARER SEIM= EE3693. CIM DAME 11011 OMB BUR 21 F✓A7tr1.AND 11090.au EMMA IIISPRS 10 eNT01 MAC AMOK num MOE ill BUM SOS MAE 1EN si>aNDED 3) BOOMS MC BOOM 1116101-111 41R oar SOS TO i£ FRO® ®r 6C. U 5*5E 8001 =KW as EIDI ow u+ecWsel691s am now SEa6HMORN MUM ao teen soi 90i0QM R® NW GOWN N *IT E92Si110 1013 ROMa6 SANS 110 O01&1M19E R1iI"aO lam 1l ORBS Ma ME. VAIN SMUT dF Ili 5100. 011t ,0NC13116 MB ROI WT$G1iAM • STOC6RR. ONMN 5 1 iR RAIME9 0161#tC*5 PECE V -D APR 19 20111 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT FINISH SCHEDULE Wawa 9ue3IMM SMON11111 ORR OW 1*55 'memos EMMA 567723 t*5x IOD 9395 E><EO10if 9E9N11 91M WS 0ME 9111E by 1*55 9:U®MB E -94W6 too iso SERB 918tYIWt SUCH WW1 10 M91W5 MB MB INN MEDD HE- lit 10 SOX 7N9410ID means. 1**5 *115 0UMICE MC 516165 95ii16 r s *1* wi*-12 10 WADI 5-I/r 15*5 tin ARS S1 *5 att c CO CALLI$ON E 0 ac •al 40 uX 10 �co ▪ IC 5 .1C a <-,33 �Pre0-a v. lit >> •Y 0 1Oi f.,Zc Q I0 A CAI r m V) 0 10 0 a ISSUES / REVISED GATE PERMIT SET 02/25111 MO SET 03/21911 SOLE 3/3rmamarnnniummmiNegioNaml 0 15 3 6 Exterior Renderings A-204 Raker 1100...ae2CRi_p40/A04 4*51 *NAM COMMIS',� >5CALLS011 2 3 6 7 9 ID 0171 901IL nlrnRrr g4 goon as„A UDD VIM OF twn., J[i1r0 191Efl1 3.06611 25-3', lair cD+ 4:1= EXTERIOR ELEVATION — NORTHEAST (PROPOSED) EXTERIOR ELEVATION — NORTHEAST (EXISTING) 2:5• i gar tutu sumac *1 au& tt0! AAq, 6OCII6 < 1=1 111116VS 99COR - MS OF 51:611 aloe moo* x-r SKEET NOTES OCEEICD SINCE 60. Went Pa1!{ CIN6111.11E omi DAMPS wan 41020 .W16 t0011R DU COMM 6.60 10 LOON BMW A 3L10(109911176E AlMICR 9016 ME .61.116 3j O rciam 61D 62130[2L COWAN RE BE11 S0i6 10 If FRADMED 51' fECOfME E13c711011M MO 6. 356 1E0759I51115 06i 601f 1.10611 IIOMOK3 561 611E35 9 9166! V ND 513 7515.10117 6115135 0051) WOK 546S 1107 1:6061010E SHE 5610.EE MOO Al 11( ff05016 MILL 56)E. 1611i' Mr..ECIF 110' 3160101. 0103116.IWH RD®0 MC/1513 550011.1WI. 18145I0 * 11 1DIOI67 91ii 609M Y to iti>az RECEIVED APR 19 20111 GON MUNITY FINISH SCHEDULE 0 Emma .gam snow teie 111513 PJNa UMW E601100 97720 1129 102 51E5 6I5E31PY6 04± ME 1 96105 1AET lam' DM310. 10 WW1 IAE7t RITE RED 506600 To rum [!1 rsaavifD F1t7E0GUS. D+9E ow® MICE It mos S151fM t' Y 1YROM R7159-12 1CI Kum 5-1/T 100E Irl sow SGBE 3/32. = 1'd 0 13 3 6 CALLI{ON w NCO x®a.0) • �aaa< ,-wm3 )1 >> - • 0 _ o $2 0" Z C d 0 ti co 01 210251.02 ISSUED / REVISED PATE PERMIT SET 0212S/11 DID SET 03/201/1 Exterior Renderings A-205 11:9101 00015011 1" 30110LL .211201 6 7 9 10 DESIGN CODES AND LOADING: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (2009 EDITION) LIVE WADS: ROOF: 25 PSF SNOW LATERAL WADS: WIND: V35 .90 MPH, EXP B, Iw=ILO, Kzt.1.0 SEISMIC: Ss.1.413, 51.0.507, 5ds-0.962, 541.0.507, 14.1.0 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY 11 SEISMIC SOIL SITE CLASS D SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D GENERAL: THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. ALL TEMPORARY SHORING OR BRACING IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE DRAWINGS REFLECT THE FINAL FINISHED CONDITION OF THE STRUCTURE THESE DRAWINGS ARE 14QT INTENDED TO SHOW EACH AND EVERY CONDITION, BUT INDICATE THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED, SIMILAR CONDITIONS SHALL BE USED AT THE DISCRETION AND APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR 1.5 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL JOB SITE SAFETY A5 WELL AS ALL MEANS, METHODS, AND SEQUENCE-5 OF CONSTRUCTION TO SAFELY PERFORM THE WORK. AUE ENGINEERS 1445 NO EXPERTISE IN NOR HAS BEEN RETAINED TO PROVIDE REVIEW OF THE CONTRACTORS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A5 THEY RELATE TO 114E CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. IF ANY ERROR OR OMISSION APPEARS IN THESE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, OR OTHER DOCI1MEfr5, THE CONTRACTOR SU4I I NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING OF SUCH 0EII5510N 0R ERROR BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, OR ACCEPT FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE COST TO RECTIFY SAME. VERIFY AND COORDINATE OPENINGS IN FLOORS, WALLS AND ROOF WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE REFERENCED FOR WALLS, FINISHES AND DIMEESIOS. DIMENSIONS PROVIDED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. STRUCTURAL STEEL: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, TUBE COLUMNS: A5T71 A500 GRADE B (Fy46000 psl). PIPE COLUMNS: ASTM A53 GRADE B (Fy35,000 psi). ALL 1W' AND 'H' SHAPES: A992, (Fy50,000 psi). ALL OTHER STEEL: ASTM A%. ALL STAINLESS STEEL 3161. (Fy30,000 psi). ALL BOLTS: ASTM A325 INSTALLED PER CRITERIA FOR SLIP CRITICAL CONNECTIONS U.N.O. AOL ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM FI554 GRADE 36, U.N.O. FURNISH ANCHOR RODS WITH MATCHING DOUBLE HEAVY NIX NUTS AT THE END EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE CAST -IN HEADED BOLTS SHALL BE PLACED ACCURATELY INTO FINAL POSITION PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE. ADDING BOLTS AFTER A POUR 0R 'WET STICKING' 15 NOT ALLOWED. PROVIDE WASHERS FOR All BOLTS AS REQUIRED BY AISC. AS A MINIMUM PROVIDE STANDARD CUT WASHERS UNDER ALL NUTS. ONE COAT OF APPROVED 5140P PAINT MINIMUM TO ALL STEEL NOT EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE. FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE AISC (A5D) SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND SUPPLY ALL ADDITIONAL MISCELLANEOUS METALS THAT ARE INDICATED IN 714E ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS OR 71405E METALS WHICH ARE FOUND TO BE NECESSARY TO SUPPORT THE ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES GR OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS. ALL FRAMING AND CONNECTIONS DESIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR AUel L NOT RESULT IN F1TFNTRIC LOADS BEING APPLIED TO THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE 0R LATERAL LOADS BEING APPLIED TO 714E BOTTOM FLANGE OF STEEL BEAMS. SUBMIT red MUATICRS STAMPED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT ALONG WITH 5440P DRAWINGS NOTING THE LOADING IMPOSED ON THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE. WELDING REQUIREMENTS. ALL WELDING SHALL MEET AWS/WA80 CODES FOR ARC WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. F1r5FPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE SPECIAL PROCEDURE OF TINS SECT10N, ELECTRODES MAY BE E70 (70 K51 MINIMUM). ELECTRODES MUST BE KEPT DRY AT ALL TIMES. MINIMA/ WELDS SHALL BE 3/46' OR AS NOTED IN SECTION J2b OF ALSO (144IC4EVFR 15 LARGER) ALL WELDING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHALL USE E309 ELECTRODES WITH A GMAC PROCESS FIEND AND SHOP WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AWS/WABO CERTIFIED WELDERS. GLUE LAMINATED TI113ER: BENDING STRESS ETr- 2400 psi TENSION, TYP MOISTURE CONTENT 10 MAX. STANDARD CAMBER 3,500 FT. RADIUS U.N.O. GW-LAM TIMBER REFERRED TO IN THESE PLANS ARE DOUGLAS FIR COMBINATION 24F-V4 FOR SIMPLE SPANS AND 24F-V8 FOR CANTILEVER AND CONTINUOUS SPANS. AITC 117-MOST RECENT EDITION GUM I BE 714E BASIS FOR ALL ERECTION AND FABRICATION. WET -USE ADHESIVES ARE REQUIRED. ALL WOOD I' AND CLOSER TO CONCRETE SHALL BE TREATED WITH AN APPROVED PRESERVATIVE. ALL NAILS IN TREATED TIMBER SHALL BE GALVANIZED. STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS: GENERAL REOUIREMEflS. STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, LATEST EDITION SUA11 GOVERN FOR ALL STEEL STUDS 4 JOISTS SPECIFIED. DEPTH, GAUGE, AND SECTION PROPERTIES OF STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS w611 MEET OR EXCEED THOSE OF THE SECTIONS SPECIFIED (LARK 25521). G-60 GALVANIZED COATING PER ASTM A653 15 REQUIRED FOR ALL S4tt1 STUDS AND JOISTS ALL SCREWS SHALT. BE SELF -TAPPING / SELF -DRILLING FASTENERS THAT ARE ZINC COATED A5 MANUFACTURED BY HILTI KWIC-FLDR (CO ESR-2196, LARK 250.6) OR APPROVED EQUAL. THE MINIMUM SCREW SIZE TO BE 118-18 (112 POINT) OR I110-16 (42 POINT) FOR 54 MIL (16 GA) OR LESS AND 810-I6 (443 POINT) 0R 812-14 (1Y2 OR 143 POINT) FOR MATERIAL HEAVIER THAN 54 MIL (16 GA) U.N.O. ON THE DRAWINGS. SCREWS FOR SHEATHING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE Of THE PROPER SIZE AND TYPE FOR A POSITIVE SHEATHING TO METAL CONNECTION. ALL .C4FW CONNECTIONS SU41I BE MADE FROM THE LIGHTER MATERIAL INTO THE HEAVIER MATERIAL U.N.O. SCREWS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM PROJECTION OF 3 THREADS THROUGH THE LAST MATERIAL JOINED AND SHALL HAVE MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES AND CENTER TO CENTER SPACINGS OF I/2 INCH. ALL SCREWS SHALL CONFORM TO SAE J78 AND SHALL BE COATED WITH A CORROSIVE RESISTANT COATING. THE SCREW MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE VERIFICATION OF THE FASTENERS RESISTANCE TO HYDROGEN ETBRITTLEI TENT. ALL FRAMING COMPONENTS gal I BE 50UARE CUT FOR ATTACHMENT TO PERPENDICULAR MEMBERS. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER WHCH WILL ASSURE THAT ENDS OF THE STUDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE INSIDE TRACK W® PRIOR TO STUD AND TRACK ATTA0E1ENT. PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING AT 48' 0/C PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS WHERE WALL 15 NOT SHEATHED CONTINUOUSLY ON BOTH SIDES AND AS SHOWN N DRAWINGS. PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS FOR WALLS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS WHERE THEY ARE NOT SHEATHED PRIOR TO RESISTING LOADS. J015T5 SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY OVER STUDS, TYPICAL NO SPLK.ES ARE PERMITTED IN STUDS. ALL 5BCT10N5 SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL THAT CORRESPONDS TO THE FOLt01R4 REAUIRE1ENT5. 97, 66 4 54 MIL THICKNESS (GAGES 42, W 9 16) ---- ASTM A-653 GRADE D, YIELD 50 K51, F - 65K51 43, 33 1 27 MIL THICKNESS (GAGES S, 20 9 22) ---- ASTM A-635 GRADE A, YIELD 33 K51, Fu. 45K51 ALL TRACKS, BRIDGING, STRAPS ETC. ARE TO BE FORMED FROM STEEL OF THE SAME THICKNESS AS THE STUDS OR JOISTS TO WHICH THEY ARE ATTACHED, U.N.O. METAL STUD DESGNATION IS THUS. '600' - MEMBER DEPTH IN V100 INCH (6') 'S' - 51115 OF MEMBER (5 . STUD/J05T, T • TRACK, U • CHANNEL, F • FURRING CHANNEL) 462' - MEMBER FLANGE WIDTH IN I/100 INCH (1.625' • I-5/8') 54' - MINIMAL STEEL THICKNESS IN MILS (54 MILS.. 0.054', OLD DESIGNATION OF 16 GA.) SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: GENERAL MOMENTS, ALL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2009 5C, CHAPTER 17. ALL INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION IOU OU THE 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ARE REQUIRED. INSPECTIONS SPECIFIED IN THESE NOTES ARE IN ADDITION TO THESE INSPECTIONS. CITY INSPECTION I5 NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION. ANY WORK WHICH HAS BEEN COVERED BUT NOT PROPERLY INSPECTED BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR AND/OR THE CITY INSPECTOR 15 SUBJECT TO REMOVAL 0R EXPOSURE WHERE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED, CONTINUOUS INSPECTION IS REQUIRED DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. THIS MAY BE A REQUIREMENT OF TIE BUILDING CODE / LOCAL JURISDICTION OR THE MANUFACTURER. 114E SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST BE CERTIFIED TO PERFORM THE TYPES OF INSPECTION SPECIFIED AND SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING AND INFORMING THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR QR CITY INSPECTOR AT LEAST ONE WORKING DAY BEFORE THE WORK S TO BE PERFORMED UNLESS OTTER CONDITIONS ARE AGREED UPON. REWREIBNFS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST WORK UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A WASHINGTON LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST PERSONALLY BE FAMILIAR WITH THE DRAWINGS AND MOST PERSONALLY OBSERVE ALL OF THE WORK REPORTED ON. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHAD. BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION; THEN, IF NOT CORRECTED, TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER. THE FINAL REPORT SU41 I BE SIGNED BY'A WASHINGTON LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER AND 5U411 STATE THAT THE WORK WAS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLIC4R1 F WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF IBC. SPECIFIC SPECIAL INSPECTIONS RECUIRED: ALL WELDING OF STEEL EXCEPT WELDING PERFORMED IN AN AISC APPROVED 5140P. DISCLAIMER: THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE DESIGN ARE SPECIFIC TO T115 PROJECT ONLY AHD MAY NOT BE REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ARMOUR IASDERFER ENGINEERNG. IT 5 OUR INTENT THAT THIS DESIGN MEETS THE NORMAL STANDARD OF CARE WITHIN THIS INDUSTRY. NO OTHER WARRANTY 5 PROVIDED CR IMPLIED. rl. J/ / (E; 4X14 (E) 414 (E) 2X12 @ 2' O' D.C. n rte) 742 @ .'(E) 21..2 @ 2-0' 0.C. FJ '2 2 '(E) 18' MER`D 1121.155 @ Y-C' O.C. • 5 V4' X 9 1/4' P5L (2.0E) JOISTS AT EA (E) JOIST, SISTER TOGETHER W (2) ROWS OF 16d WAILS AT 12' 0.C., SPACE ROWS AT 5' 0.C. 2' CONCRETE c_/B (E) 2X8 44 2-D' 0 C. • i (E) 4XI4 PLAN NORTH (E) (2) 2%12 SEE 7 FOR TOWER 155 (E) (2) 2X10J ROOF FRAMING PLAN rl. E) GU) 3 I/5X18 ' (E) 2X12 @ 'P. 2-0' 0.C. N.. n Yi . a ., Le ... APR 19 20111 COMMUN.T! DEVELOPIItlEWT Aft v 10 f(E) ROOF EDGE A Am e 2...v....I Rft I ,.. /�/ // `,/ • •/K/(E.) (2) 2XI0 Ii ��, / / GIB 5 1/8 / /OUTLINE OF / / CORNICE PER ARCH le//� .0. / . // .,, ''� O\i-/,' // ENTRY PARAPET �� ` ��i• -; ENTRY CANOPY BY OTHERS i _(E) 2X6 @ ;---7-0' cC. GLB 5 I/8 (E) (2) D 2 SEE 7/5-002 FOR TOWER LEG (E) 2X6 @ 2'-0' 0.C. SCALE: I/8"=1'-01 e 5. OF (E) GLB Afk v 1 7' 0 a E Z V 0 N m d s° CO CO CO Q) ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REVISION 41 04/18/11 NOTE THESE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON A LIMITED AMOUNT OF INFORMATION FOR AN D05TING BUILDING. CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IF CONDITIONS ARE OTHER THAN AS 544OWN PRIOR TO MODIFICATION. NOTE. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THESE STRUCTURAL PLANS ARE FOR GENERAL REFERENCE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL DIMENSIONS AND ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. GENERAL NOTES AND ROOF PLAN S-001 P:111000111044 Key Bank Andover Park111044 Key Bank Andover Perk 5001.dwg 4/18/11 2:32 PM COPYRIGHT 0 201i ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING, INC., P.5. 6 7 8 9 10 FULL BLOCKING, EXTEND MINIMUM 12' BEYOND STRAP E5. (2) 5/8' DIA A307 BOLTS AT 15' 0.C., CENTER IN BLOCKING L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (6) tt10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DBL JOIST W (4) SIMPSON 5D5 1/4 X 2 V2' SCREWS DETAIL A NOTE: SHEATH WALL AND CRICKET WITH MINIMUM I/2' APA RATED PLYWOOD, FASTEN WITH 88 SCREWS AT 6' 0.C. AT THE PANEL EDGES, 12' 0.C. IN FIELD 600587-43 AT EA PlarF, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W (3) 810 SCREWS L 2 X 2 X 43 MIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (3) #10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) BLKG W 11w v6Fw DETAIL A e1 r-I,II 5/8' DIA A307 BOLT, TYP 8005162-54 E.S., EXTEND 2' PAST STRONG BACK .1 SIMPSON HT520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W (4) MO SCREWS, FASTEN TO RI /rKING IN JOIST W (12) 10d NAILS CORNICE BY OTHERS CONT. 600T125-43 T 08, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH 810 o02Fw E.S. OF STUD 6005137-43 STUDS AT 16' 0.C. J CONT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4' 1 FASTEN TO EA STUD W MO 1 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W NO SCRD.1 1I: 6005162-5i4 BRACE AT 48' O.C. I I II iii 11111 CLIP BRACE FLANGES AND SANDWICH BTW (E JOIST AND NFW JOIST, FASTEN TO JOISTS t STUDS W 5/8' DIA TNRU BOLT 6'-0' MI , 2'-0' 14 �3 r CHANNELS SHALL BE TIGHT TO (E) JOISTS (E) 5 VB' GLB MIN .11 1 LSI CYD120.7 ES., _ CONN PER 0 ' 5/5-002 I 6005137-43 FIeArF AT 48' O.C.1 1/ (4) 1810 (E) SOFFIT FRAMING SCREWS AT EA BRACE TYPICAL NEW PARAPET 2, (6) 100 \, SCREWS AT EA BRACE CONE. 600T200-43 STRONG BACK, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (3) 110 SCREWS, FASTEN TO EA HMI SUPPORT W 810 SCREW, SEE 4/5-002 FOR STRONG BACK END STEEL CANOPY BY OTNER5 SCALE: I/2'=I'-0' (E) GLB REINFORCEMENT c141 F: 3/41=I'-0' FULL BI /r10NG, EXTEND MINIMUM 12' BEYOND STRAP E5. (2) 5/8' DIA A307 80LT5 AT 15' 0.C., CENTER M RI/r01G NOTE. SEET V5-002 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 5/8' DIA A307 BOLT AT 12' 0.C. DETAIL A L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (6) 1110 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DBL JOIST W (4) SIMPSON 5D5 V4 X 2 V2' SCREWS DETAIL A CONT. 6001125-43 T 08, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH MO SCPFw E.S. W STUD 6005137-43 STUDS AT 16' 0.C. C01TT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4' FASTEN TO EA STUD W 010 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W 7110 4r RFW 400T200-43 AT 24' 0.C., FASTEN TO GLB W (3) 130 SCREWS FASTEN TO WAIL STUDS W (3) 810 SCREWS 6005162-54 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. CONT. 800TI50-68, fASTEN TO EA STUD W 810 SCREW E.S. 8005162-54 8 24' 0.C., EXTEND 2' PAST STRONG BACK L3X3X68 MIL AT EA HORIZONTAL STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (8) Oa SCREWS, FASTEN TO GLB W (7) SIMPSON I/4' X 3 I/2' 5D5 SCREWS 6005137-43 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. (4) 1110 SCREWS AT EA BRACE E --7 SIMPSON HT520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W (4) 180 SCREWS, FASTEN TO PI /rKING t4 JOIST W (12) 10d NAILS CORNICE BY OTHERS NEW PARAPET AT EDGE CONT. 4007200-43 STRONG BACK, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (3) MO SCREWS, FASTEN TO EA HORIZ SUPPORT W 1110 SCREW, SEE 4/5-002 FOR STRONG BACK LAP 5-002 / 6'-0' MIN FILL EVERY OTHER HOLE W KN NAILS SIMPSON C520 AT EA ROW OF PI /rKING SCALE: V2'=I'-0' NOTE. PARAPET WALL BRACING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY FASTEN"F8 /rKING TO JOIST TOP CHORD W 10d TOED, E.S. 2X4 FLAT BLOCKING BETWEEN JOIST TOP CHORDS, ALIGN MTh (E) 2100 JOISTS L`., ` (E) JOIST PARAPET DRAG FILL EVERY OTHER HOLE W 10d NAILS i 1 L may/ i jj /� ail / L. ...LL'.; (E) JOIST 5-002 SCALE: 3/4'=11-0' CORNICE BY OTHERS CONT. 6007125-43 T 48, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH 810 SCFFw E.S. OF STUD, FASTSI TO RI/rCING W (2) 810 SCREWS 6005137-43 STUDS AT 16' 0.C. CONT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4' FASTEN TO EA STUD W #10 SCRBJ, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W NO SCREW 6005162-54 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (6) NO SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DBL JOIST W (4) SIMPSON S05 V4 X 2 1/2' SCREWS 28 BLOCKING AT 24' 0.C., ALIGN WITH VERTICAL WALL STUDS, FASTEN TO (E) JOISTS E5. W SIMPSON L550 CLIPS SIMPSON HT520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W (4) *30 SCREWS, FASTEN TO GLB W (0) 10d NAILS 3 FREE STANDING WALL ON ROOF 5-002 SCALE: 1/21=I'-0' PLAN VIEW OF,.TOWER EXTEND STRONG BALK TO FIRST TWO STUDS AFTER GLB IN APR 19 2011 COMMUN:T'f DEVELOP1II.EFIT CL GLB (E)2 X6J015T5 I (E)2 X10 JOISTS AT 24' O.C. 1 AT 24' 0.C. WALL 5110 /`y 511d71Jf BACK STRONG BACK STRONG BACK LAP (E) BUILDING WALL (E) SLAB ON GRADE AND STEMWALL FOOTING 2' MIN EXTEND STRONG BACK TO FIRST STUD AFTER GLB SCALE: I/21=I'-0' WALL SHEATHING 6005137-43 511)05 AT 16' 0.C. 600*1 5-43, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH 810 e11FW E5. OF STUD 114 VERTICAL AT 12' 0.C., E.5. OF FOOTING (4) 84 HORIZONTAL 141 DOWEL AT 12' 0.C., DRILL AND EPDXY INTO (E) FOOTING W HILTI RE-500 5D EPDXY, 4' EMBEDMENT LEG FOOTING *ANV1} SCALE: 3/4'=1'-0' Z 0 4) 00 c0 0 m m d CO 0 N 0 N ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REVISION #1 04/18/11 DETAILS S-002 P:I11000111044 Key Bank Andover Park111044 Key Bank Andover Park S001.dw9 4/18/11 2:32 PM COPTRIGHT 9 2011 ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING, INC., P.5. 0/1169AfeMr L/THON/A LIGHT/IVO® FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE— For building- and wall -mounted applications. CONSTRUCTION — Rugged, die-cast, single -piece aluminum housing. Die-cast door frame has a 1/8"thick tempered glass lens. Door frame is fully gasketed with one-piece solid silicone. OPTICS —Segmented reflectorsforsuperior uniformity and control. Reflectors are interchangeable.Three full cutoff distributions available: FT (forward throw), MD (medium throw) and WT (wide throw). ELECTRICAL — Ballast: 50W-150Wutilizesa high reactance, high powerfactorballast. Metal halide 150Wand belowarestandardwith pulse-starttechnology.35Sutilizesa reactance high powerfactor ballast.175W utilizes a constant-wattageautotransformerballast. CSA, NOM or INTLrequiredforprobestartshipmentsoutsideofthe US for 175M. Not available 175M SCWA. Ceramic metal halide lamps are recommended for use in applications where superior color rendition, lumen maintenance and longer lamp life are desired. Quick disconnect plug easily disconnects reflector from ballast. Ballasts are 100% factory -tested. Socket: Porcelain, medium -base socket with copper alloy, nickel -plated screw shell and center contact. UL listed 660W, 600V 4KV pulse rated. Finish: Standard finish is textured dark bronze (DDBT) corrosion -resistant polyester powder finish.Additional architectural colors are available. Striping is also available. INSTALLATION — Universal mounting mechanism with integral mounting support allows fixture to hinge down. Bubble level provides correct alignment with each installation. LISTINGS — UL Listed (standard). CSA Certified (see Options). Suitable for wet locations (damp location listed in lens -up orientation). WLU option offers wet location listing in up orientation (see Options). IP65 rated. 25°C ambient ELED: U.S. Patent No.7,737,640. Note: Specifications subject to change without notice. ORDERING INFORMATION Catalog Number Notes Type Specifications Length: 16-1/4 (41.2) Depth: 9-1/8 (23.2) Overall Height: 7-1/4 (18.4) "Weight: 30 Ibs (13.6 kg) Decorative Wall -Mounted Lighting WST METAL HALIDE: 50W-175W HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM: 35W-150W All dimensions are inches (centimeters) unless otherwise indicated. "Weight as configured in example below. For shortest lead times, configure product using standard options (shown in bold). 16-1/4 (41.2) 7-1/4 (184) Example: WST 100M FTTB LPI WST MD Series Wattage/source �� " Distnbutton J. Voltage - Ballast Mounting ` > Y Opt ons� g WST High Metal Ceramic FT Forward 120 (blank) Magnetic (blank) Surface mount Shipped installed in fixture pressure halide metal throw 2083 ballast Shipped separately' SF Single fuse (120, 277, 347V)B sodium halide MD Medium throw (coated 240t CWI Constant wattage DF Double B (208, 240V) 50M 355' 70M 50MHC BBW Surface mount SOS 7OMHC lamp std.) 277 isolated back box DC12 Emergency circuit 12-volt (35W lamp included)9 t00M 70S 100MHC 150M WT Wide throw 347 S 30 UT5 Uptilt 5 degrees 2DC12 Emergency circuit 12-volt (two 35W lamps included(9 1005 150MHC TB° •"'•' DC2012 Emergency circuit 12-volt(20Wlamp included)9 175M 150S 23050HZ9 SCWA Super CSA pulse start ballast' 2DC2012 Emergency circuit 12-volt (two 20W lamps included)9 'Options continued f 11 wc,rfnhtimi14 1 Finish" £ a � I s 11, Lapi ELED Emergency LED secondary source battery packwith time QRS Quartz restrike system"," Shipped separately" (blank) Dark bronze, textured LPI Lamp included delay (-4°F min. operating temperature)' WLU Wet location door for up WG Wire guard DSST Sandstone, textured ULP Less lamp 2ELED Emergency LED secondary source (two modules) battery o orientation VG Vandal guard DNAT Natural aluminum, textured pack with time delay (-4°F min. operating temperature) CSA CSA certified DWHG White, textured DFL Diffusing lens EC Emergency circuit"," IBS Internal backlight shielda NOM INTL NOM certified' International shipmentfori75M DBLB CR Black, textured Corrosion -resistance PE Photoelectric cell -button type (n/a TB)'' CRT Non-stick protective coating" Notes 1 120V. 2 These wattages do not comply with Califomia Title 20 regulations. 3 Must specify CWI for use in Canada. 4 Optional multi -tap ballast (120, 208, 240, 277V); (120, 277, 347V in Canada; ships as 120V/347V). 5 Consult factory for available wattages. 6 Available with 150M or 150MHC only. 7 May be ordered as an accessory with prefix"WS"Must specify finish. 8 Not available with DC options. 9 Not available with ELED, SF, DF, EC or QRS. 10 Maximum wattage 100M, 705. Must specy 120V or 277V. Not available with QRS, EC or DC. 11 Maximum allowable wattage lamp included. 12 Not available with ELED, QRS or DCs. 13 Not available with medium throw (MO,MDU,MDUS)distributions. 14 Must be ordered with fixture; cannot be field installed. 15 Not available with ELED, ECorDCs. 16 See www.lithonia.com/ardlcolorsforaddfionalcoloroptions. 17 Black finish only. 18 Must be specified. ULP not available with MHC. NIGHTTIME FRIENDLY Consistent with LEEM' goals & Green Globes" uneda for light pollution reduction OUTDOOR Afineffigteltr2rm s 1/4" x 1 1/2" STEEL STRAP 1" SCH 40 STEEL PIPE NOTE: BOLT DOWN HOLES 1" LESS THAN OUT TO OUT DIMENSIONS 4', 5', 6', 8' STANDARD 6' BENCH (SHOWN) - 72 3/4" OUT TO OUT 331/2" 1" X 1" SOLID STEEL BAR END FRAMES 26" k-15 5/8"0 to W/ 1/2" DIA. HOLES 161/2" REV 10-07-04 SPECIFICATIONS MATERIAL The FL-3H bench is constructed of mild steel in three sections consisting of two end frames and one seat section. All parts are drilled and precisely formed for quick assembly. End frames are made with 1" x 1" solid steel bar stock. All seat sections shall be fabricated with 1" sch. 40 pipe and 1/4 x 1-1/2" mild steel strap. Steel shall conform to ASTM A36 hot rolled steel. All steel shall be wheelabrated prior to fabrication. HARDWARE Fasteners shall be 3/8 socket head cap screws with vandal resistant pins. Anchor bolts by others PROTECTIVE COATINGS Powder Coating: Following fabrication, All Metal shall be cleaned and treated with an iron phosphate process prior to the coating application. This process shall include a non- chromated alkaline cleaner and an iron phosphate treatment followed with an acidic sealer for maximum adhesion. The protective coatings shall be either polyester or polyester TGIC powder. Following application the parts shall he baked until properly cured. The coating shall be a minimum of 4 mils thick on all surfaces. OPTIONS Length: 4, 5, 6, 8 ft. standard, other lengths available FL-3H bench lengths up to 8 ft available without an additional frame. All benches longer than 8ft. will require a center frame. Arms Plaza Series, Model PL-3H Bench with Horizontal Straps FairWeather Site Furnishings 360-895-2626 or Toll Free 800-323-1798 Port Orchard, Washington ©1999-2004 Leader International Corporation, FairWeather Site Furnishings division 1/4 x 2" STEEL BASE 1/2" PIA. MOUNTING HOLES FOR 3/8" ANCHOR BOLTS (ANCHOR BOLTS BY OTHERS) 221/2" 25" 1/2" ROD OPTIONAL WALL LINING (34) 1/4 x 1 1/2" STRAPS W/3/4" SPACE 1/4 x 1 1/2" BASE RING REV 5-21-09 SPECIFICATIONS MATERIAL The 17TIZ-12 Planter shall be fabricated with 1/4 x 1 1/2" mild steel vertical slats welded to 1/4 x 1 1/2" hoops. Flared straps shall be welded to 1/2" rod. All steel shall conform to ASTM A36 hot rolled steel and shall be wheelabrated prior to fabrication. Optional wall lining shall be formed from 20 gauge steel, powder coated to match the planter. (Note: these do not have a bottom.) Anchor bolts by others WELDS All welds between flat straps shall be smooth, continuous fillet welds ground smooth where necessary, to remove any burs or sharp edges. Where flared straps meet 1/2" rod, all welds are ground smooth for appearance. PROTECTIVE COATINGS Following fabrication the planter shall be cleaned and treated with an iron phosphate process prior to the coating application. This process shall include a non-chromated alkaline cleaner and an iron phosphate treatment followed with an acidic sealer for maximum adhesion. The protective coating shall be either polyester or polyester TGIC powder applied by the dry electrostatic method. The coating shall be minimum of 4 mils thick on all surfaces. OPTIONS Other heights available Wall lining Note: Insert for potting soil provided by others Model PTR-12 Planter FairWeather Site Furnishings 360-895-2626 or Toll Free 800-323-1798 Port Orchard, Washington ©1999-2009 Leader International Corporation, FairWeather Site Furnishings division NOR MODIFICATION DESIGN REVIEW MATERIALS AND COLOR SAMPLES March 9, 2011 KeyBank: 10-2078 - - Andover Park 275 Andover Park West Seattle, WA 98188 EF-1 SHERWIN WILLI MS DEER VALLEY CALLISON EF-2 SHERWIN WLLLIAMS . DIVINE WHITE ) • CALLISON 'APR 19 20111 April 18, 2011 COMMUNMI DEVELOPMENT City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: KeyBank, 10-2078 Andover Park Permit Review Comments Response Application: L11-017 To whom it may concern: Please find a summary of our corrections below in response to your review comments received on March 28, 2011. Revised renderings and drawings are attached with revisions as follows: 1: THE CURVED SOUTHEAST FACADE WALL IS POORLY INTEGRATED INTO THE OVERALL BUILDING DESIGN. THE NORTHWEST SIDE OF THE WALL (THE BACK SIDE OF THE SOUTHEAST CURVED WALL) LOOKS LIKE THE BACK OF A BILLBOARD OR ROOFTOP SIGN. THIS IS UNACCEPTABLE. Response: See revised sheets A-201 through A-205. The new curved Southeast Facade has been dropped 3'-6" from a height of 23'-0" AFF to a height of 19'-6" AFF, greatly reducing the portion of the parapet visible from the Northwest. In addition to the height revision, detail 5/A- 501 has been revised to show the new cornice wrapping around the end of the new parapet walls for a cleaner finished appearance. Also see Structural Drawings and Narrative. 2. THE USE OF PAINT COLOR (DIVINE WHITE ALONG THE TOP BAND AND DEER VALLEY BELOW) SEPARATES THE BUILDING INTO HORIZONTAL HALVES. ON THE SOUTHEAST FACADE THERE IS A CONNECTION BETWEEN THE TWO HALVES BECAUSE THE WHITE COLUMNS EXTEND THE LIGHTER COLOR INTO THE LOWER HALF OF THE BUILDING. ALTHOUGH THIS IS THE EXISTING TREATMENT, THE GREY AND DARK GREY ARE AT LEAST IN THE SAME HUE BUT WITHA DIFFERENT VALUE. THIS DOESN'T SEEM LIKE THE BEST USE OF COLOR FOR THE BUILDING THOUGH. OVERALL THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDIING IS ASYMMETRICAL WITH LITTLE EMBELLISHMENT OR TRIM. THE ROOF TOP CORNICE IS DETAILED AND TRADITIONAL OR CLASSICAL IN STYLE. STYLISTICALLY THERE IS LITTLE COORDINATION BETWEEN THE PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS AND THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AND ITS FEATURES. Response: See revised sheets A-201 through A-205 and sheet A-602. The proposed paint colors and new cornice are KeyBank corporate standards. A 1" x 5-1/2" trim element painted "Rave Red" has been added at the boundary between the "Divine White" along the top and the "Deer Valley" below. The new trim serves as a transition between the two colors as well as an accent around the perimeter of the building. The columns at the new Southeast facade extend the "Divine White" to the ground as indicated in the city comments. For consistency, we have extended "Divine White" to the ground at the drive thru canopy columns as well. 1453 THIRD STREET PROMENADE #400 SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90401 T 310 394 8460 F 310 394 4970 www.callison.com KeyBank, 10-20778 Andol, ,1 Park Project number 210251.02 April 18, 2011 Page 2 In regards to the new cornice system not match the existing building stylistically, we believe that the new cornice and trim improve the overall appearance of the building and bring architectural interest to a building that is currently very plain. The building is asymmetrical; however, the shape of the building, especially on the pedestrian level, has very little impact on whether or not the cornice fits stylistically. Because the building is so simple and devoid of ANY embellishment or trim, it lends itself well to many different styles of embellishment. 3. BUILDING ACCENT VIA THE RED CANOPY (AS WELL AS THE TALLER FACADE WALL) IS OCCURING AT THE SOUTHEAST CORNER AND NOT AT THE ACTUAL ENTRANCE. THE SOUTHEAST CORNER SHOULD BECOME AN ENTRY OR THE ACTUAL ENTRY SHOULD ALSO BE TREATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL OR ORNAMENTAL ACCENT. Response: The red canopy, taller facade, and signage occur along the Southeast corner of the building because of the prominent visibility to both automobile and pedestrian traffic. Moving the entrance to the corner is not feasible due to an existing utilities easement. A new entrance would also pose programming and security concerns due to proximity to the existing vault. Architecturally the existing entry occurs at a large covered soffit that is well defined. We are proposing new signage to further define the existing entry and the addition of the standard cornice and trim to add architectural interest. 4. PLEASE PROPOSE ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING THAT COMPLEMENTS THE OVERALL CHARACTER OF THE DESIGN. Respons • -121 and E-121. We are proposing to refurbish the existing under - soffit lightin and wall packs • all existing building facades. At the new Southeast facade, we are proposing lan ' scape up i s to enhance each of the new columns in addition to reusing existing under soffit lighting and installing new illuminated signage. 5. PLEASE EXPLAIN THE ROOFTOP DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND ANY NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND HOW THEY ARE INCORPORATED INTO ANY OF THE BUILDING DESIGN FEATURES. Response: The rooftop drainage system is existing. The new parapet at the Southeast corner does not add significant drainage loads to the existing system. The mechanical equipment and screens are existing to remain. 6. THE COMMUNITY LANDSCAPING STANDARD IS 90 PERCENT COVERAGE OF ALL PLANTING AREAS. IN REVIEWING THE SITE PLAN AND THE LEASE LINES FOR THE BANK, THERE ARE A NUMBER OF LANDSCAPE AREAS THAT SHOULD BE PLANTED WITH SUPPLEMENTAL PLANTS IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE STANDARD. Response: See sheet A-001. Added a note to "PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LANDSCAPING TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT LANDSCAPING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN 90 PERCENT COVERAGE" at all planting areas. KeyBank, 10-20778 Andm.,. Park Project number 210251.02 April 18, 2011 Page 3 7. MALL PROPERTIES ARE GOVERNED BY CITY OF TUKWILA 1932 (AS AMENDED) SIGN CODE AND NOT THE NEW CODE THAT WAS RECENTLY ADOPTED. UNDER THE 1982, EACH BUSINESS IS ALLOWED TWO SIGNS THAT ARE DISCERNABLE FROM THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY OR ADJACENT PROPERTY. THE MALL PROPERTY IS NOT CONSIDERED AN ADJACENT PROPERTY BUT SIGNS VISIBLE FROM STRANDER BOULEVARD AND ANDOVER PARK WEST MUST BE PERMITTED PER THE PREVIOUS SIGN CODE. Response: Signage is provided by the owner's vendor under separate permit. The signage at the Southeast corner and at the existing entrance meet requirements as outlined in the city comment. The proposed sign at the drive-thru canopy is questionable. It is at a 45 degree angle to the mall and Strander. If the drive-thru signage is not allowed, it will be removed from the project scope. Please do not hesitate to contact me if I can help clarify any of the corrections. Sincerely, Joe Kenny Associate c: Callison: 210251.02 Armour Unsderfer Engineering, Inc., P.S. 555 116th Avenue NE, Suite 118, Bellevue, WA 98004 Phone (425) 614-0949 Fax (425) 614-0950 April 18, 2011 Mr. Joe Kenny Callison 1420 Fifth Ave, Suite 2400 Seattle, WA 98101 RE: Design Narrative for Key Bank Andover Park — Permit Revision AUE No: 11044 Dear Mr. Kenny, This is a narrative to address the permit revisions. My responses are as follows: 1. Sheet S-001 o Changed reference for "MC12" to "C12" at (E) GLB 2. Sheet S-002 o Detail 1/S-002 • Changed dimension on parapet to indicate brace location as 1'-6" from top of parapet • Changed steel channel at (E) GLB from MC12x31 to C12x20.7 o Detail 2/S-002 • Changed parapet o Detail 3/S-002 • Changed parapet o Detail 5/S-002 • Changed • Changed dimension on parapet to indicate brace location as 1'-6" from top of dimension on parapet to indicate brace location as 1'-6" from top of "MC12" to "C12" at (E) GLB plate size at end of channels to 12" wide instead of 15" Please feel free to contact us if you have any questions regarding this. Sincerely, Armour Unsderfer Engineering, Inc., P.S. Alex Habliston, P.E. City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Joe Kenny Callison 1420 Fifth Avenue #2400 Seattle WA 98101-2343 Subject: Key Bank - Minor Modification File PL 11-012 Dear Joe: We ask that you revise the drawings submitted to address the following comments. 1. The curved southeast facade wall is poorly integrated into the overall building design. The northwest side of the wall (the back side of the southeast curved wall) looks like the back of a billboard or rooftop sign. This is unacceptable. 2. The use of paint color (divine white along the top band and deer valley below) separates the building into horizontal halves. On the southeast facade there is a connection between the two halves because the white columns extend the lighter color into the lower half of the building. Although this is the existing treatment, the grey and dark grey are at least in the same hue but with a different value. This doesn't seem like the best use of color for the building though. Overall the design of the building is asymmetrical with little embellishment or trim. The roof top cornice is detailed and traditional or classical in style. Stylistically there is little coordination between the proposed modifications and the existing structure and its features. 3. Building accent via the red canopy (as well as the taller facade wall, is occurring at the southeast corner and not at the actual entrance. The southeast corner should become an entry or the actual entry should also be treated with architectural or ornamental accent. 4. Please propose architectural lighting that complements the overall character of the design. 5. Please explain the rooftop drainage system and any new mechanical equipment and how they are incorporated into any of the building's design features. 6. The community landscaping standard is 90 percent coverage of all planting areas. In reviewing the site plan and the lease lines for the bank, there are a number of landscape areas that should be planted with supplemental plants in order to maintain the standard. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax: 206-431-3665 7. Mall properties are governed by the City of Tukwila 1982 (as amended) sign code and not the new Code that was recently adopted. Under the 1982, each business is allowed two signs that are discernible from a public right of way or adjacent property. The mall property is not considered an adjacent property but signs visible from Strander Boulevard and Andover Park West must be permitted per the previous Sign Code. I'd be happy to meet to discuss questions, issues or concerns. You may reach me at mbradshaw@ci.tukwila.wa.us or at 20 6431 3651. S incerely, 0-1.417/V Moira Carr Bradshaw Senior Planner H:\key bank\design comments.doc Page 2 of 2 Super Lumideck COORO. LLECEESED LIGHT FIXTURES IN INFER DECK FLUTES (IN 4) UPPED DECK MEMBER UPPER DECK MEMBER UPPER DECK MEMBER UPPER DECK YEOBER 0 CANOPY PLAN - CANOPY 'B' / / / H / In1.10111111111111111111111 No4 LL.LK SECTION c`a CUSTOM CURVED HANGER ROD CANOPY • I I Tao. 1 -,Ets alb /0 SECTION 1- 111111. la Ell r, IL For design and budget information, please visit www.mapes.com/custom_hanger ! CALLISON MINOR MODIFICATION DESIGN REVIEW - PROJECT CONSISTENCY March 9, 2011 KeyBank: 10-2078 — Andover Park 275 Andover Park West Seattle, WA 98188 To whom it may concern, KeyBank is proposing alterations to the existing bank at 275 Andover Park West. The existing structure is 4,338 square feet. Alterations will not change the gross square footage of the building. Per enclosed color elevations and color samples, we propose altering the Southeast facade with a more prominent face and signage, adding a cornice to the parapet around the perimeter of the building, and painting the existing gray building warmer colors. Per commercial building design criteria, the alterations are of appropriate scale to permanent neighboring developments and are within the same architectural vernacular. The proposed colors for the main building are EF-1 (Sherwin Williams Deer Valley) and EF-2 (Sherwin Williams Divine White). EF-3 (Sherwin Williams Rave Red), a bright/brilliant color, is reserved for a new metal accent canopy, existing bollards, and new KeyBank signage. Per discussion with Moira Bradshaw, the new Southeast curved facade may be treated as an independent building face in regards to "Incentive Signage." Per TMC section 19.20.050, at least 50% of the wall area between the height of two and seven feet is transparent along the new curved facade. The proposal will not result in significant impact beyond the site as revisions are aesthetic in nature and will improve the overall appearance of the existing property. Thank you, Joe Kenny Associate Enclosure 1 420 FIFTH AVENUE #2400 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101-2343 T 206 623 4646 F 206 623 4625 www.callison.com RECEIVED MAR 0 9 2011 COM 0 N TV CITY OF TUKA Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431-3670 FAX (206) 431-3665 E-mail.: tukplan@ci.tukwila.wa.us VE DESIGN REVIEW APPLICATION FOR STAFF USE ONLY Permits Plus Type P-DR Planner: File Number: L., 0 - a 17 Application Complete (Date: ) Project File Number: 4 it 1 I '- Application Incomplete (Date: ) Other File Numbers: 1\_.c o , S 1 -p 13 NAME OF PROJECT/DEVELOPMENT: 'LC-Y BFt-N-: Aobov e. 1PA g LOCATION OF PROJECT/DEVELOPMENT: Give street address or, if vacant, indicate lot(s), block and subdivision, access street, and nearest intersection. 21-S AtJDOJG Z lotre wc-s-r 66PrrrL- t w q B 1 BS LIST ALL TAX LOT NUMBERS (this information may be found on your tax statement). 9202,94- -00 1 O DEVELOPMENT COORDINATOR : The individual who: • has decision making authority on behalf of the owner/applicant in meetings with City staff, • has full responsibility for identifying and satisfying all relevant and sometimes overlapping development standards, and • is the primary contact with the City to whom all notices and reports will be sent. Name: Toe & NtJ y Address: 1920 perrt «V&. 2`too 6,6A-TTL61 WPS- 1810t Phone: Ze (• ' (o7-3-L•l.(o9(P FAX: 7.O(o—(o2- --4tZS E-mail: )oe.. �C.� @/ c td t t 4 o h . Signature: Date: 3A /t Q:\Department Folders\DCD\DCD Common \ Forms \ Applications, Land Use\2011 Website\Design Review-Administrative-Jan2011.doc MAR 0 9 20111 DESIGN CITYglit TUKWILA COM yet „Ary Department of Community DeveJoifii REVIEW- 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 ADMINISTRATIVE Telephone: (206) 431-3670 FAX (206) 431-3665 E-mail: tukplan@ci.tukwila.wa.us INFORMATION City of Tukwila design review combines specific standards, design criteria and illustrative design guidelines to require that all developments reflect a high level of design quality. Tukwila has two design review processes; one for projects that require a public hearing before the Board of Architectural Review, and one for smaller projects that are approved administratively by the DCD Director. This application packet is for Administrative Design Review. REQUIREMENTS: Administrative approval is required for the following types of development: A. New Development or Redevelopment beyond the Existing Exterior Walls 1. Multi -family or hotel/motel building additions up to 1,500 s.f. 2. All commercial and industrial development in various zones, when up to a certain size as follows: • MUO, 0 and RCM zoned buildings between 1,500 and 5,000 s.f. • In the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor RC zoned structures up to 1,500 s.f., outside of the TIB corridor RC zoned structures between 1,500 and 5,000 s.f. • TUC zoned buildings between 1,500 and 2,500 s.f. except those with multi -family units • NCC and RCC zoned developments up to 1.500 s.f. • C/LI and TVS zoned buildings between 1,500 and 10,000 s.f. 3. All development in LI, HI, MIC/L, MIC/H and TVS located within 300' of a residential zone. 4. All development in LI, HI, MIC/L, MIC/H and TVS located within 200 feet of the Green River. B. Exterior Repair, Reconstruction, Cosmetic Alterations or Improvements 1. Any exterior repairs, alterations or improvements, if the cost of that work is between 10 and 25% of the building's assessed value: • in the MUO, 0, RCC, NCC, RC, RCM, TUC and C/LI districts, for sites with more than 10,000 g.s.f. of building area and • all sites in the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor zoned NCC, MUO or RC. 2. Developments with a previous approved design may make minor changes with Department approval. All other changes require new design review. C. Proposed Development Standard Waivers The DCD Director may reduce landscape and building setbacks for Projects in the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor in the MUO, NCC, and RC zones. - D. Minor Modification to an approved Board of Architectural Review decision PROCEDURES: At the time you submit your application you must have all of the items listed on the attached "Complete Application Checklist." You may request a waiver from items on the checklist that are not applicable to your project. Please discuss this waiver request with City staff either at a pre -application meeting or at the time of application submittal. Within 28 days of receiving your application, City staff will determine if it is complete based on the attached checklist. If not complete City staff will mail you a letter outlining what additional information is needed. If you do not submit requested materials within 90 days from the City's request for additional information the City may cancel your application. Q:\Department Folders\DCD\DCD Common\Forms\Applications, Land Use\2011 Website\Design Review-Administrative-Jan2011.doc Staff will meet with you as needed to help achieve project goals, and formulate a recommendation to the Director. Once all design issues have been resolved we will issue a Notice of Decision. This approval will expire unless construction begins within three years of the decision. COMPLETE APPLICATION CHECKLIST The materials listed below must be submitted with your application unless specifically waived in writing by the Public Works Department and the Department of Community Development. Please contact each Department if you feel that certain items are not applicable to your project and should be waived. Application review will not begin until it is determined to be complete. ADDITIONAL MATERIALS MAY BE REQUIRED. The initial application materials allow project review to begin and vest the applicant's rights. However, the City may require additional information as needed to establish consistency with development standards. City staff are available to answer questions about application materials at 206-431-3670 (Department of Community Development) and 206-433-0179 (Department of Public Works). Check items, submitted with application Information Required. ;;May be.waived ii-unusual cases, upon approval o APPLICATION MATERIALS: bothPublic Wor 31543 A° 1. Application Checklist (1 copy) indicating items submitted with application. 2. Completed Application Form and drawings (5 copies). 3. One set of all plans reduced to 8 1/2" by 11" or 11" by 17". 4. Application Fee: See Land Use Fee Schedule. x 5. Completed and notarized Affidavit of Ownership and Hold Harmless Permission to Enter Property (1 copy attached). 6. SEPA Environmental Checklist if required (see SEPA Application Packet) PUBLIC NOTICE MATERIALS: 7. If the project requires SEPA review: Payment of a $365 notice board fee to Fast Signs Tukwila or Provide a 4' x 4' public notice board on site within 14 days of the Department determining that a complete application has been received (see Public Notice Sign Specifications Handout). Mailed notice is not required. PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND ANALYSIS: NIfA 8. Concurrency test notices for water, sewer, surface water and traffic unless the project is exempt from SEPA (see SEPA Application Packet). 9. Sewer and water availability letters are required from the provider district if additional plumbing fixtures are proposed and the area is not serviced by the City of Tukwila. Forms are available at the DCD office. 10. A written discussion of project consistency with decision criteria. (See Application) 11. Provide two copies of sensitive area studies such as wetland or geotechnical reports if needed per Tukwila's Sensitive Areas Ordinance (TMC 18.45). See Geotechnical Report Guidelines and Sensitive Area Special Study Guidelines (online at www.ci.tukwila.wa.us/dcd/dcdplan.htm) for additional information. SITE PLAN: 1 -oo1 4 MP( 5142vN( 12 (a) The site plan must include a graphic scale, north arrow and project name. Maximum size 24" x 36". Q:\Department Folders\DCD\DCD Common\Forms\Applications, Land Use\2011 Website\Design Review-Administrative-Jan2011.doc r Check items snlsrnitt" applicati R -001 MD tntor cases upon.approval,o (b) Existing and proposed building footprints. bothPublic Wor and Planning (c) Dash in required setback distances from all parcel lot lines. (d) Fire access lanes and turn-arounds per Fire Department standards. (e) Parking lots with dimensioned stalls and drive aisles. (f) Loading and service areas. (g) Fences, rockeries and retaining walls with called out colors and materials. (h) Street furniture such as benches and bike racks. (i) Pedestrian connections between the building entrance(s) and the sidewalk/public street. (j) In MDR and HDR zones provide a development coverage calculation (maximum 50%). (k) Show all existing and proposed easements. vf (1) Vicinity Map with site location does not have to be to scale. LANDSCAPE PLAN: NM 13 (a) If the landscaping will be altered or the existing landscaping does not meet current standards (TMC 18.52) provide a landscape planting plan by a Washington State licensed landscape architect. One set of all plans and analyses shall have an original Washington State registered Landscape Architect stamp and signature. Plans must include the type, quantity, spacing and location of all plantings. Maximum size 24" x 36". (b) Show all existing trees to be retained and any tree protection measures required (for example fencing at drip line). SENSITIVE AREAS PLAN (If the project will affect any sensitive areas): 14 (a) Location of all sensitive areas (e.g. streams, wetlands, slopes over 20%, coal mine areas and important geological and archaeological sites). For stream frontage provide existing and proposed top of stream bank, stream bank toe, stream mean high water mark, and base flood elevation (i.e., 100 yr. flood). Maximum size 24" x 36". (b) Location of all required sensitive area buffers, setbacks tracts and protection measures. (c) Show all significant trees (4" or more in diameter measured 4.5 feet above grade), indicating those to be retained and those to be removed. A tree permit will be required for removal of any significant trees within a sensitive area or its buffer. (d) Existing and proposed building footprints. CIVIL PLANS (If utility or site work is proposed): 15 (a) One set of all civil plans and analyses shall be stamped, signed and dated by a licensed professional engineer. Include a graphic scale and north arrow. Maximum size 24" x 36". (b) Vertical datum NAVD 1988 and horizontal datum NAD 83/91. Conversion calculations to NGVD 1929, if in a flood zone or flood -prone area. (c) Existing (dashed) and proposed (solid) topography at 2' intervals. (d) Total expected cut and fill. (e) Existing and proposed utility easements and improvements, on site and in street (water, sewer, power, natural gas, telephone, cable). Schematic designs to be provided regardless of purveyor (e.g. site line size, location, and size of public main). No capacity calcs, invert depth, valve locations or the like are needed. Y (f) Storm drainage design at least 90% complete, which meets the King County Surface Water Design Manual (KCSWDM). Include a Technical Information Report (TIR) including feasibility analysis if required by the Manual. Call out total existing and proposed impervious surface in square feet. Include all storm drainage conveyance systems, water quality features, Q:\Department Folders\DCD\DCD Common\Forms\Applications, Land Use\2011 Website\Design Review-Administrative-Jan2011.doc KVA ,Information on approval: of both Public Wor and i'ZanninF detention structures, maintenance access and safety features. For additional guidance contact Public Works or go to www.ci.tukwila.wa.us/pubwks/pwpermit.htm#techinfo. (g) Locate the nearest existing hydrant and all proposed hydrants. (h) Show the 100 yr. flood plain boundary and elevation as shown on FEMA maps. (i) Plan, profile and cross-section for any right-of-way improvements. (j) Show planned access to buildings, driveways, fire access lanes and turn-arounds. OTHER: X 16. Dimensioned and scalable building elevations with keyed colors and materials. Show mechanical equipment and/or any proposed screening. Maximum size 24" x 36". 17. Color and materials board accurately representing the proposed project. 18. A rendering or photo montage showing the project in context is suggested. If submitted it must accurately show the project and be from a realistic perspective (5 to 6 feet above the sidewalk). UND61-- 5 0*re 19. Luminaire plan including location and type of street and site lighting if any changes to the existing fixtures are proposed. Include proposed fixture cut sheets, site light levels (foot- candles), and measures to shield adjacent properties from glare. 20. All existing and proposed signage with sign designs and locations. Q:\Department Folders\DCD\DCD Common\Forms\Applications, Land Use\2011 Website\Design Review-Administrative-Jan2011.doc DAY OF 41" 4-1 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431-3670 FAX (206) 431-3665 E-mail: tukplan(�i),ci.tukwila.wa.us AFFIDAVIT OF OWNERSHIP AND HOLD HARMLESS PERMISSION TO ENTER PROPERTY STATE OF WASHINGTON ss COUNTY OF KING The undersigned being duly swom and upon oath states as follows: 1. I am the current owner of the property which is the subject of this application. 2. All statements contained in the applications have been prepared by me or my agents and are true and correct to the best of my knowledge. 3. The application is being submitted with my knowledge and consent. 4. Owner grants the City, its employees, agents, engineers, contractors or other representatives the right to enter upon Owner's real property, located at 115 RN1bO'/ (L PAL tj SFA-TTL6 wit q$! a$ for the purpose of application review, for the limited time necessary to complete Mat purpose. 5. Owner agrees to hold the City harmless for any loss or damage to persons or property occurring on the private property during the City's entry upon the property, unless the loss or damage is the result of the sole negligence of the City. 6. Non -responsiveness to a City information request for ninety (90) or more days, shall be cause to cancel the application(s) without refund of fees. EXECUTED at 1)4./Y/r4--1 (city), C0 (state), on04 44&4 , 20 // M ' `F'►Y It 4. 1 tgir.e) (Print Name) 33� C ('' A'e bQ04'4'VC&. t6 204) (Address)9-3 9'( y2 (Phone Number) �:l�l On this day personally appearedw►64 before me k -s< Pc99- to me known to be the individual who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he/she signed the same as his/her voluntary act and deed for the uses and purposes mentioned therein. SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME ON THHIISactLE NOTARY PUBLIC in and for thethstar on CdOk ae4 residing at Ay?, , 1kkJ/'. �1.1�.•.i ���OJ'� My Commission expires on J' , 20 RECEIVED MAR 0 9 2Q11 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Q:\Department Folders \ DCD \ DCD Common\Forms\Applications, Land Use\2011 Website\Design Review-Administrative- Jan2011.doc February 4, 2011 CCity of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 275 ANDOVER PK W TUKW Suite No: Applicant: CALLISON RECEIPT Permit Number: L11-017 Status: PENDING Applied Date: 03/09/2011 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R11-00449 Initials: User ID: SM 1166 Payment Amount: $543.00 Payment Date: 03/09/2011 08:49 AM Balance: $0.00 Payee: JOE KENNY TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 227815 543.00 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts ZONING/SUBDIVISION 000.345.810 543.00 Total: $543.00 doc: Receiot-06 Printed: 03-09-2011 11 c A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 to' INSTALL RED BOLLARD COVERS AT COSTING BDU.AROS. TYP (4) LOCAT1016 REPLACE EXISTING SURROUND WITH NEW RED HALO SURROUND, COORDINATE WITH OWNERS VENDOR STRANDER BLVD. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LANDSCAPING TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT LANDSCAPING AS REQUIRED M MAINTAIN 90 PERCENT COVERAGE. 1TR REMOVE '24 HOUR WINKING' SIGN AND REPLACE WITH STANDARD ATM SIGN INSTALL NEW ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE — VERIFY WITH JURISDICTION — COORDINATE MTH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT REPLACE COSTING SURROUND WITH NE16 RED HALO SURROUND- (PREFOIROT LOCATION OF HALO SURROUND IF JURISDICTION ALLOWS ONE) ANDUVER PARK WEST REPLACE COSTING SIGNAGE — COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PEROT SHEET NOTES 1) ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SLOPES NOT TO COXED RUNNING SLOPE OF 1:20 (5.0%). MAX CROSS SLOPE OF 1:50 (2.0%) MAX. NOTIFY ARCHITECT Of ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2) ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND PJSLES TO BE LEWL MDT SURFACE SLOPES NOT TO ETMEED 1:50 (2.00) IN ALL DIRECTIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 3) PAINT BUILDING 4) ALL CCITRIOR SOILAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR (F1EF-2 ) 10 Z 0 0 —• ..I 4 0 3 3 SHEET SYMBOLS (FIEF-1 ) NEW SITE CONSTRUCTION EXISTING SITE WORK TO REMAIN FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-601 FOR FINISH LEGEND <NI 0 cm ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV #1 04/18/11 SCALE: 3/32..1.-0' 6 12 TRUE NORTH 24M 4/15/11 3:12PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 DAWSON Site Plan A-001 2 3 6 4 7 8 10 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN EXISTING CEIUNG AND UGHT FIXTURES TO REMAIN REFURB&4 DUSTING UNDER SOFFIT UGHTS, TYP (11) LOCATIONS N(Y/ GROUND ACCENT Miff. TYP (2) LocosNs. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS LUProtects1KeySanI0VVeMington1AndoverParkrAddkb2078\ShesbAkb2078 4-121.dwg4/15/11 ' 3:12PM SHEET NOTES 1) UGHTING, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, MT EQUIPMENT, AND SPRINKLERS ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT POINTS IN ACP AS NOTED IN GRAPHIC BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED ON REFLECTED CEIUNG PIAN. 3) INSTALL NY CEIUNC TS�.MS PER DETAIL 11/A-601. 5) WHERE NEW 2X2 ACP CEIUNG IS INDICATED, MATCH (0s.nsc CEIUNG nu. GRID Et HEIGHT U.O.N. TO CREATE A UNIFORM UKE NEW APPEARANCE 9) REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDMONAL INFORMATION. 10) MAINTAIN COT SIGN, EMERGENCY UGHTING, SPRINKLER COVERAGE AND FIRE ALARM OPERATION FOR OCCUPIED SPACES AND CONSTRUCTION ZONES DURING CONSTRUCTION, R&M SCOPE 1) INSTALL NEVI CEIUNG AND UGHT FIXTURES AT CUSTOMER FACING AREAS. SHEET SYMBOLS NEVI couNG SISIOM ACP CEIUNG EXISTING ACP ST0 11=M11 2X4 FLUORESCENT UGHT. FIXTURE 202 FWORESCENT LIGHT FDCRJRE I X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 0 SMOKE DETECTOR 1-(g) ® Exfr UGHT FIXTURE (FI P-1 ) SUPPLY GRILLE RETURN GRILII CEIUNG PANEL CEIUNG HEIGHT AFT FINISH, cRis ONLY Al EXIST CEIUNGS FINISH 91150ATOR UNGiNacATOR: SCELEIEuNGNANA-DOFOR 2 EL. Gm. AND FINISH COLOR SEE SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEw SUSPENDED Gyp so czuNG NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN COPYRIGH1 111)2011CALLISON 91 0 z 0 to S 40 91 u 5 91 cu co co co < NI a. 03 C ta 0 ali. w (13 > > 0 -c3 c z < la in a) 08 0) Le, 0 7,1 ISSUED / REVISED PERMIT SET BID SET PERMIT REV #1 DATE 02/25/11 03/28/11 04/18/11 Reflected Ceiling Plan A-121 2 (FI EF-8) O EXTERIOR ELEVATION 6ikg\* SOUTHEAST EXTERIOR ELEVATION NORTHWEST NEW PIASTER FACADE OSILL EXISTING YNDOW PAINT COLUMNS (FI EF-2)TYP 5 NEW SIGNACE UNDERSEPARATE PERMIT. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR . CJ '( NEW HALO SU ATM. COORDINATE RED BOLLARD 6 y 11,4 45()L\1. ( FI EF-2 ) =II II Fall/ UND. AT DRME TH OWNER'S 'VENDOR FIBERGLASS CORNICE. TYP (FI EF-7) FI EF-2 ) NEW PIASTER ACCENT CORNERS. {iI EF-1) 9 EL= +9'-0' B.O. SOFFIT EL= +19'-6' FIBERGLASS CORNICE. TYP. T.O. PARAPET (FI EF-7) FI EF-2 ) LI1 1 U:APraIeCb K0/80nMWes Ang0. WWow.11 1ACWCkG207844Me0W02078_0-27 4/15/11 ELT.O. = +15'PARAPET -0' EL= +9'-0' B.O. SOFFIT EL= +0'-0' FINISH FLOOR 3:12 PM 10 SHEET NOTES 2) PATCH AND REPAIR All EXTERIOR FlN5HES TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH WHERE ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 3) BLOCKING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN FOR NEW SIGNS TO BE PROVIDED BY CC. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND 9.0QUNG REQUIREMENTS WITH PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR 4) DO NOT DEMOLISH ANY EXISTING LOAD BEARING STUDS. THAT COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE COSTING WALL ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY STRUCTURAL CONCERNS ARISE FROM DEMOUTION 5) SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION SHEET SYMBOLS (FFEF-1 ) FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN SCALE: 3/32. - 1'-0" 6 COPYRIGHT ©2011 CALLISON 12 CALLISON ISSUED / REVISED PERMIT SET BID SET CO co co 0) DATE 02/25/11 03/28/11 PERMIT REV M1 l\ 04/18/11 Exterior Elevations A-201 2 3 4 too- In NEW METAL CANOPY . W KEYBANK RED. . FIBERGLASS CORNICE: TTP.- - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ F1= +19•-6• PERMIT, CAGE UNDER SEPARATE T.O. PARAPET. PERMIT. COORDINATE WITH � EF-7 �.. ,w _ - OWNER'S VENDOR ATM EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHEAST NEW HALO SURROUND AT DRIVE THRU ATM, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR • 5o)' EL= +15'-0' T.O. PARAPET IOd 8.0. SOFflI .14 - FINISH FLOOR-4- RED BOLLARD COVERS, TYP. SHEET NOTES 1) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE MOOT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR 2) PATCH AND REPAIRALLEXTERIOR FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT KNISH WHERE ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 3) BLOCKING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN FOR NEW SIGNS TO BE PROVIDED BY GC. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR 4) D0 NOT DEMOUSH ANY EXISTING LOAD BEARING STUDS THAT COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING WALL ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY STRUCTURAL CONCERNS ARISE FROM DEMOUIION 5) SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION E Z o N m J - J - J � SHEET SYMBOLS N 0 N ISSUED / REVISED DATE (FIEF-1 ) FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXSRAG TO REMAIN. PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV K1 n 04/18/11 SCALE: 3/32' = Exterior Elevations 3 6 12 U:Digxavc y88AAWwurotonWWme*PeM000dk02n78\She.bvm2078 0-202.0w6 4/15/11 3:12 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CALUSOH A-202 D c NEW FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL L EXSTING FOUNDATION BEYOND WALL SECTION AT NEW FACADE 1/2%1.-0' _ TO PARAPET SEE ELEVATIONS SOME 8Y OWNER'S VENDOR, GC TO COORDINATE POWER AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS T.O. EXISTING PARAPET SEE ELEVATION$ WAL1 SYSTFMj -CEMENT PIASTER - METAL LATH - 2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER - PLYWOOD SHEATHING - METAL STUDS' NEW METAL CANOPY ELEVA EXIETING STISOFONSFIT CEIUNGO SE EXISTING VENTED DRIP SCREED • FINISH FLOOR SEE ELEVATIONS NEW FOUNDATION BEYOND - SEE STRUCTURAL 6 METAL FLASHING, SLOPE 1/4' PER FTMIN CONTINUOUS BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 2X6 WOOD BLOCKING FIBERGLASS CORNICE 1/2' PLYWOOD OVER METAL STUDS, 1YP MR/WATER BARRIER CONTINUOUS 2X4 W000 BLOCKING BACKER ROU AND SEALANT METAL LATH CEMENT PIASTER DETAIL AT NEW PARAPET METAL LATH 2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER PLYWOOD SHEATHING BUILDING PAPER AND METAL LATH LAPPED OVER DRIP SCREED CONTINUOUS SHEET METAL DRIP SCREED ACROSS OPENING DWENSION_POINT METAL LATH LAPPED OVER DRIP SCREED CEMENT PLASTER. METAL LAN SHEET METAL CONTROL JOINT, WIRE TIED TO LATH 2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER PLYWOOD SHEATHING INSUL-STUD CEMENT PLAS - SHEET METAL CONTROL JOINT 13 7 METAL FLASHING,- SLOPE 1/4' PER FT MIN 8 CONTINUOUS 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 2X6 WOOD BLOCKING FIBERGLASS CORNICE CONTINUOUS 2X4 W000 BLOCKING EXISTING CEMENT PIASTER, METAL LATH„ BUILDING PAPER, AND 1/2' PLYWOOD CEMENT PIASTER PREMANUFACIURED" METAL CANOPY ALUMINUM CANOPY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM REVEAL PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2 LAYERS BULDING PAPER INSUL-STUD CEMENT PLAS 14 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM REVEAL UiPmJedalKeyBanklWeMingbnWWoverPerklCaA010207845NeebIkE2078 e501.0vq METAL FLASHING OEND ELEVATION PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER METAL STUDS, TYP AR/WATER BARRIER 10 CORNICE ENDCAP TRIM, SEAL ALL SIDES UNE OF METAL FLASHING OPLAN DETAIL AT ROOF PARAPET 2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER J BEAD WITH WEEPS METAL LATH CEMENT PIASTER PLYWOOD SHEATHING FOR. ATTACHMENT OF ROOFING AND FLASHING 1•111I =111 Ali%v 11111EIMXII 1111111 _l w yr EXISTING CEMENT PLASTER, METAL LATH, BUILDING PAPER AND 1/2" PLYWOOD DUSTING FRAMING EXISTING VENTED DRIP SCREED PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2 LAYERS BUILDING PAPER METAL LATH CEMENT PLASTER NEW CEMENT PLASTER OAT EXISTING DRIP SCREED 15 FUU. SCALE 4/15/11 312 PM COPYRIGHT. 02011 CAWSON to o 43 co Y p < co C • a m ▪ rn 1°OE8 • < mew A > > - d " 0 0 m • W 0 a ▪ Z c QCO) in CI) 8- N ISSUED / REVISED PERMIT SET BID SET PERMIT REV 81 DATE 02/25/11 03/28/11 04/18/11 N 0 N Exterior Details A-501 4 5 6 7 10 PROCUREMENT MATRIX - - - OC TO ORDER FROM SUPPLIER IGC TO ORDER I FROM DEALER KEY/CM TO ORDER g SUPPLIER TO INSTALL tin: FINISH SCHEDULE = 07 ITEMS BELOW ARE BUSD, IN LLDRWECT, UON - - - REFER TO PLANS & DETAILS FOR LOCATION OF ITEMS USED ON THIS PROJECT - ALL PAINT TO BE EGGSHELL FINISH, LION SUPPLIER - CATEGORY PRODUCT/SERVICE DESCRIPTION KEYBANK CONTRACT N0. OR PO NO. - AWN CONTACT - PHONE - EMAIL - - m cYi CODE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER - MODEL COLOR' MODULE MAIN CONTACT REMARKS ACCUSERV MISC. ACCESSORIES LOLKtNS, SIANCHK)N5, AINUEH HOLDER, INiI:FNIUR BULLETIN BOARD TOO ASHLEY GARNER 502-961 -0096 agamer0occu-serv.com X X ACP_1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL ARMSTRONG DUNE 1775 WHITE - 24%x24•x5 8' / PHIWS MILLER 1800-4424212 SUPRAFINE XL EXPOSED TEE ARMSTRONG FLOORING ..SIGNAGE VCT (VINYL COMPOSITION TILE) 07-0739 MINA $IECRIST 717-396-3676 tlstegnst0arms(rong.com X % ACP-2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PAWL USG SiTEEIHUCK BRAND LilMAPLUS VINYL.i3260 WHITE - 24•kZ4�x1/2" --- SQUARE EDGE WITH ZXLA26 GRID PROFILE ARMSTRONG CEILING CEIUNG TILE & GRID 07-0739 MOWS MILLER SHERRY BRUNT, RLN { 800-442-4212 armstrongcsa0onnstrong.com X % BENTLEY PRINCE STREET FLOORING MAIN CARPET & WALK OFF MAT 07-0647-001 ,BETH CHRIS CLERK- 800-423-4709 - chns.dar%Obentleyprincesfreet.com X X .CPT-1 .CARPET TILE - BENTLEY PRINCE ELE,, NEW DEMOGRAPHIC CUSTOM DYE -18%18' CHRIS CLERK. 1�Q 91 -4614 INSTALL QUARTER TURNED BLUEWATER DIGITAL MARKETING - GNITOR, MOUNTS AND LCDSYSTEM 07-0485 ERIK CLERK 231-865-2600 eclorkObloewaterfeeh.com % X CPT-2 WALK -OFF MAT $tl�7L�HFpF�IcIr PRINCE DECO RIB CHOCOLATE 50CMx5OCM 3"p"13g�LAgKg74 TULt, INSTALL AS INDICAIED.ON PLANS BRILLIANT SIGNAGE EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 07-0684 BAN MOCNY 216-741-3800 dmocnyObrdliontsign.com X % CPT-3 CARPET TILE BENTIEY PRINCE $j EFFTT NEW DEMOGRAPHIC CO-DEPENDENT TENT)" RRIS LLARK 330-391-4614 NEUTRAL ALTERNATE BRILLIANT - SIGNAGE OPEN/CLOSED CANOPY INDICATOR 07-0684 DAN MOCNY 216-741-3800 dmocnyObnlhontsign.com X X.. CPT-4 BROADLOOM B ETLEY PRINCE NEW TOWN BROWN HERALD --- 330-391LHINS 1--N4614 STAIRS CROSSVILLE - FLOOR/WAINSCOT RESTROOM WALL & FLOOR TILE 08-0304 SHEILA WYNN --- - swynnOcrosseilleinc.com - X X DIEBOLO - SECURITY AND BANK EQUIPMENT ALARMS,ESAFES, ATM, VAT, CCTV, UNOFJTCOUNIER 06-0558 DEBBIE HALKOVICS - --- holkavdOdiebold.com - % X -EF-1 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERW IN WILLWMS TOR �LSppU77P�EXRPppNB8y9NTjE�XES DEER VALLEY SW7720 --- Z�ZjS5 5555AN HN7tMAN 55 EXTERIOR- FIELD, UON - FLEISCHMANN OFFICE INTERIORS FURNITURE (WEST REGION) KIMBALL-CUBES, OFFICE FURNITURE, DESKS 07-0.423, SOHN PATTI WHITMAN --- pal60sfoi.com - X X EF-2 EXTERIOR PAINT- SHERWIN WILLIAMS SUPLHV TSPIII LRI1TR Au SERIES . OMNE WHITE. SW6105 - --- RYII7 SCHNLLMM7 1]§-5_66-1765 EXTERIOR TRIM, UON GRAINGER EQUIPMENT DRINKING FOUNTAIN, TRASH CAN, LOCKERS JOHN WANHAINEN - --- john.wanhoinenOgroinger.com - X X whoizx GRAYBAR UGHTING TELLER UNES, CASINGS. JAMB, HEARTH .8021 99-0378-005 TONY MORBETO --- anolhony.morbetoCgbe.com - 6 X FRP-1 FIIB`RI RLI80EOORD CLASSLINER TEXTURED WHITE - --- --- JANITORANDVAULT ACCEL WOODWORKING MILLWORK INTERIOR & EXTERIOR BRANCH UGHTS TBD GWEN. VOJTUSH --- GwenVOAccelGrp.com X X - - - MANNINGTON FLOORING MAIN LOBBY PORCELAIN TILE /-0/21, VENDOR �. � NANCY KINNETT 440-666-3896 noncy_kinnettOmanninglon.com % X G-1 GROUT - ACCUCOLOR - PREMIUM SANDED PARCHMENT 991 - 1//8- GROUT. IEC pprw�rG�Jv tcsoecialtv.cam USE WITH T-1, SEAL GROUT NEW GROUND INTERIOR MARKETING DISPLAY --- G-2 GROUT ACCUCOLOR PREMIUM SANDED CORNSILK /906 itiiISGROUT ,www.tecsuecioRacom USE WITH T-2, SEAL GROUT SEARS APPLIANCES REFRIGERATOR, MICROWAVE 08-0234 CARL CRAMER --- - ccrome4Osearshc.com X X SHERWIN WILLIAMS PAINT PAINT INTERIOR & EXTERIOR ( ) 08-0499 RYAN SCHNEEMAN --- rY on.schneemanOsherwin.com X X PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE- NEVAMAR CLASSIC ROCK RK2001T NEVAMAR wy/W,nevomor.com TELLER UNE AND ALL MISC. MILLWORK SMITH CFI FURNITURE STEELCASE SEATING 07-0423, SMITH CFI49KEytbD JESSICA STITCHER --- jessicosOemithcfi.com - X X PL-2 PLASTIC LAMINATE PIONITE DARK WALNUT - /WW701-N --- PIE vAy�,,o re..•cam TELLER UNE AND HEARTH SURFACE MATERIALS WALL COVERING WALLPAPER 9008 8M00 MICHELLE V. --- michellevOsurfocemolerials.com - X X PL-3 PLASTIC LAMINATE NEVAMAR CARMEN RED /51049T (TEXTURED) --- www.nevommar.com FCIC TELLER ACCENT PANELS JOHNSON CONTROLS JCI HVAC HVAC EQUIPMENT 08-0331 FRED BRYANT --- frederick.n.bryontOjci.con. - X X - - PT -I PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS E[CUSHELtN 200 KIUM BEIGE SW6106 --- 67# SLIIII 6A5W1 EAXLLL INTERIOR gWALLS, UON - - PT-2 PLANT SHERWIN WILLIAMS UUHA710N HOME VirrN11A97T154 RAVE RED SW6608 --- NYAN SLHNLLMAN 216-566-1765 CQAIMUNITY WALL d[ CONFERENCE ROOM WHERE INDICATED - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ - - - - PT-3 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS 200 AI CR1•LjC -SEMI CL,OSS TURKISH COFFEE SW6076 --- 6 S66FF7765 N Z�y METAL DOORS & FRAMES PAINT SHERWIN WILLWJS T GREEN 200 PROPT-4 CEIUNG BRIGHT WHITE SW7007 --- 2Z16-5 6HN 76E 55 METAL. DOORS & FRAMES PT-5 PAINT (FIRE RFTAROANT) FLAMESTOP. FLAMESTOP IM - WHITE --- 1-b//-39/-789/ www.flomestoo.com PLYWOOD BACKBOARD IN ETO ROOM (TWO COATS) RB-1 RUBBER BASE JOHNSONITE COVE BASE FUDGE /167 4' HEIGHT 4410kI313 8236 PRIVATE AREAS AND BOH RS-1 REDUCER STRIP CERAMIC TOOL CO. CTC38CT ALUMINUM -CLEAR ANODIZED --- RS-2 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE CTA-XX-D FUDGE /167 --- --- RS-3 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE CTA-XX-H FUDGE /167 --- - --- RS-4 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE EG-XX-G FUDGE /167 - --- --- RS-5 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE CRS-X%-D FUDGE /167 --- --- T-1 PORCELAIN TILE MANNINGTON /CR1T24 PORCELAIN BEIGE 122q 24' OYCEy41OLB 62x6412 LOBBY -FIELD T-2 PORCELAIN TILE CROSSVILLE, INC. D �� CLASSIC A235SSSAH A DU FINISH: 3-)(3'X1 /4' S1865-6750939 COEFFICIENNTT 8 FRICTION//WET > 0.6 SC-1 CONCRETE FLOOWILLIAMSS COATING SHERWIN WILL ARMORSUL TREADPLEX ACRYLIC _ --- --- --- SSM-1 SOUDSOSURFACING DUPONT CORIAN DELTA SAND --- DU8�I4.53U6RFACAS - TELLER AND HEARTH COUNTERTOP SSM-2 m�51pg•UERI1gg5SL�URFACING DUPONT ZODIAC INDUS RED --- 11-800Tnif4361T6072 TOP R IRANSACIIUA TOP &COMMA. _3 MATERIAL ACCEL ACCEL MPD BOARD IW KEYBANK RED IZPO9F22-R1 --- - TELLER ACCENT PANEL ST-1 STAIN --- --- MARA KIMMEL WODU FURNITURE FINISH --'- --� CC TO VERIFY WITH MILLWORK VENDOR VCT-1 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ARMSTRONG IMPERIALWARD ItLEXXXCELOELN DESERT BEIGE /51809 125112' IST 1_7N 7_39yG6_36 86 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE, ETO VCT-2 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ARMSTRONG IMPERIAL LXSTANDARD EXURE IUNE MARASCHINO /51880- - 12"512" TIARA1 1-71 5f:'G'+ 396-3686 ETO CLEAR SPACE WD-1 WOOD BASE --- _- - -- STAIN TO MATCH KIMBALL C4cEcnnn WOOD FINISH --- KELLY BUSH 330-336-03174135 PUBLIC AREAS - REDUCER STRIP- LOOSE PNC ' 1/4" DIAMETER TOP CAP THRU BOLT WITH TOGGLE, TYP OF 2 WT I WINDOW. BLINDS MECHOSHAOE 5 WITH MET L CHROME METAL CHROME PULL CHAIN STONE /6016 --- MLCHOSHADL www.mechoshode.com INCLUDE OPTIONAL FASCIA; COLOR: QUAKER BRONZE . API GYP BD - WT-2 -WINDOW FILM 3M FAS#RA SAN MARWO SH2MA MM --- YAVIV.3M.COM F -2 I - I&SIUENT REDUCER. STRIP -(BLACK) - CLUE DOWN CARPET - RESILIENT FLOORING�� RESIUENT FLOORING - SEALED CONCRETE . \ \ _ . __ _~---- 3/4 % 2'POPUR�eP PLYWOOD TRIM SCREWED TO 2X4 2X4 6' DIAMETER METAL STRIP. PVC TUBE TYP OF 2 - I ARFl - O PLAN SECTION - WC-1 WALL COVERING SYMPHONY MARIMBA RED OXIDE ---- 8100HELL 322 x1}1 CONFERENCE ROOM WHERE INDICATED WC-2 WALL COVERING SYMPHONY MARIMBA DRIED PALM - --- LLE VNUK g 23 3223x131 - ALTERNATE WALL FINISH SUBSTRATE GLUE OM CARPET © TO RESILIENT FLOORING - - .. - .. -.. ... CONCRETE SLAB RESIUENT FLOORING O TO SEALED CONCRETE WC-3 WALL COVERING SYMPHONY MARIMBA PULED WHITE --- M LLE VNUK 800-231-3223x131 ALTERNATE WALL FINISH BUD UP FLOOR WITH LATEX FILL AS NECESSARY TO -ALIGN CARPET CRUSH UNE WITH TOP OF CERAMIC TILE FLOORING . - - - REDUCER STRIP - REDUCER STRIP - _ "v G.C. MUST PROVIDE AND ATTACH A LABEL (WITH CLEAR TAPE) STATING: 11B - - - (FIRRS-1) PORCELAIN TILE MDT (FIRRS-3 ) -, . A-602 EXTENT OF WOOD HOLDER. THIS TUBE CONTAINS STORE DRAWINGS AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER. THANK You. - S CLUE DOWN CARPET W. 1SETTING SYSTEM PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING WITH SETTING SnILM - VCT/SHEET VIM VINYL FLOORING - EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE -- NOTE: ENTIRE IS rr PVC BOTTOM ,ASSEMBLY CAP GLUED CONSTRUCTED BY THE GENERAL. IN PUCE _ CONTRACTOR - SUBSTRATE - - - GLUE DOWN CARPET O TO PORCELAIN TILE - .. a CONCRETE SLAB PORCEWN TILE TO .O RESIUENT FLOORING CODE MATERIAL MFR .. MODEL - COLOR'. REMARKS - UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST . RUN A NEW SET OF BLUEPRINTS OF THE COMPLETED STORE OELEVATION DRAYANGS (ARCHITECTURAL. MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL. EF-1 EXTERIOR PANT SHF.RLWN WWUAAIS SUPERPANT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES DEER VALLEY SW7720 - - TRANSITION DETAILS - EF-2 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES DMNE WHITE SW6I05 STRUCTURAL) AND PLACE INTO PLAN TUBE HOLDER CONSTRUCTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR PLAN TUBE HOLDER FF-3 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS- SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEXAB9 SERIES RAVE RED SW6608 EF-7 PRE -FABRICATED CORNICE SYSTEM ARCHITECTURAL FIBERGLASS, INC --- TO MATCH EF-2, DYNE WHITE F LL CORNICE CAVITY WITH 2' THICKNESS FIRE SWING AT 10'-0' OC. HORIZONTALLY SCALP 6'=1'-0' O I 1 t'_0• SCALE: 1-1/2'a 411) _-g /2" TRIAI J�5-1/� J\ /�N /\ -.A_/\ RT1-12 /\59J\ J\ _I.._ L\ A PAINT J� RAVE RED to 0) CO CO CO 05 0) (0 N CO 0 • 0 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 81D SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REV #1 0' 04/18/11 Schedules & Details A-602 U:IPr/NecteiKeyBenkLWeAMrgtonWIaoverPYMCeaax0207818hew18Vtb2078_a602.d 9 4/15/11 3:12 PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 CALUSON 4 5 8 10 DESIGN CODES AND LOADING: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (2009 EDITION) LIVE LOADS ROOF: 25 P5F SNOW LATERAL LOADS: WINK V35 •92 MPH, EXP B, k,' ID, Kzt•I.0 SEISMIC Ss.I.473, 51.0.507, Sds O.9B2, 5111.0.507, Ie.1.0 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY II SEISMIC SOIL SITE CLA95 D SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D GENERAL: THE INTERNATIONAL: BUILDING CODE AND STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN AU. MATFRIAI5 AND WORKMANSHIP. ALL TEMPORARY SHORING 0R BRACING 15 THE RESP0515LITY OF THE CONTRACTOR" THE DRAWINGS REFLECT THE FINAL FINISHED CONDITION OF THE STRUCTURE THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EACH AND EVERY CONDITION, BUT INDICATE THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. WHERE C001TI05 ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED, SIMILAR CONDITIONS SHALL BE USED AT THE DISCRETION AND APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL JOB 517E SAFETY AS NELL A5 ALL nu m, .METHODS, AND SEGUE/LES OF CONSTRUCTIQ! TO SAFELY PERFORM THE WORK. AUE ENGINFF25 HAS NO EXPERTISE IN NOR HAS BEEN RETAINED TO PROVIDE REVIEW OF THE CONTRACTORS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. IF ANY ERROR OR OMISSION APPEARS IN THESE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, OR OTHER DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING OF SUCH O115S10N 0R ERROR BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, 0R ACCEPT FULL 4851'OSIBIUTY FOR THE COST TO RECTIFY SAME. VERIFY AND COORDINATE OPENINGS IN FLOORS, WALLS AND ROOF WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE REFERENCED FOR WALL5; FINISHES AND DIMENSIONS. DIMENSIONS PROVIDED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE 5r41 FT). STRUCTURAL STEEL GENERAL RNINRBIENTS4 - TUBE COLUMNS: A5T71 A500 GRADE B (Fy46000 psi). PIPE COLUMNS: A5171 A53 GRADE B (Fy.35,000 psi). ALL 'W' AND 'H' SHAPES: A992, (Fy.50,000 Psi). ALL OTHER STEEL A5171 A36. ALL STAINLESS STEEL 3161_ (Fy30,000 psi). ALL 80LT5: ASTM A325 INSTALLED PER CRITERIA FOR SUP CRITICAL CONNECTIONS U.N.O. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM F1554 GRADE 36, U.N.O. FURNISH ANCHOR ROOS WITH MATCHING DOUBLE HEAVY HEX NUTS AT THE END EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE CAST -IN HEADED BOLTS SHALL BE PLACED ACCURATELY INTO FINAL. P051TION PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE. ADDING BOLTS AFTER A POUR 0R 'WET STICKING' 15 NOT ALLOWED. PROVIDE WASHERS FOR ALL BOLTS A5 REQUIRED BY AISC. A5 A MINIMUM PROVIDE STANDARD OUT WASHERS UNDER ALL NUTS.. ONE COAT OU APPROVED SHOP PAINT MINIMUM TO ALL STEEL NOT EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE DISC (A5D) SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS.. CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND SUPPLY ALL ADDITIONAL MISCELLANEOUS METALS THAT ARE INDICATED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS OR THOSE METALS WHICH ARE FOUND TO BE NECESSARY TO SUPPORT THE ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES OR OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS. AU. FRAMING AND CONNECTIONS DESIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR IJAI I NOT RESULT IN. ECCENTRIC LOADS BEING APPLIED TO THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE OR LATFSOI WADS BEING APPUED TO THE BOTTOM FLANGE OF STEEL BEAMS. SUBMIT CALCULATIONS STAMPED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT ALONG WITH SHOP DRAWINGS NOTING. THE LOADING IMPOSED ON THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE. WELDING REQUIREMENTS. ALL WELDING SHALL MEET AWS/WAB0 CODES FOR ARC WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. - - - EXCEPT A5 SPECIFIED IN THE SPECIAL PROCEDURE 0' THIS SECTION, ELECTRODES MAY BE E70 (70 K51 MINIMUM). ELECTRODES MUST BE KEPT DRY AT ALL TIMES. MINIMUM WELDS SHALL BE 3/16' 0R AS NOTED IN SECTION JZb OF DISC (WHICHEVER 5 LARGER) ALL WELDING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHALL USE E309 ELECTRODES WITH A GMAC PROCESS FIELD AND SHOP WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AHS/NAB° CERTIFIED WELDERS. GLUE LAMINATED TIMBER: BENDING STRESS Fb 2400 Psi TENSION, TYP MOISTURE CONTENT 164 MAX. STANDARD .CAMBER 3,500 FT. RADIUS U.N.O. GW-LAM' TIMBER REFERRED TO IN THESE PLANS ARE DOUGLAS FIR COMBINATION 24F-V4 FOR SIMPLE SPANS AND 24F-VB FOR CANTILEVER AND CONTINUOUS SPANS. AITC 117-MM05T RECENT EDITION SHALL BE THE BASIS FOR ALL ERECTION AND FABRICATION. NET -USE ADHESIVES ADHESIVES ARE REQUIRED. ALL WOOD I' AND CLOSER TO CONCRETE SHALL BE TREATED WITH AN APPROVED PRESERVATIVE. ALL NAILS IN TREATED TIMBER SHALL BE GALVANIZED.- STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. - - STEEL STUD MANUFACTURES A '0IrATION, LATEST EDITION SHALL GOVERN FOR ALL STEEL STUDS t JOISTS SPECIFIED. DEPTH, GAUGE, AND SECTION PROPERTIES OF STEEL STUDS AND JOSTS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED -THOSE OF THE SECTIONS SPECIFIED (LARK 25821). G-60 GALVANIZED COATING PER ASTM 453.15 REQUIRED FOR ALL STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS - - ALL SCREWS SHALL BE SELF -TAPPING / SELF -DRILLING FASTENERS THAT ARE ZINC COATED A5 MANUFACTURED BY HILT KWIK-FLEX (ICC E5R-2196, LARR 25095) 0R APPROVE EQUAL THE MINIMUM SCREW SIZE TO BE 38-18 (32 POINT) OR 310-16 (32 POINT) FOR 54 MIL (16 GA) 0R LE55 AND 410-16 (413 POINT) OR 4Y2-W (32 OR 33 PONT) FOR MATERIAL HEAVIER THAN 54 MIL (16 GA) U.N.O. ON THE DRAWINGS. SCREWS FOR SHEATHING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE OF THE PROPER SIZE AND TYPE FOR A POSITIVE SHEATHING TO METAL CONNECTION. ALL SCREW CONNECTIONS 914411 BE MADE FROM THE LIGHTER MATERIAL INTO THE HEAVIER MATERIAL U.N.O. SCREWS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM PROJECTION OF 3 THREADS THROUGH 144E LAST MATERIAL JOINED AND SHALL HAVE MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES AND CENTER TO CENTER SPACINGS OF 12 INCH. ALL SLREYS SHALL CONFORM TO SAE J78 AND SHALL BE COATED WMH A CORROSIVE RESISTANT COATING. THE SCREW MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE VERIFICATION OF THE FASTENER-5 RF05TANCE TO HYDROGEN E78RITTLETIENT. ALL FRAMING COMPONENTS SMALL BE SQUARE CUT FOR ATTACHMENT TO PERPENDICULAR IMBIBERS. - .. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER WHICH WILL ASSURE THAT ENDS OF THE STUDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE INSIDE TRACK WEB PRIOR TO STUD AND TRACK ATTACHMENT. PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING AT 48' 0/C PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS WHERE WALL 15 NOT SHEATHED CONMNUOUSLY ON BOTH SIDES AND AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS. PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS FOR WALLS DURING 141E CONSTRUCTION PROCF99 WHERE THEY ARE NOT SHEATHED PRIOR TO RESISTING LOADS. JOISTS .SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY OVER STUDS, TYPICAL NO SPLICES ARE PERMITTED IN STUDS. ALL 58CTI05 SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL THAT CORRESPONDS TO THE RDt1004 REGUIM TENTS: 97, 68 t 54 MIL THICKNESS (GAGES 12, 14 t 16) ---- AS111 A-653 GRADE D, MELD 50 K51, Fa. 65KSI 43, 33 t 21 MIL THICKNESS (GAGES B, 20 41 22) ---- ASTM A-635 GRADE A, YIELD 33 K51, Fu. 45K51 ALL. TRACKS, BRIDGING, STRAPS ETC. ARE TO BE FORMED ROM STEEL OF THE SAME THICI0JE55 A5 THE STUDS 0R JOISTS TO WHICH THEY ARE ATTACHED, U.N.O. METAL Snit) DESIGNATION 15 TAILS., '600 - MEMBER DEPTH IN MOO INCH (6') 5'-- STYLE OF MEMBER (5 - STUD/JOIST, T • TRACK, U • CHANNEL, F • FURRING CHANNEL) 'I62' - MEMBER FLANGE WIDTH IN V100 INCH (Ib25' •- I-5/8') 54' - MINIMUM STEEL THICKNESS IN MILS (54 MILS.. 0.054', OLD DESIGNATION OF 6 G4.) SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: GPERAL REGUIRE/BNTS. ALL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL MEET THE REOUIREMLNTS OF THE 2009 IBC, CHAPTER IT. ALL INSPECTIONS A5 REQUIRED BY SECTION 110 OF THE 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ARE REQUIRED. INSPECTIONS SPECIFIED IN THESE NOTES ARE IN ADDITION TO THESE INSPECTIONS. - - - CITY INSPECTION 15 NOTA SUBSTITUTE FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION. ANY WORT' WHICH 14A5 BEEN COVERED BUT NOT PROPERLY INSPECTED 8Y THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR AND/OR THE CITY INSPECTOR 15 SUBJECT TO REMOVAL 0R DIROSURE. WHERE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED, CCNTNIOUS INSPECTION IS REQUIRED DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. THIS MAY BE A REOUIRBIFNT OF THE BUILDING CODE / LOCAL JURISDICTION OR THE MANUFACTURER THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST BE CERTIFIED TO PERFORM THE TYPES OF INSPECTION SPECIFIED AND SHALL DEMONSTRATE COMPETENCE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. • THE CONTRACTOR 5 RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING AND INFORMING THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR 0R CRY INSPECTOR AT LEAST ONE WORKING DAY BEFORE THE WORK 15 TO • BE PERFORMED UNLESS OTHER CONDITIONS ARE AGREED UPON. REGIJIREMENTS Cf WE SPECIAL INSPECTOR. 114E SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST WORK UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A WASHINGTON LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST PERSONALLY BE FAMIUAR WITH THE DRAWINGS AND MIST PESONALLY 035ERVE ALL OF THE WORK REPORTED 0N. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION; THEN, IF NOT CORRECTED, TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER. THE FINAL REPORT SHALL BE SIGNED BY A WASHINGTON LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER AND SHALL STATE THAT THE 1,4014: WAS IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DRAWINGS AND 582018ICATIUS AND THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF IBC. SPECIFIC SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED: ALL WELDING 0' STEEL EXCEPT WELDING PERFORMED IN AN AISC APPROVED SHOP. " DISCLAIMER: AIMLR: THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE DESIGN' ARE SPECIFIC TO 1415 PROJECT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING. IT 15 OUR INTENT THAT THIS DESIGN MEETS THE NORMAL STANDARD OF CARE WITHIN THIS INDUSTRY. NO OTHER WARRANTY IS PROVIDED OR IMPLIED. (E) 4%14 PLAN NORTH III (0) 4XI4 (E) 2XI2 @ 2'-0' 0.C. (E) 2X12 @ rF (E) 18' MFR'D TRUSS @ 2'-0' 0.C. 5 1/4' X 9 1/4' P5L (2.0E) JOISTS AT EA (E) JOIST, SISTER TOGETHER W/ (2) ROWS OU 16d NAILS AT 12' 0.C., SPACE R045 AT 5' 0.C. yy ii� 2X6 @ 0.C. (E) (2) 2X12 SEE 7/5-002 f0R (E) (2) 2XI0 TOWER LEG ROOF FRAMING PLAN GLIB 5 I/8 SCALE: 014 I/B'=1'-0" (E) GLIB 3 I/0X18 (E) 2XI2 @ 2'-0' 0.C. (E) 2X12 @ 2'-0' 0.C. (E) 2X10 @ 2'-0' O.C. (E) ROOF EDGE (E)(2) 2X12 SEE 7/5-002 FOR TOWER LEG (E) 2X6 @ 2'-0'.O.C. -� II v II 1A,VIGW ' I !Ark fre'47;. •) /) (E) (2) 2X10 /t GLIB 5 1/8 .. OUTLINE OF / / • CORNICE PER ARCH ! / ENTRY PARAPET • %i ENTRY CANOPY BY OTHERS . Cl2 S. OF (E) GLB R ISSUED / REVISED ° roc ti DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 BID SET 03/28/11 L1` NOTE THESE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON A LIMITED AMOUNT OF INFORI1ATI0N FOR AN EXISTING BUILDING. CONTRACTOR MUST. FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IF C0ND1T10N5 ARE OTHER THAN AS SHOW! PRIOR TO MODIFICATION. PERMIT REVISION 1 04/18/11 NOTE ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THESE STRUCTURAL PLANS ARE FOR GENERAL GENERAL REFERENCE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESP051BLE FOR VERIFYING ALL DIMENSIONS AND ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. GENERAL NOTES AND ROOF PLAN S-001 P111000111044 Key Bank Andover Park111044 Key Bank Andover Park S001Awg 4/1511 2:32 PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 ARMOUR UN5DERFER ENGINEERING, INC., P.S. 2 3 5 9 10 6 F D. A FULL BLOCKING, EXTEND MINIMUM 12' BEYOND STRAP E.S. (2) 5/8' DIA A307 BOLTS AT 15' 0.C., GE74TER IN BLOCKING L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CUP AT EA. STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ (DEL 6) a JOIST 4) SIMPSON 5D5 V4 X 2 V2' SCREWS DETAIL A NOTE: SHEATH NALL AND CRICKET WITH MINIMUM 1/2' APA RATED PLYWOOD, FASTEN WITH 48 SCREWS AT 6' 0.C. AT THE PANEL EDGES, 12' 0.C. IN FIELD 6075137-43 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W (3) #10 SCREWS L 2 X 2 X 43 NIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (3) 810 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) BLKG W 1410 SCREW DETAIL A 5/8' DIA A307 BOLT, TYP 6005162-54 ES., EXTEND 2' PAST STRONG BACK SHALL BE TIGHT TO (E) JOISTS (E) 5 1/8' GLB SIMPSON 1.71520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE WV (4) 810 SCREWS, FASTEN TO BLOCKING IN JOIST W (12) 10d NAILS CORNICE BY OTHERS CONT. 6001Y6-43 T 48, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH W10 5CR64 ES. OF STUD 6005137-43 STUDS AT 16' 0.C. CONT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4' FASTEN TO EA STUD 14/ #10 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W 1 W SCREW 6005I62-554 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. 6005137-43 M2ArF AT 48' 0.C. �CUP BRACE FLANGES AND SANOWICH BTW (E) JOIST AND NEW JOIST, FASTEN TO J045T5 4 STUDS W 5/8' DIA TN BOLT / (4S T SCREWS AT Jz (E) SOFFIT FRAMING EA BRACE TYPICAL NEW PARAPET CONT. 600T200-43 STRONG BACK, FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ (3) 410 SCREWS, FASTEN TO EA HO81Z SUPPORT W 1N0 SCREW, SEE 4/5-002 FOR STRONG BACK END STEEL CANOPY BY OTHERS saz 5-2 SCALE= 1/2'=I'-0' PL 5/8 X 8 X 12' 5/8' DIA A307 BOLTS AT I6' 0.C. PL TO CHANNEL FLANGE, TYP 3/16 (E) GLB REINFORCEMENT SCALE: 3/4'=I'-0' FULL BLOCKING, EXTEND MINIMUM 12' BEYOND STRAP E.S. (2) 5/8' DIA A307 BOLTS AT 15' 0.C., CENTER IN BLOCKING NOTE SEET 1/5-002 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 5/8' DIA A307 BOLT AT 12' 0.C. DETAIL A L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (6) 010 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DEL JOIST W/ (4) SIMPSON SD5 V4 X 2 1/2' SCREWS DETAIL A SIMPSON 147520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W (4) 180 SCREWS, FASTEN TO BLOCKING IN JOIST W (12) 10d NAILS CONT. 6007125- FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH #10 SCREW E.5. OF STUD CORNICE BY- 43T18 6005137-43 STUDS AT 16' 0.C. CONT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4' FASTEN TO EA STUD W 510 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W/ 810 SCREW 4007200-43 AT 24' 0.C., FASTEN TO GLB W/ (3) W0 SCREWS FASTEN TO WALL STUDS W/ (3) 410 SCREWS 6005162-54 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. 5111.50N LSTAI2 AT EA BRACE, WRAP AROUND GLB SIMPSON L50 AT EA BRACE V8' MAX GAP BIN TRACK AND STUD CON'. W07150-68, FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ #10 SCREW E5. 8005162-54 @ 24' 0.C., EXTEND 2' PAST STRONG BACK 13X3X68 MIL AT EA HORIZONTAL STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ (8) 1H0 SCREWS, FASTEN TO GLB W/ (7) SIMPSON 1/4' X 3 1/2' SD5 SCREWS 6005E7-43 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. • (4)410 SCREWS AT z EA BRACE NEW PARAPET AT EDGE 6'-0' MIN FILL EVERT OTHER HOLE W/ IOU NAILS SIMPSON C520 AT EA ROW OF BLOCKING CONT. 40072 0-43 STRONG BACK, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (3) 310 SCRE145, FASTEN TO EA HMI SUPPORT W 410 502E4, SEE 4/5-002 FOR STRONG BACK LAP SCALE: V2'=I'-0' NOTE: PARAPET WALL BRACING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY • 4'-0' FILL EVERY OTHER HOLE W 10d NAILS FASTEN Bin —KING TO JOIST TOP CHORD W/ 10d TOED, ES. 2X4 FLAT BLOCKING BETWEEN JOIST TOP CHORDS, ALIGN WITH (E) 2X10 JOISTS PARAPET DRAG (E) JOIST (E) JOIST SCALE: 3/4'=1'-0' -1 EXTEND STRONG BACK TO FIRST TWO STUDS AFTER GCB. IN (E)2 X6 JOISTS (E)2 X10 JOISTS AT 24' 0.C. AT 24' 0.C. PARAPET WALL STUD STRONG BALK STRONG BACK LAP (E) BUILDING WALL (E) SLAB ON GRADE AND 5T13134ALL FOOTING CORNICE BY OTHERS CONT.-600T25-43 T 48, FASTEN r TO EA STUD WITH 810 SCREW ES. OF STUD, FASTEN TO BLOCKING W (2) trio SCREWS - 6005137-43 STUDS AT I6' 0.C. COW. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4' FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ 010 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W/ 410 SCREW 600E462-64 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CUP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W/ (6) #10 v12F14S, FASTEN TO (E) DELL JOIST W (4) SIMPSON 5D5 V4 X 2 1/2' SCREWS 2x PI rcKING AT 24' 0.C., ALIGN WITH VERTICAL. WALL STUDS, FASTEN TO (E) JOISTS E5. W/ SIMPSON 1.550 CUPS 51MPSO% 147520 AT EA BRACE,. FASTEN TO BRACE W/ (4) 140 SCREWS, FASTEN TO GLB W/ (12) 104 NAILS FREE STANDING WALL ON ROOF (E) STRIP FOOTING BELOW SCALE: V2'=I'-0' TOWER SOFFIT ABOVE PLAN VIEW OF TOWER LEG SCALE: 3/4'=I'-0' P 411000111044 Key Bank Andover Ped011044 Key Bank Andover Palk 8001.dwg 2' MIN STRONG BALK EXTEND STRONG BACK TO FIRST 511D AFTER GLB $CAI Fi V2'=II-0' WALL SHEATHING 6005137-43.511J05 AT 16' 0.1. 6001125-43; FASTEN TO EA 511.ID WITH 010 SCREW E.5. OF STUD MIN 144-VERTICAL AT 12' 0.C., E.S. OF FOOTING HORIZONTAL. 84 DOWEL AT 12' O.C. DRILL AND EPDXY INTO (E) FOOTING W/ HILTI RE-500 5D EPDXY,4' EMBEDMENT TOWERLEG FOOTING 4118/11 032 PM 5C01 F: 3/4'=I'-0'' C ra 4114g O 80 V CO CO CO 17) to co 1D N ISSUED / REVISED DATE 0 N 0 =V PERMIT SET 02/25/11 810 SET 03/28/11 PERMIT REVISION #1 04/18/11 COPYRIGHT ®2011 ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING, INC., P.5. DETAILS S-002 LEGAL DESCRIPTION THE 50U1N 200.00 FEET OF THE EAST 160.00 FEET OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER. SECTION 26. TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH. RANGE 4 EAST, W.M. KING COUNTY WASHINGTON. EXCEPT PORTIONS DEEDED FOR SOUTH 164111 STREET BY INSTRUMENT RECORDED UNDER RECORDING N0. 5770375 AND FOR 63RD AVENUE SOUTH. BY RECORDING N0. 5990376. 1) 2) SURVEYOR NOTES J TOTAL LEASE PARCEL LAND AREA: 21.550 SQUARE FEET 0R-0.49 ACRES, MORE OR LESS THE BUILDING AREA SHOWN HEREON WAS DETERMINED BY THE FIELD MEASUREMENTS OF THE EXTERIOR WALLS AT GROUND LEVEL 3) TOTAL PARKING SPACES 24 — 23 REGULAR SPACES AND 1 HANDICAP SPACES - 4) 1HE UNDERGROUND UTIUTES SHOWN HEREON ARE COMPILED FROM THE VISIBLE SURFACE FEATURES OF THESE UTIUl1E5 AND PLANS PROVIDED BY THE CUENT. AN EXACT LOCATION OF THESE U11URE5 WAS NOT PERFORMED. FOR THIS SURVEY. BEFORE DIGGING, CALL THE APPROPRIATE LOCAL U71UTY LOCALE SERVICE FOR FIELD LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTUTY UNES. 5) PROPERTY ADDRESS 275 ANDOVER PARKWEST 6) ACCESS TO PROPERIY VIA PUBUC RIGHTS OF WAY: ANDOVER PARK WEST AND STRANDER BLVD. 7) BASS OF BEARINGS THE BEARING OF SOUTH 8910'38- EAST ALONG THE SOUTH UNE OF THE NORTHWEST 1/4 OF THE NORTHEAST 1/4, SECTION 26, TOWNSHIP 4 EAST, RANGE 4 EAST, W.M. A5 SHOWN ON THE BINDING STE IMPROVEMENT PLAN N0. L08-033 RECORDED IN VOLUME 249. PAGES 77-84, KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON RECORDS WAS USED AS THE BASS OF BEARINGS SHOWN ON THIS: SURVEY. - - 8) TAX MAP PARCEL N0. 920247-0010 9) THERE ARE NO GAPS GORES OR OVERLAPS BETWEEN THE SUBJECT PROPERTY AND THE ADJOINING PROPERTIES SHOWN ON THIS SURVEY: 10) AT THE TIME OF THE FIELD SURVEY, THERE WAS NO EVIDENCE OF SITE USE AS A CEMETERY OR BURIAL GROUND.. - - 11) EASEMENT RIGHTS: PLOTTABIE EASSAINTS ARE SHORN FROM THE OWNER SUPPLIED 111LE REPORT.'' NON—PLOTTABLE EASEMENTS ARE NOTED ON THE SURVEY A5 BEING 'NOT PLOTTED'. BECAUSE OUR SERVICE IS UNITED TO REPORTING ON EASEMENT LOCATIONS. VE STRONGLY RECOMMEND LEGAL COUNSEL TO BE RETAINED TO REPORT ON TITLE PAPERS IN NOR ENTIRETY. 12) THIS 15.AN AS —BUILT SURVEY PRE➢ARED IN ACCORDANCE MN THE MINIMUM STANDARD'DETML - REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTA/AGSM LAND TITLE SURVEYS . 13) THE ON —SITE STORM DRAINAGE SrsiW FOR THIS PROPERTY IS DESIGNED TO COLLECT ALL ON—STE STORM WATER USING CATCH BASINS AS COLLECTION POINTS, THEN DEPOSITING THE STORM WATER INTO THE PUBLIC STORM 0WER SYSTEM. 14) 10 WEST LAND SURVEYING & MAPPING ONLY ACKNOVAEO GE.S SIGNED AND STAMPED MAPS AND DRAWINGS N0 RESPON091UTY OR UABIUTY 15 EXPRESSED 0R IMPUED FOR ELECTRONIC DATA AND/OR REPRODUCED MAPS AND DRAWINGS ENCROACHMENTS POSSIBLE ENCROACHMENTS: THERE ARE NO ENCROACHMENTS BY IMPROVEMENTS ON THE ADJOINING PROPERTY ONTO SUBJECT PROPERTY AND NO ENCROACHMENTS BY IMPROVEMENTS LOCATED ON THE SUBJECT PROPERTY OVER ANY ADJOINING PROPERTY OR OVER ANY PLOTTED OR PLOTTABLE EASEMENTS. ALTA/ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEY SURVEYOR'S CERTIFICATION TO: KEY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THIS PLAT AND THE SURVEY ON WHICH IT IS BASED. WERE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE -MINIMUM STANDARD DETAIL REQUIREMENTS. FOR ALTA/AGSM LAND 111LE SURVEYS,` JOINTLY' ESTABUSHED AND ADOPTED BY ALTA AND NSPS IN 2005 AND INCLUDES ITEMS 2 3. 4, 6, 7a, 7b, 70 8. 9, 10. 11(a) 13 & 18 OF TABLE A THEREOF. PURSUANT TO 111E ACCURACY STANDARDS AS ADOPTED BY ALTA AND NSPS AND IN LErwT ON THE DATE OF THIS CERIIFlCATON, UNDER0ORED FURTHER CERTIFIES THAT IN MY PROFESSIONAL OPINION. AS A LAND SURVEYOR REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. THE RELATIVE POSITIONAL ACCURACY OF THIS SURVEY 00E5 NOT EXCEED THAT WHICH IS .SPECIFIED THEREIN. • JAMES V. WINDS PLS. UCENSE N0. 44350 REGISTERED SURVEYOR: JAMES V. WEHDE REGISTRATION NUMBER: 44350 IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE OF LAST FIELD SURVEY: 12-21-10 DATE OF LAST REVISION: 01-04-11 JANUARY 4 2011 DATE For inquiries, questions or concerns about this survey contact Inqubies@ussulveyor or tall 1-800-867.8783 ext. 221 u_ s_ sort II ® 4929 Rivwstraeolro-xclPa0(/r7t9 ONviB Evar.osv///ay. /rsd/aowa 47716 'America's Land Surveyor" IMO= suQ PREPARED FOR: KEY BANK PROJECT LOCATION: KING COUNTY, STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT ADDRESS: 275 ANDOVER PARK WEST MOIRA; WA PROJECT TYPE ALTA/ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEY JAMES V. WEHDE SURVEYOR P.L.S. WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO. 44350 DTTT OT OTRDY1CA250N 01/04/U p COPYFUOVIT 2070 u.a. SURVUVCR Tim aw� �4..�w. N ,I* fo.17 rmat a paentbib alle,e e,i wwrit canna and w.+* of U.S.. ouRvevo.a SHEET 1 OF 2 JOB NUMBER SS47644-DWG CAD NO.100044 J LJAL- Zoning Information ALLOWED USE LOT AREA FRONTAGE AREA MAXIMUM BUILDING COVERAGE MINIMUM SETBACKS REQUIRED EXISTING BANK SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 1 NONE BANK 2//.96 FT. 21,550 SO. FT. 4.273 50. FT. SOURCE CONTACT PHONE WEB SITE ZONE DIST: TUC (11.11(1SILA URBAN CENTER) CITY ZONING C00E City of Tukwila Planning Department (206) 431-3670 www.0114400a.wa.os/dcd/dmplan FRONT 15 FEET 19.9 FEET SIDE 10 FEET 20.1 FEET REAR MAXIMUM BUILDING HEIGHT 10 FEET 115 FEET N/A 15.2 FEET PARKING 3 PER 1.000 50. FT. USABLE BUILDING FLOOR AREA 24 HANDICAP PARKING SEE NOTE 2 2 (SURVEY. PREPARED BY: LAND SURVEYING & MAPPING 410 3. FOREST GLEN BLVD., POST FALLS, ID 83854 tel/fax 1-888-TEN-WEST www. lOwestsurvey. cam FLOOD DATA This property Is In Zane X (areas determined to be outside the 500 year 800dpiain)' of the Flood Insurance Rate Map. Community Panel No. 59033C0959 F which has an effective date of May 16. 1995 and 15 NOT in a Special Flood Hazard Area. Field surveying WO3 not performed to determine this zone. An elevation certificate may be neededto verify this determination or apply for an amendment from the Federal Emergency Management Agency. NOTE 1: City 0rdhaneo No. 10-4-8.3(a) states that the m6Fn am lot area and frontage area are required to be sufficient to provide for the bolding, the required setbacks, off street park49 and landscaping. NOTE 2 Handicap Parking Requirement= 1-25 spaces: 1; 26-50 spaces 2; 51-75 spaces 3; 76-100 .paces: 4; 101-150 spaces 5; 51-200 space= 6 201-300 spaces 7; 301-400 space= 8; 401 500 space= 9 NOTES CORRESPONDING TO SCHEDULE B 02 Easement, including terms and Recording Information: . In Favor of: - For. Affects:' - O O O O Easement, including terms and Recording Information: In Favor of: For: Affects: provisions contained therein: -- February 18, 1966 under Recording No. 5990967 City of Tukwila Utilities The Southerly. 10 feet of said premises;. Affects subject property. Plotted. provisions' contained therein: - " March 11, 1966 under Recording No. 5999601 Pacific. Northwest Bell Telephone Company, a Washington corporation, its successors and assign Telephone and telegraph lines - a portion of the West 5 feet of. the East 15 ;feet of said premises; Affects subject property. Plotted. The terms, provisions and easement(s) ' contained in the document entitled "Cross -Easement Agreement" recorded March 31, 1966 as Recording No, 6008265 of Official Records; Affects subject property. Document describes an non-exclusive easement for access. Blanket In nature. Not plotted.• .. Document(s) declaring modifications thereof recorded June 28, 1985 andDecember 21. 1987 as Recording Nos, 8506281582 and 8712211264 of Official • Records; Affects subject property. Blanket in nature. Not plotted. - - A document recorded June 28, 1985, December 17, 1985 and' July 1. 1999 as .Recording Nos. 8506281585.8512171134 and 19990701001220 of Official Records 'provides'that the interest of the easement holder was transferred to WEA Southcenter, LLC.;Affects subject property. Blanket in nature. Not plotted. • • The terms and provisions contained -in the document entitled.'Four Party Encroachment Agreement" recorded November 8, 1968 os Recording No, 6431696 of. Official Records;. Affects the main Southcenter Mall building. Does not affect the' Key Bank lease area. Not plotted. Document(s) declaring modifications thereof recorded December 21, 1987 as Recording No, 8712211263 of Official Records: Affects the main Southcenter Mall building! Does not affect the Key Bank lease area. Not plotted. A document recorded June 28, 1985, 'December 17. 1985 and -July 1. 1999 as. Recording Nos. 8506281585, 8512171134 and 19990701001220 of Official Records provides.that the interest of the easement holder was transferred to WEA Southcenter, LLC.; Affects the Parent. Parcel. Does not affect the Key Bank lease area. Not plotted. 1 • The terms and provisions contained in the document entitled "Bill -of Sole' of Utility Facilities and Utility Right of Way Agreement' recorded May 15, 1969 as Recording No. 6511064 of Official 'Records; Affects subject property. General in. nature. Not plotted. - - Easement, including terms and provisions contained therein: • Recording Information: January 7, 1972 under Recording No. -7201070397 In Favor of: - Town of Tukwila, a municipal corporation, its successors and assigns I Underground water. sewer, - drainage, electric power, gas telephone and railroad spur crossing as described therein; Affects subject property. -Plotted. • Easement, including terms and provisions contained therein: - Recording Information: July 12, 1974 under Recording No. 7407120474 In Favor of: City of Tukwila, a municipal corporation For.. U (114(0s Affects: as described therein; Affects subject property: Plotted. • OThe terms and provisions contained in the document entitled 'Memorandum cf Four -Party Agreement for Recording" recorded June 28. 1985 as Recording No. 8506281578 of Official Records; Affects subject property. general in nature. Not plotted. Document(s) declaring rnod'dications thereof recorded June 28,1985, December 21,1987, February 19, 1991, July 1, 1999 and September 29, 2006 as Recording Nos.; 8506281579, 8712211262, 9102190007, 19990701001220 and 20060929002120 of 0fficial Records; Affects subject property. general in nature. Not plotted. 0Terms, covenants, conditions and restrictions as contained in recorded Lot Line 10 Adjustment (Boundary Line Revision) 87-8-BLS Recorded: December 29, 1987. Recording Information: - 8712291101 Affects the Westerly - line of the Parent Parcel. Not Plotted. O11 The terms and provisions contained in the document entitled 'Development Agreement' - recorded June 21, 2006. as Recording No. 20060621000329 of Official Records; Affects subject property. General in nature. Not plotted.' - Document(s) declaring modifications thereof recorded September 20,2007 and:August 15, 2008 as Recording Nos. 20070920001425 and 20080815001319 of Official Records; Affects subject property. General in nature. Not plotted. . 8 I'The terms and provisions contained in the document entitled 'No Protest Local 12 Improvement District Agreement" recorded January 31,2007 as Recording No.: 20070131003241 of Official Records; Affects subject property. General in nature. Not plotted. 13 Easement, including terms and provisions contained therein: - - Recording Information: April 24, 2008 under Recording No. 2008042400183E In Favor of:. - - The City of Tukwila. Washington, a Washington Non -Charter Optional Municipal Code City ' For. - Street frontage improvements along Andover; Park West, sanitary sewer facilities, storm drainage facilities and other utilities Affects: as described therein;. Affects subject property. Plotted. The above said Amended and Restated Street Frontage Improvements and Utilities - Easement of certain Easement 'recorded .June 19, 2007 under Recording No. - 20070619000339 which terminates, replaces and supersedes the easements recorded March 11, 1966 and January 7, 1972. under Recording Nos. 5999600 and .7201070397. Restrictions. conditions, dedications, notes, easements and provisions, if any,. as - contained and/or delineated on the face of the Binding Site Improvement Plan No.- L08-033 recorded November 6. 2008 under Recording No. 20081106000242. in King - - County, Washington; Affects subject property. Plotted. - - The above said Binding Site Improvement Plan replaces .the Binding Site Plan ,recorded May 30, 2003, under Recording No. 20030530001409. The terms and provisions contained in the document entitled "Lender's Consent to Binding Site Improvement Plon" recorded December 3, 2008 as Recording No. 20081203001135 of Official Records; Affects subject property. General in nature. Not plotted. The terms and provisions contained in the document entitled "Bill of Sole for .Utility Facilities" recorded January 14, 2009 as Recording No. 20090114001042 of Official Records; Affects subject property. General in nature. Not plotted. - The termsand provisions contained in the document entitled 'Conveyance of Public Improvements' recorded July 13, 2009 as Recording No. 20090713000776 of Official Records;. Affects subject property. Plotted. 15 16 17 For. Affects: RECEIVED 'MAR 0 9 20111 COMMUNITY' D0V'.:LOPM: T DATE OF ORIGINAL' REVISION: REVISION: REVISION: JANUARY 4, 2011 DATE: DATE: DATE: 20' 2• D' SCALE: 1" = 20' LEGEND PROPERTY UNE EASEMENT UNE ' • — • • — • • —SECTOR UNE / / / ///// / //// / BUILDING UNE 6- CONCRETE CURB STUCCO WALL BRICK SURFACE O®OEIOE®0#aoe®ega® 1CONCRETE SURFACE WATER MEEER WATER VALVE SANITARY 548611 CLEANOUT SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE STORM SEWER MANHOLE TELEPHONE MANHOLE GAS METER CATCH BASIN UGHT STANDARD TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE PHONE RISER POWER TRANSFORMER SEWER LIFT STATION VAULT SEWER UFT STATION VENT UTILITY VAULT (NOT LABELED). TELECOMMUNICATION BOX ELECTRIC VAULT/BOX UNDERGROUND STORM DRAIN UNE UNDERGROUND SANITARY SEWER UNE UNDERGROUND SANITARY FORCE MAIN UNDERGROUND WATER UNE .LANDSCAPED AREA BENCHMARK LOCATION FOUND BRASS DISC IN MONUMENT BOX EXISTING TREE C CONCRETE SURFACE FF FINISHED FLOOR - FL FLOW UNE G. EXISTING GROUND P PAVEMENT rFor inquiries. questions or concerns about this survey contact Inquuies@ussurveyor or call 14300487-8783 ext 221 4929 R/varvvi d Po/rata Or -Iva Evarssv///a, /rsd/srsme 47775 •America's Land Surveyor -800- TO suR PREPARED FOR: KEY BANK sff AL LASO PROJECT LOCATION: KING COUNTY, STATE OF WASHINGTON PROJECT ADDRESS: 275 ANDOVER PARK WEST TUKWIUp WA PROJECT TYPE: ALTA/ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEY JAMES V. WEHDE SURVEYOR P.L.S. WASHINGTON REGISTRATION N0. 44950 DATE O7 CEILTIRCAIION 01/04/10 o covvw I�N9.9.,eI�9�.9,9. ro+. ane Pnn.m s 969rn.e 21 m'tnb 4.n..9a Ap..7 imn is ryin; 9°arndula--, weitoa a sus vev0n SHEET 2 OF 2 JOB NUMBER 5847644- 0WO_CAD N0. 1000E4 J UTILITY PURVEYOR'S WATER/SANITARY SEWER/STORM DRAIN: CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOITHCENTER BLVD.. TUKWILA,-WA 98188 TEL (208) 433-0179 NATURAL GAS:. PUGET:SOUND ENERGY P.O. BOX 97034 BELLEVUE• WA TEL 688-225-5773 BENCHMARK: CITY OF TUKWILA BENCHMARK SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE RIM' LOCATED 214' 4 NORTH OF THE INTERSECTION OF STRANDER. BLVD. & ANDOVER PARK WEST ELEVATION - 23.80 FEET a 49 89•30'38' E 1176.19' w ..I '8El z "1 [BASS OF BEARINGS] 5 8930'38' E 1336.59' � ,e 495 'MN / / 1 SOUTH UNE OF THE J NW 1/4, NE 1/4 SEC. 26, T. 4 E, R. 4 E W.M. PER BINDING SITE IMPROVEMENT PLAN N0. L08-033 (VOL: 249,. PG'S 77-84) a4w nu p4. Ln / z..94 MN SINCE R.55 1_ -2Y R40' k..49 h ., 35..0 DINT. (E.NTI E2w1.1 14 9 ▪ ` f 275 ANDOVER PARK WEST ONE STORY STUCCO BUILDING AREA-4,273 SO. FT. * (FOOTPRINT) HEIGHT- 15.2' -.--__- i48241199---2.29- EASEMENT O14 (p999992) STRANDER BOULEVARD (60' WIDE). (AN .ASPHALT PAVED PUBUC STREET) CURVE TABLE CURVE RADIUS LENGTH DELTA CI 50.00' 79.14' 91741'00* _7 I Om / /T 1E1FP9 uE (R99a0i) G9101) / \1 / BAKER BLVD SSMH RIM- 23.80' (CITY OF TUK6LA DATUM) II 1J 14 17 I • EASEMENT AINNX 1 "m04o.2490,4x) B. i5.29 RECEIVED MAR 0 9 20111 COMMUNITY DEVIAEi4T 6 IS F 1E 46010 vat, as auL ACIOI 16017 EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTHEAST (PROPOSED) EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTHEAST (EXISTING) y ! 00E1 SILL KRAL 111®1R 023E+01 SE-0- 0223111 MN OF IOU.. 011( 1*1* 12E11601 06-6 W. RISER 102311 211016 — 1 -4 L11.zi; 020 SHEET NOTES ni1120110292+rLFZEE ' 60060. 001161E WIN 13a16RS 00132 21201.MD IOW ALL iE 0606 IFIRDES iD 060114 IE 141 2 101 I IF111911 ISM AL ECE101 906 OWi 31331 R✓ ACIID 3) 22002. AtrD 2231221. HMI-6 2314IE2 M16 2 a ®V CC 1323213122 22011®34* .017 a1r*tc 22722222151:®I EIDECI 222222322 l 0a10KER IND 436060 SDa2002 4j W n61f 0230121 *46 &MUG ISID IB S 9225 0)06anegneisc 110E 5611667106E 6112061006 06E EMSam1L ..221In,11210113 1IFMe 3IREDEIL 01103116.Rtff RINS ammo 6) 9E 9122 1/2MIME IV. FLRI)FE OF;>i0110Y CA4I I$OM FINISH SCHEDULE E 1)06* StER0I 92/311122 1E21 OM, 0B) 9RAD 1 AU 991Ei t�C7ij lcis 61111 561f3 ! A ' DIEM ,6110E E 06062 1O aa10C11 nig 0.110E L0E2 6112 SEC 626311 FIE- 11E023:71122 ID 10VO1 FARM° F12 215, illotlE 1fi7DF CfR11LE NC Jf10 519H1 06 0 DD ce• W • COfZ Ww ▪ o •2: '-us a. >> _ • o 0 X F Z Ott 6 02 0 r 0 0 ISSUED 11I6V1SE0 GATE PERIUT SET 112/Z60I1 SOLE Vsr - r 1r D 3 S 12 cso02222 :o 260 Oa11n01/ Exterior Renderings A-203 2 3 4 5 4 7 8 4 DS 0 A KeyBank SWEET NOTES *�1S91E 3031 IOt101 ARAM Yj HMTOM AD AMR XL IE815I0E 3419w5 10 larroi MING 1 1421R SIMI 1007£ AL O1554I3 3015 981E 1E31 HiSI8&9 30 E130= 010 911EDIl10 L 012004-4 MR HEY 5098 ID SE MIMED 51 6L 13G'0i 3322 17O10f LSIDIR¢9M AI113 EDICAtti 01111250315 M+91 Ate 0214111333011 DOWSES MO Mtn 31211 ealtiV 4) OA1 KR (603129 i1 XS 5157115 LSE 3131035 SARA 100 0418314114E O1E SOU- AIEQ19W IV 41E MOO141± SOUL 119i*19 *OM= 0 miff 51) SEE 9Rd10O1E11. moo 309 561003 011311100011 FINISH SCHEDULE MECCA 54000 90E 1,110 1E03 '01E3' Fag truss 0031173 NOM 5EO13 1010 101*0 E71E1330 916105 IA&: A® 919E9 1:70510 .91 WI E7(19*0 • ID503)1 9*0 10.1351E WED SSE ILEA SM EM PRE- IWCMsS11A1GL 1 FA1000E0 ice. MICE wti 595199 ID Tool O NE 11H1E 916105 SC11F: 3/310 • 9"-0' 0 3 11 12 CALLIION 0 ▪ OD 14. CZ 03 t "a. C0) ▪ a • RQ m.-tu 31% > > _ • l 0 u ro X 1 62 a_ ISSUED REVISED DATE PERMIT SE7 1/2f25111 Exterior Renderings A-204 *01 013311 common rc IMA* 0.4119011 aim fa 'OM 100 OF loo, ACE* CAM 2001751011 25-r j se-5' EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHEAST (PROPOSED) EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHEAST (EXISTING) 1. MEW MID SMOTE Al OK 111111. I1S1L I:OIONM WM wars max - -m' f a- a85-df MOO '1V AfIFlFiT El. ea'-0'. 001D oar sorry �iacztr !\ I OD 8cta1M SS7E36. 1YP. LU c\4 SHEEF NOTES n3 octe0A 00107Z. uMi>E:SAME MANE. 0071144UN Boos aEUExst MON 01) IMOau E4lk iFW19F45 DORM OK WEN AERCE0 XI ELMO& 00 WORM ammi-0 FIR MEM ONE 10 $ eea® O. Et Dta<[diOW f *0T II 10ON a10 ELIIAC maroons Wm 700 E01 71D7DEE 1aL117M EE'S SON 7kEE1 wa.:00110437 Elf STU:UM W613177 OF 1HE 4 aga MOE. CON OOKIECT WOW 5SOC1 fdl dmM®116 ARff WOE 010111011 3310E 907ID11107. lOPoM71[6 RR REM 461140144 m.� FINISH SCHEDULE EESIOR SOOClt ILFOMIC IEEE f7llEV ROO SUMAS MOM 10fl0 LED 09 MUM 9E00 Siff CONE 10EE R�RR 011106 E1RR SOH6 tW 1® sots COMM 90011 MOOR D0101 PAA 11001,5 LOX OWE 031 SIMS Pli- MOVE01110. D WIN 0100CIED iii00,26, WOE IiIVOE WWI or segos 56iiEn Sala 3,32` .1 0 3 i 12 WI 1i2241 0301400 i 7M, 01010014 CALLI$OM 44. O AD CO 020801 Rg710E1 DATE PERSIST SET 02125111 Exterior Renderings A-205 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 KeyBank Clow SITE: 10-2078 ANDOVER PARK 275 ANDOVER PARK WEST SEATTLE, WA 98188 f GENERAL NOTES SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS PROJECT INFORMATION CODE INFORMATION SECTION SHEET NUMBER BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR SECTION SHEET NUMBER ALL SECTION INDICATOR DETAIL SHEET NUMBER SECTION DETAIL INDICATORS DETAIL SHEET NUMBER SECTION DETAIL INDICATORS ELEVATION SHEET NUMBER RIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR ELEVATION /\� SHEET NUMB ER A- XXX INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR . MATCH LINE SEE A-XXX MATCHLINE INDICATOR EXISTING COLUMN GRIDS NEW COLUMN GRIDS FLOOR: BASE: WALL (FI XX-X ) CFIxx-x ) (Ft x-X ) ROOM FINISH INDICATOR ROOM xxxx ROOM NAME AND NUMBER IxxIxxIxxl-, PARTITION -TYPE xxx DOOR INDICATOR KEYNOTE INDICATOR DATUM INDICATOR (FI XX-X ) FINISH INDICATOR <XI XXX 'FURNITURE/FIXTURE/ EOUIPMENIGNAGE INDICATOR AC ACC ACP ACST AD ADDM ADJ AFF AHD AHU ALT ALUM ANOD APPROX APT ARCH ATM AUTO AV AWP BB BD BLDG BLKG BO BOT BR BRG BRZ B/S BSAMT BUR CAB CB CEM CER CG CH CI CJ CIP CL CLG CLO CLR CMU CO COL COMM CONC CONN CONSTR CONT CORR CPT CSWK CT CTR CU DBL DEMO DET DF DIA DIAL DIM DN DMPF DN DR DS DW DWG DWR EIFS EJ EL ELEC ELEV ENCL EP EO EOUIP ESCAL EXH EXP EXIST FA FCIC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ACCESSIBLE ACOUSTICAL CEIUNG PANEL ACOUSTICAL AREA DRAIN ADDENDUM ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFTER HOURS DEPOSIT AIR HANDLING UNIT ALTERNATE ALUMINUM ANODIZED APPROXIMATE APARTMENT ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL AUTOMATIC TELLER MACHINE AUTOMATIC AUDIO VISUAL ACOUSTICAL WALL PANEL(S) BULLETIN BOARD BOARD BUILDING BLOCKING BOTTOM OF BOTTOM BULLET RESISTANT BEARING, BULLET RESISTANT GLASS BRONZE BUILDING STANDARD BASEMENT BUILT UP ROOFING CABINET CATCH BASIN CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS CERAMIC CORNER GUARD COAT HOOK CAST IRON CONTROL JOINT CAST -IN -PLACE CENTERLINE CEIUNG CLOSET CLEAR CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CLEAN OUT, CASED OPENING COLUMN COMMUNICATION CONCRETE CONNECTION, CONNECT CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE CORRIDOR CARPET CASEWORK CERAMIC TILE CENTER CUBIC DEEP, DEPTH DOUBLE DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DIACONAL. DIAGRAM DIMENSION DMDE, DIVISION DAMPPROOF, DAMPPROOFING DOWN DOOR, DRESSING ROOM DOWNSPOUT DISHWASHER DRAWING DRAWER EAST EXTERIOR INSULATION AND • FINISH SYSTEM EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL ELEVATOR ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE ELECTRIC PANEL EQUAL EQUIPMENT ESCALATOR EXHAUST EXPANSION, EXPOSED EXISTING FIRE ALARM FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FCIO FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ INSTALLED BY OWNER FD FLOOR DRAIN FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FDTN FOUNDATION FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER EEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FH FIRE HYDRANT FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FIG FIGURE FIN FINISH, FINISHED FIXT FIXTURE FLEX FLEXIBLE FLIT FLOOR, FLOORING FLUOR FLUORESCENT FO FACE OF, FINISHED OPENING FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER/ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR F010 FURNISHED BY OWNER/ INSTALLED BY OWNER FP FIRE PROTECTION. FIREPROOF FR FRAME. FIRE RATED FRMG FRAMING FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FT F00T, FEET FIG FOOTING FUT FUTURE FVC FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET FWC FABRIC WALL COVERING FWP FABRIC WRAPPED PANEL(S) GA GAGE GALV GALVANIZED GB GRAB BAR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GEN GENERAL, GENERATOR GFRC GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GFRG GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM GFRP GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC GYP GYPSUM GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD HB HCWD HD HDBD HDW HDWD HM HO HORIZ HR HT HVAC ID INCL INFO INSUL INT IWD JAN JC JT KIT LAM LAU LAV LT LTG MAS MAIL MAX MECH MED MEMB MEZZ MGT MFR MH MIN MISC MO MS MTD AM. MVBL MW N NIC NO NOM NTS HOSE BIBB HOLLOW CORE WOOD HAND DRYER HARDBOARD HARDWARE HARDWOOD HOLLOW METAL HOLD OPEN HORIZONTAL HOUR HEIGHT HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING NSIDE DIAMETER NCLUDE, INCLUDING NFORMATION NSULATE, INSULATION NTERIOR NDIRECT WASTE DRAIN JANITOR JANITOR CLOSET JOINT KITCHEN LONG, LEFT HAND LAMINATE. LAMINATED LAUNDRY LAVATORY LIGHT LIGHTING MIRROR MASONRY MATERIAL MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MEDIUM MEMBRANE MEZZANINE MANAGEMENT MANUFACTURE, MANUFACTURE MANHOLE MINIMUM, MINUTE MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY OPENING MOP SINK MOUNTED METAL MOVABLE MICROWAVE NORTH NOT IN CONTACT NUMBER NOMINAL NOT TO SCALE OC OH OD OPNG OPP ORD OTS PBD PCG PD PERP PLAT PLAS PLYWD PNL PL PR PRCST PRKC PROP PT PTD PIN RCP RD REF REINF REOD REV RFG RM RO RT SCD SCHED SCWD SD SECT SF SGL SHT SHTHG SIM SM SPEC SPKLR SPKR SO SS SST STC STD SR. STOR STRUCT SUSP T&G TEL TEMP TER THK TMPD TO TOS TPD TSTAT TV TYP UGND UNFIN UON VB VAT VERT VEST VIF VNR VR VWC W/O WC WD WH WLD WP WR wr WIVE XFMR ON CENTER OVERHEAD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OPENING OPPOSITE OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PARTICLEBOARD PLASTIC CORNER GUARD PLANTER DRAIN PERPENDICULAR PLASTIC LAMINATE PIASTER PLYWOOD PANEL PROPERTY UNE PAIR, PACKAGE RECEIVER PRECAST PARKING PROPERTY PAINT, POINT, PRESSURE TRATED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PARTITION RADIUS, RISER REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN ROOF DRAIN, ROAD REFER T0, REFERENCE, REFRIGERATOR REINFORCED, REINFORCING REQUIRED REVISED, REVISION ROOFING ROOM ROUGH OPENING RIGHT SOUTH SEAT COVER DISPENSER SCHEDULE SOLID CORE WOOD STORM DRAIN SECTION SQUARE FOOT SINGLE SHEET SHEATHING SIMILAR SMALL SPECIFICATION SPRINKLER SPEAKER SQUARE SERVICE SINK STAINLESS STEEL SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STANDARD STEEL STORAGE STRUCTURAL SUSPENDED TREAD TONGUE AND GROOVE TELEPHONE TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY TERRAllO THICK, THICKNESS TEMPERED TOP OF TEAM OFFICE SPACE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER THERMOSTAT TELEVISION TYPICAL URINAL UNDERGROUND UNFINISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VAPOR BARRIER VACUUM AUTOMATED TELLER VERTICAL VESTIBULE VERIFY IN FIELD VENEER VAPOR RETARDER VINYL WALLCOVERING WEST, WIDE WITH WITHOUT WATER CLOSET. WALLCOVERING WOOD WALL HYDRANT WELDED WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOF. WATERPROOFING, WORK POINT WATER RESISTANT, WASTE RECEPTACLE WEIGHT WELDED WIRE FABRIC TRANSFORMER 275 ANDOVER PARK SEATTLE, WA 98188 GROSS AREA 4,338 SF AREA OF ALTERATION: 3,676 SF OCCUPANCY: B CONSTRUCTION TYPE: V-A SPRINKLERED: NO FIRE ALARM: YES SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: 0 EXIT DATA OCCUPIED TENANT AREA 4,338 S0. FT. DMDED BY OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR (PER IBC 2009 TABLE 1004.1.1): 100 SO. FT. YIELDS 44 OCCUPANTS REQUIRES 2 EXITS WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD EXCEEDS 49 AND WHEN COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL EXCEEDS 75'-0' (PER IBC 2009 SEC. 1015.1) 2 EXITS REQUIRED. 2 EXITS PROVIDED AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING CODE: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2009 ACCESSIBILITY CODE: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2009 ENERGY CODE: WA STATE ENERGY CODE 2006 MECHANICAL CODE: INTERNATIONAL MECHNICAL CODE 2009 PLUMBING CODE: INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE 2009 ELECTRICAL CODE: NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 2008 FIRE CODE: INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2009 PROJECT DIRECTORY SCOPE OF WORK TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF AN EXISTING BRANCH BANK. WORK INCLUDES, EXTERIOR FACADE UPGRADES, NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, CEIUNGS SOFFITS, FINISHES, FURNITURE, RELATED HVAC, AND ELECTRICAL WORK. WK UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT FIRE ALARM EXTERIOR SICNAGE EXTERIOR AWNINGS CLIENT: (OWNER) KEYBANK 127 PUBUC SQUARE CLEVELAND. OH 44114 PHONE: 216-689-0684 FAX: N/A CONT: ANDREW MELOTT EMAIL: andrew.melottOkeybank.com PROPERTY OWNER: (LANDLORD) KEYBANK CORP. REAL EST. SERNIC 3300 E. 1ST AVE. DENVER, CO 80206 PHONE: 425-709-4559 FAX: 425-709-4425 CONTACT: MICHAEL HACKEL EMAIL: 'choel_hackel@keybank.com OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: TURNER 830 4TH AVE S, SUITE 400 SEATTLE, WA 98134 PHONE: 206-505-6035 FAX: 206-505-6701 CONTACT: RYAN KLINE EMAIL: rkline@tcco.com ARCHITECT: CALUSON, LLC 1420 5TH AVE, SUITE 2400 SEATRE, WA 98101-2343 PHONE: 206-623-4646 FAX: 206-623-4625 CONTACT: JOE KENNY EMAIL: joe.kennyOcallison.com MECH/ PLUM/ ELEC: ES HARGIS 600 STEWART ST. SUITE 1000 SEATTLE, WA 98101 PHONE: 206-448-3376 FAX: 206-448-4450 CONTACT: MARVIN HOGAN EMAIL: arvinh0horgis.biz STRUCTURAL: ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING, LLC 13456 SE 27TH PLACE, SUITE 200 BELLEVUE. WA 98005 PHONE: 425-614-0949 FAX: 425-614-0950 CONTACT: ALEX HABIJSTON EMAIL: alexhOau-eng.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR: TBD 1. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. 2. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE WORK. 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. ALL WORK TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES, AND STANDARDS; INCLUDING ACCESSIBILITY CODES. 5. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY EXISTENCE MD LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE UTILITIES. INCLUDING S4NRARY SEWER, STORM SEWER, WATER, GAS, ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, ETC. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 6. COORDINATE PHASING WITH PROJECT MANAGEMENT COMPANY. MAINTAIN EXIT SIGNS, SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. AND FIRE ALARMS PER APPLICABLE CODES. 7. BANK WILL REMAIN OPERABLE DURING CONSTRUCTION. SITE TO BE CLEANED DAILY PRIOR TO DESIGNATED BANK HOURS OF OPERATION. SITE TO BE KEPT CLEAN AND FREE OF DEBRIS DURING BANK HOURS OR OPERATION. 8. COORDINATE ACTIVITIES WHICH PRODUCE EXCESSNE ODOR AND/OR NOISE TO BE INITIATED AND COMPLETED PRIOR TO DESIGNATED BANK HOURS OF OPERATION. 9. ALL MEANS OF EGRESS AND FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES AND ANY SHUT DOWN OF LIFE SAFETY OR BUILDING sTaILMS SHALL BE APPROVED AND COORDINATED IN ADVANCE WITH THE OWNER AND JURISDICTIONS HAVING AUTHORITY. 10. PROTECT ALL EXISTING MATERIALS TO REMAIN. REPAIR AND PATCH THESE EXISTING MATERIALS DURING CONSTRUCTION WHERE NEEDED. MATCH NEW MATERIALS INSTALLED 50 THAT ALL DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION IS COMPATIBLE AND INDISTINGUISHABLE. REQUIRED PROTECTION INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT OARED TO, THE FOLLOWING: STOREFRONT BULKHEAD DRYWALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND SWITCHES EXTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS FIRE PROTECTION FIRE RATED PARTITIONS 11. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 12. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED NEARBY WALL INTERSECTIONS, SHALL BE LOCATED S0 THAT THE EDGE OF THE FINISH OPENING IS SIX INCHES FROM THE FACE OF THE NEARBY WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS. 13. INFILL OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR WADS AND STOREFRONT WITH MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT MATERIALS ON EXTEROR AND INTERIOR TO MAINTAIN WEATHER TIGHT CONDITION. PROVIDE INSULATION, FIRE RATING, AND MOISTURE BARRIER CONSISTENT WITH EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. PROPERLY CAULK AND SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS 14. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S VENDORS REGARDING SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING OF THE WORK. 15. COORDINATE THE OWNER'S VENDORS ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 16. VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL APPLICABLE DIMENSIONS OF FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED AND/OR INSTALLED BY OWNER'S VENDORS. 17. PROVIDE ADEQUATELY SIZED DUMPSTERS DURING 'OWNER' RETAIL MOVE -IN. 18. UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, OBTAIN ALL FINAL INSPECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTIONS AND FURNISH OWNER AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT COMPANY WITH EVIDENCE OF ALL SUCH INSPECTIONS AND CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY. 19. THROUGHOUT THIS SET OF DRAWINGS, THE TERM 'OWNER' REFERS TO THE CLIENT/ TENANT, AND THE TERM 'LANDLORD' REFERS TO THE PROPERTY OWNER. 20. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS INDICATED ARE BASED ON DRAWINGS DATED (10/14/10) PREPARED BY MENEMSNA, FURNISHED TO CALUSON 8Y KEYBANK. DRAWING INDEX VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION SITE MAP STRANDER BLVD PROJECT SITE GENERAL A-000 COVER SHEET A-001 SITE PLAN DEMOLITION AD-111 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN AD-121 DDEEMMOUTION REFLECTED CEIUNG PN AD-201 DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARCHITECTURAL A-111 A-113 A-121 A-131 A-201 A-202 A-203 A-204 A-205 FLOOR PLAN/FINISH PLAN FURNITURE & SIGNACE PLAN REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN ROOF PLAN EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR RENDERINGS EXTERIOR RENDERINGS EXTERIOR RENDERINGS A-501 EXTERIOR DETAILS A-502 EXTERIOR DETAILS A-601 SCHEDULES & DETAILS A-602 SCHEDULES & DETAILS A-801 INTERIOR DETAILS A-803 INTERIOR DETAILS A-804 INTERIOR DETAILS A-901 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A-902 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A-903 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A-904 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A-905 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A-906 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS STRUCTURAL S-001 GENERAL NOTES AND ROOF PLAN 5-002 DETAILS ELECTRICAL E-001 E-101 E-102 E-111 E-121 E-301 E-302 ELECTRICAL M-001 M-002 M-I01 M-111 M-301 M-302 LEGEND NOTES FLOOR PLAN - POWER DEMO FLOORGPLAN - POWER DEMO CEIUNG PLAN - UGHTING ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND. NOTES SCHEDULES DETAILS NOTES CEILING PLAN - HVAC DEMO FLOOR PLAN - HVAC MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ALTA SURVEY SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEET 2 OF 2 0) CD O LLJ LJJ af z U C.n CD Z CD CD Li 0 2i Clf CD z . NC CO Z 0 10 co a) GO CO C Nce < 8 rn al W O Q < T w m )N > > d Z� O O < < N an N a) 77. l0 a) Tn 0 CV DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 DESIGN REVIEW 03/09/11 Cover Sheet A-000 LIAPrctec8V(ey8 41WesNnpton0AlgWe8PHAMCaaakb20791SIba8VdA7078 8000.0.89 3/8/11 240 PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 CAWSON 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 REPLACE EDISTING SIGNAGE - COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT INSTALL RED BOLLARD COVERS AT EXISTING BOLLARDS, TYP (4) LOCATIONS PAINT CANOPY CEILING (FIEF-2 REPLACE EXISTING SURROUND WITH NEW RED HALO SURROUND, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR STRANDER BLVD. REMOVE '24 HOUR BANKING' SIGN AND REPLACE WAN STANDARD ATM SICN� REPLACE CANOPY CLEARANCE SIGNS INSTALL VAT SIGN EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE EDASTING ACCESSIBLE MSLE - VERIFY WITH JURISDICTION - COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT REPLACE EXISTING SURROUND WIN NEW RED HALO SURROUND (PREFERRED LOCATION OF HALO SURROUND IF JURISDICTION ALLOWS ONE) REMOVE AND RELOCATE COSTING SHRUBS. COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK ANDOVER PARK WEST REPLACE EXISTING SIGNAGE - COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT SHEET NOTES 1) ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED RUNNING SLOPE OF 1:20 (5.0%), MAX CROSS SLOPE OF 1:50 (2.0X) MAX. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2) ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND AISLES TO BE LEVEL WITH SURFACE SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED 1:50 (2.0%) IN ALL DIRECTIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 3) PAINT BUILDING (FIEF-2 ) TYP 4) ALL EXTERIOR SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WOH OWNER'S VENDOR 0 CALLISON SHEET SYMBOLS (FI EF-1 ) NEW SITE CONSTRUCTION EXISTING SITE WORK TO REMAIN FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-601 FOR FINISH LEGEND ANDOVER PARK Andover Park West 10 L- N co co 1p 0) DI CO m Tn CV 0 N ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 TRUE NORTH srs!T• 3/32'=1'-0' 0 6 12 24 Site Plan A-001 U5Pmfecls1KeYlianidWaWnpmn1AndoveiPNk1CB0Ekb20780yea172078 5001.0q 2/27/11 3:48 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CAUJSON 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 REMOVE EXISTING ATM SURROUND, PREPARE FOR NEW WORK REMOVE BASEBOARD HEATER, PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT CONDITIONS REMOVE EXISTING DOOR VINYLS REMOVE BONDS REMOVE KEYBANK STRIPE AND LOGO VINYLS AT WINDOWS, TYP REMOVE LOW PARTITION, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK REMOVE EXISTING ATM SURROUND, PREPARE FOR NEW WORK REMOVE DOOR AND SALVAGE FOR REUSE, SEE A-111 / FOR NEW LOCATION MOVE PORTION OF EXISTING WALL, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK TELLER WORK ROOM REMOVE STORAGE SHELVES, TYP DEMOLITIONL-dOR PLAN 4'0X0X0X f A,C�ih�Xhy 0S�ti�TvXhxyS40 xhXti�*X�xo\h�X��y•k?titiam �0 "�/\ �1'�X`nA C X� X \O• `� y X 0 X y X\ X 'S/ d/›.0 X‘C X x• x�1X s'S\htixO\hti.94hS?\h<>0�h \niX' X7 . 'S� \ 'S/x\ x ,r y x <% X v X X 'S/ 'S' \ <y X x y x, •�c>,?,, 'CII 'Cs?.xyO NsohX�v X\h�'<, .c> h/i� h /hX �/ \X 'C' `›ilX�,�hX'�/�x0yO'S>�\hi\� h '�,�\hX`'yhx h'Jhxy�h� nXy�yyt. RaOVEPREPPHRREE FOR NNEEWW �/V .>' ', .X. X 0' /,(X%X1X .c, `<yN/X7, .c>'Q.Al , � ,�\h".y/ / FINISN `�",C;�k Xy�y�x vh `h\yhx�'S,xh�hx� hX"�yy ,, �/ � "��yXS S/y\� x\'yhX S/`y\� ::::"14,:: \� x ��y/,, 4i, �`l� g4P ��u\hh REMOVE EKISDNG J `\/ / \ / >>>„</,>x:•,:: /,.<',-v.SGNCHIONS AND ROPES /�\�i1 X '\�C���� 00E5 �r'��VSNV<,'' (% REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND BASE REMOVE MILLWORK REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND BASE REMOVE TELLER STOOLS, TIP OF (2) LOBBY ECM REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND BASE REMOVE BLINDS -%.....,.... f I i REMOVE COSTING STOREFRONT AND BONDS REMOVE CARPET FROM VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SURFACES. REPLACE WITH LAMINATE PER A-111 INDICATES UNE OF OVERHANG ABOVE, Tr REMOVE BONDS ;I 0/<, ♦♦0'0 REMOVE BUNDS REMOVE CARPET AND TILE REMOVE BASEBOARD HEATER, PATCH TO MATCH ADJACENT CONDITIONS REMOVE BULLETIN BOARD REMOVE EXISTING FURNITURE AS INDICATED, TYP CONFERENCE ROOM KIM REMOVE LASS PARTITION CUBICLE TASK AND GUEST CHNRS TO REMAIN, TYP 11 II II D REMOVE BLINDS B.J I I IN r-1 I = L �-a J" L _ J -r II II II II III ) I I L _ J r-Z el r-- I 1 I / I L__ REMOVE WORKSTATIONS, TYP 1 SHEET NOTES 1) VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. DO NOT DEMOUSH ANY LOAD BEARING WALLS OR CONSTRUCTION THAT WILL COMPROMSE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY STRUCTURAL ISSUES ARISING FROM DEMOLITION. 3) PROTECT EXISTING MATERIALS, FINISHES, AND DEVICES TO REMAIN DURING DEMOLITION. PATH AND REPAIR EXISTING MATERIALS, FINISHES, AND DEVICES THAT ARE TO MATCH NEW MATERIALS, FINISHES, AND DEVICES - PROVIDE AN INDISTINGUISHABLE UKE NEW FINISH AND MAINTAIN COMPATIBILITY. 4) WHERE PARTITION DEMOUTION OCCURS, PATCH AND REPAIR ADJACENT CEILINGS AND FLOORING CONDITIONS TO REMAIN FOR A UNIFORM APPEARANCE. 5) REMOVE GLUE AND/OR SETTING MATERIALS FROM EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE IN ALIGNMENT WITH COSTING ADJACENT FLOORING SUBSURFACE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW R00R FINISHES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN DETAIL 11/A-602. 6) R0.0CATE EXISTING FURNITURE, FIXTURES, BANK EQUIPMENT, AND CASEWORK AS INDICATED, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK AND OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER 2) 8) 9) 10) 7) GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING OF TENANT SPACE DURING AND FOLLOWING DEMOLITION. MAINTAIN ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL AND RELOCATED ACCOMODATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE THROUGHOUT U.O.N.: • IRF FRAMES/RACKS • MERCHANDISING FRAMES/RACKS • ARTWORK • KEY LOG0'S • MARKETING BANNERS • INLIGHTEN SISILM PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING FINISHES TO AN INDISTINGUISHABLE UKE NEW FINISH AND MAINTAIN COMPATABILITY WHERE EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND SURFACE MOUNTED REAS ARE REMOVED E 0 d= �m Q u; 3 SHEET SYMBOLS 'EL )FE_C EXISTING FEC TO BE RELOCATED COSTING FEC TO REMAIN ///////A NO WORK IN THIS AREA EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED/SALVAGED EXISTING TO ROAN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED to m co Y�OT Q Y CO a a G7 o -o — c w N ANDOVER O3 m N 0 N ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 SCALE: 1/4' = 2 4 8 Demolition Floor Plan AD-111 U:\PYaI. W a'erPr1ACaddkb2078S20 YL2079 _11110p 227/11 3:49PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 CAWSON 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN l 1 REMOVE IS/AC ITEMS, TYP I f{fI/ J REMOVE COSTING CEILING TILE AND LIGHT FIXTURES, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK REMOVE EXISTING ACT SYSTEM SHEET NOTES 1) WHERE PARTDION DEMOUTION OCCURS, PATCH AND REPAIR ADJACENT CEILING CONDITIONS TO REMAIN FOR A UNIFORM APPEARANCE. 2) PROVIDE TEMPORARY SUPPORTS TO EXISTING ACP CEIUNG STSILMS TO REMAIN TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF EXISTING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAIL 11/A-801 ADJACENT TO AREAS INDICATED FOR DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ACP CEIUNG STSILMS. 3) REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDMONAL INFORMATION. 4) MAINTAIN EXR SIGN, EMERGENCY UGHIING AND FIRE ALARM OPERATION FOR OCCUPOIED SPACES AND CONSTRUCTION ZONES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5) SALVAGE EXISTING FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTON DEVICES FOR REUSE. COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK ON A-121 R&M SCOPE 1) REMOVE EXISTING CEIUNG TILE, RAC ITEMS, AND LIGHT FIXTURES, TYP AT CUSTOMER FACING AREAS. SHEET SYMBOLS I— —i T EXISTING ACP CEIUNG EXISTING ACP CEILING STSILM TO BE REMOVED STSILM TO REMAIN EXISTING 2X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING 2X2 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE EXISTING 1X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE Q RECESSED DOWNUGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN EXISTING EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN ZEXISTING 2X2 FNAC SUPPLY GRILLE TO REMAIN ✓/\/\III) EXISTING 2X2 MAC RETURN GRILLE TO REMAIN 1///////A N0 WORK IN THIS AREA EXSTNC TO BE RELOCATED/SALVAGED EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED 2 0 a 0 E 0 2 O� p m J m 4 9 u3 3 co O) co 03 co ce = N a m co Roma¢ m w D a, > > d a'00 Ui g F a Z co co d Tn 210251.02 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/2 5/1 1 Srs/F• 1/4" = 1'-0' 2 4 Demolition Reflected Ceiling Plan AD-121 1.1:1Pm1eGSY(eyBenMWWin01an1AMwmPaMCadd3920781Steek1302078 eb121.0+q 2/27/11 3:49 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CAL115ON 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 / REMOVE EXISTING COPING, TYP L REMOVE CEMENT PIASTER AND PLYWOOD, COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK-. REMOVE EXISTING SIGNAGE jl JI P // // // // // € // // / / , // // / /' / f '� / EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTHEAST R MOVE EXISTING WINDOW AND ADJACENT CEMENT PLASTER. COORDINATE WITH NEW WORK REMOVE EXISTING COPING, TYP REMOVE EXISTING SIGNAGE, PATCH AND REPAIR TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS # / / f // C / / / t i EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHWEST SHEET NOTES 1) PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXTERIOR FINISHES AS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISHES AND COLORS, TYP UON. e CALLISON SHEET SYMBOLS 210251.02 ISSUED / REVISED DATE EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED PERMIT SET 02/25/11 SCALE: 3/32' = 1'-0' Demolition Exterior Elevations 1.5 3 6 U:V4oJaeh1KeySeNclWesli gtdlviMwerPaMCeUakb2D71AS1we4Vkb217e a67111.Mq 2n7/11 3:49 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CNIJSON AD-201 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 • FLOOR PLAN/FINISH PLAN INSTALL PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, SEE SHEET NOTE 11 FLOOR: BASE PRUNER STAND, TIP OF (2) (1) 46' VIDEO SCREEN PROVIDE NEW POWER AND DATA CONNECTIONS. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR TELLER WORK ROOM R00M • ' f/// / II / II (E1 PT-1 ) NEW CASH SAFE WALL TO MATCH EXISTING (FICPT-1 ) (FI PT-1 ) REPLACE VERTICAL 1---- CARPETED SURFACES ALIGN WITH( fI PL-2 ).14' REPLACE HORIZONTAL '- INFILL AT CARPETED SURFACES EXISTING WINDOW WITH(FI PL-1 ),1YP / 3' —0• FLOOR: BASE: WALL' ( FICPT-2 ) (FI PT-1 ) L INSTALL NEW BASEBOARD HEATER VESTIBULE INSTALL TILE/CARPET TRANSITION STRIP, TYP INSTALL NEW BASEBOARD HEATER 6'-0• COMMUNITY WALL DISPLAY (FICPT-1) (FI PT-1 ) RE1AMN1TE HORIZONTAL SURFACES(fI PL-1 )• TYP TYP THROUGHOUT U.O.N INSTALL SAFETY GLASS AT EACH TELLER STATION TYP, FCC REWANATE IEILER UNE (FI PL-2 ), TYP LION REIAMINATE BACK COUNTER (f1WT 3) UPPER WINDOWS ONLY SA _ NEW PILASTER, TYP (2) LOCATIONS i i i a NNW CONFERENCE ROOM / ALIGN 1 I I I I / I I / / / l / / / / / / / ./ / / / / / / / / / / // NEW FACADE EXISTING SOFFIT NEW METAL CANOPY METAL CANOPY SUPPORTS Ilk NEP SHEET NOTES 1) PROVIDE BLOCKING AND BACKING AS DEFINED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 092200 IN EXISTING PARTR10N5 AND NEW PARTITIONS FOR ALL CASEWORK, SHELVING, COUNTERTOPS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, AND OWNER SUPPUED TOILET ACCESSORIES. AND OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH SHOP DRAWINGS. 2) FOR GYPSUM BOARD CEIUNG AND SOFFIT FINISHES SEE REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN. 3) ALL ANGLED WALLS ARE AT 45", 90" 0R 135" U.O.N. 4) WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS ADJACENT TO EXISTING TO REMAIN, PATCH AND REPAIR ADJACENT CONDITIONS FOR A UNIFORM APPEARANCE 5) WHERE EXISTING INSULATION IS REMOVED OR MISSING — PATCH AND REPLACE INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED R—VALUES. 6) NEW PARTITIONS AND PARTITION INFILL TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION; INCLUDING STUD TYPE, STUD SIZE, AND GYP BD TYPE AND THICKNESS (5/8' GYP BD IS ASSUMED) FIELD VERIFY AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 7) ALL PARTITIONS I CI 1 I— I U.O.N. 8) VERIFY CONDITION/E(PIRATION OF EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. IF REPLACEMNT/NEW IS REQUIRED, PROVIDE 5LB CAPACITY UL USIFD 2A-108C FIRE EXTINGUISHER PER NFPA 10 REQUIREMENTS, EXACT QUANTIFY AND LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE FIRE MARSHAL AND OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ON SITE AND AS DIRECIED BY LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PROVIDE LOCATION MARKERS ARE REQUIRED. 9) PROVIDE MINIMAL FURRING AND GYPSUM BEARD FOR EXISTING COLUMNS IF INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR COLUMNS WITH ELECTRICAL DEVICES. PROVIDE PLASTIC CORNER GUARDS ON EXPOSED SIDES OF COLUMN FURRING. 10) NEW MILLWORK IS PROVIDE BY ACCEL U.O.N. 11) PROVIDE FIRE —RETARDANT PLYWOOD BACKING ON WALLS AS INDICATED ON ETO CABUNG DRAWINGS. NOTE: ALL PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS TO BE B/C GRADE, B SIDE OUT AND COVERED WOH IW0 COATS OF FIRE —RETARDANT WHITE PAINT. 12) SEE DETAIL 12/A-602 FOR FLOORING MATERIAL TRANSNIONS. co 2m� d ACCESSIBILITY SCOPE 1) INSTALL NEW ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION LEDGE. FCIC Y O 1 SHEET SYMBOLS I C I 11— I--i WALL/PARTITION TYPE INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-801 FOR PARTITION TYPES (FICT-1 ) EXISTING WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER (FE HANDLE TO BE AT 48' AFF 4A7() DOOR INDICATOR SEE A-000 FOR DOOR AND FINISH INFORMATION FINISH INDICATOR • FLOOR BOXES OR POKE THRUS - 2PLEX OUTLET • 4PL1OL OUTLET V/////! A NO WORK IN THIS AREA NEW MILLWORK NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN 210251.02 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 SC11F. 1/4• = 1'-0• 2 4 8 PLAN NORTH Floor Plan/Finish Plan A-111 U:wmfxbVGXB9NCIWesNnptceA doveNmMCaddkm2078SMe15Vm2070 a-111Aw0 2/27/11 3:49 PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 CYUJSON 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN EXISTING CEILING AND UGHT FIXTURES TO REMAIN ACP START SHEET NOTES 1) UGHIING, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND SPRINKLERS ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT POINTS IN ACP AS NOTED IN GRAPHIC BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED ON REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN. 3) INSTALL ACP CEILING SYSTEMS PER DETAIL 11/A-801. 5) WHERE NEW 2X2 ACP CEIUNG IS INDICATED, MATCH EXISTING CEUNG TILE, GRID & HEIGHT U.O.N. TO CREATE A UNIFORM UKE NEW APPEARANCE 9) REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10) MAINTAIN EXIT SIGN, EMERGENCY LIGHTING, SPRINKLER COVERAGE AND FIRE ALARM OPERATION FOR OCCUPIED SPACES AND CONSTRUCTION ZONES DURING CONSTRUCTION. R&M SCOPE Y co 2>lfg 1) INSTALL NEW CEIUNC AND LIGHT FSTURES AT CUSTOMER FACING AREAS. SHEET SYMBOLS C1� }fI �RETURN GRILLE j NEW ACP CEIUNG ST]ILM n EXISTING ACP CEIUNC SOIEM 2X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 2X2 FLUORESCENT UGHT FIXTURE 1X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE O SMOKE DETECTOR ® CM LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPLY GRILLE layin 11122 CFI P-1 CEIUNC PANEL CEIUNG INDICATOR: SEE A-602 FOR CEIUNC HEIGHT AFF CEILING PANEL, GRID, AND FINISH COLOR FINISH, GRID ONLY AT EOM CEILINGS FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW SUSPENDED GYP BD CEIUNG N0 WORK IN THIS AREA NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN ....s. E Z o Z o O p c w t9 1 J m U ti3 3 N cci co COY�GD Q 07 AC C0- mrn faoca< m.-LL m� A > > . dl al Q O 0) k W ❑ v Z c m < < N Ln C A CV 9) 0 94 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/26/11 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0' 2 4 Reflected Ceiling Plan A-121 U6PnledAlCayEeNAWeWrytmWtloverPaMCarldkb207S5heefeYm7D79 9-121A9y 227/11 3A9 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 C4LLJSON 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 10 / / / / EXISTING OVERFLOW DRAIN EXISTING ROOF DRNN EXISTING OVERFLOW DRAIN 1/ \\ / \\. EXISTING MECHANI AL EQUIPMENT / EXISTING OVERFLOW DRAIN EXISTING ROOF DRAIN EXISTING BUILT UP ROOFING EXISTING MECHANICAL SCREEN A-501 TYP 58 10 A-501 TIP 0 ROOF PLAN L NEW BUILT UP ROOFING OVER PLYWOOD. SEE STRUCTURAL 4 A-501 NEW FIBERGLASS CORNICE UNE OF COSTING BUILDING FACE BELOW TOP 6.-0' 1EXISTING A�/ PARAPET /.LOW / UNE IN NEW BUILDING FACE BELOW TYP � / FIBERGLASS CORNICE / / METAL CANOPY /' / / METAL CANOPY 1‘111, SUPPORTS / / (-1(7) EDUAL SECTIONS AT METAL CANOPY SHEET NOTES 1) ALL REGLET CAP FLASHING OUTSIDE AND INSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE SOLDIERED MITERED ONE-PIECE PRE-FAB CORNERS. c co c co C N a m co 03 o Q m W m >> . QI • ▪ O O 0) Y o�w Z c .. ay _ < 6) n N Cop 210251.02 ISSUED l REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 U9Prujed11KeySen 6We0 6nptonW0/warp kb2178/Slne493092078 tr131.0 g 2/27/11 3:49 COPYRIGHT ©2011 CAUJSON 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 A 1 / NEW PLASTER FACADE NEW SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR — CJ FIBERGLASS CORNICE. TYP (FI EF-7) F EF-2 E)3 / I 1 L nh • FIBERGAS CORNICE, TYP. (FI EF-7) Fl EF-2) NEW METAL CANOPY IN KEYBANK RED. �FI EF-1) EL= +23'-0' T.O. PARAPET EL= +15-0 T.O. PARAPET EXTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTHEAST WFILL EXISTING WINDOW FYBER0L SS CORNICE AND rf iPARAPET BEYOND. (FI EF-2 NEW SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR NEW HALO SURROUND AT RIVE THRU ATM, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR RED BOLLARD COVERS, TAP. EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHWEST Ark NIW NEW PLASTER ACCENT CORNERS. FIBERGLASS CORNICE. TAP. (FI EF-7) FI EF-2 ) EL= +9'-0' B.O. SOFFIT FINISH R MR a= +2Y-0" T.O. PARAPET EL= +15'-0' T.O. PARAPET EL. SF B.O. SOFFIT EL= +O'-0' SHEET NOTES 1) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR 2) PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXTERIOR FINISHES TO HATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH WHERE ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 3) BLOCKING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN FOR NEW SIGNS TO BE PROVIDED BY GC. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR 4) D0 NOT DEMOLISH ANY EXISTING LOAD BEARING STUDS THAT COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING WALL ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY STRUCTURAL CONCERNS ARLSE FROM DEMOLITION 5) SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 0 CALLISON SHEET SYMBOLS. N m CO CO CO • Ce .be CO =a Na. mrn W p C a CO r w > dl Q O 0 in v w z < m �aad Ln N ISSUED / REVISED DATE (FI EF-1 ) FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN PERMIT SET 02/25/11 cr21F• 3/32' = 1•-0• Exterior Elevations 15 3 6 U:1P/ofedsN/Y8eek1W0/*RIIm B-201.0ep 2/27/11 3:49 PM COPYRIGHT 0 2011 CAUJSON A-201 FIBERGLASS CORNICE. TYP. (FI EF-7) FI EF-2 ) NEW METAL CANOPY IN KEYBANK RED. EXTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTHEAST NEW SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR FIBERGLASS CORNICE, TYP. (FI EF-7) /7—(FF EF-2 ) NEW HALO SURROUND AT DRIVE 1HRU ATM, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR ATM EL= +23'-0' ELT.O. = PARAPET +15'-0' 8.0. EL= SOFT+9'-0'IE SHEET NOTES 1) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT, COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR 2) PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXTERIOR FINISHES TO MATCH COSTING ADJACENT FINISH WHERE ALL EXTERIOR SIGNS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 3) BLOCKING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN FOR NEW SIGNS TO BE PROVIDED BY GC. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR 4) D0 NOT DEMOLISH ANY EXISTING LOAD BEARING STUDS THAT COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE COSTING WALL ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY STRUCTURAL CONCERNS ARISE FROM DEMOLITION 5) SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CALLISON SHEET SYMBOLS <r ISSUED / REVISED DATE (FIEF-1 ) FINISH INDICATOR SEE SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING TO REMAIN PERMIT SET 02/25/11 SCALE: 3/16' = Exterior Elevations 1.5 3 6 U:PrMec415( NklWashIngtn08dawrPrMCeddkm207E4Shee0:9207B_o-224349 227/11 3:49 PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 CAWSON A-202 2 3 4 5 6 2 8 10 ^— — — �� TOPARAPET1111,,STUDS METAL FLASHING, SLOPE 1/4' PER CONTINUOUS FT MIN BLOCKING CONTINUOUS 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING SLOPE METAL FLASHING. SLOPE 1/4' PER FT MIN 5L�_ —=jam _ — -- ��it CONTINUOUS 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING BankCALLISON KeyBank Mid CALII.ISON www.calllson.com METAL FLASHING CORNICE ENDCAP TRIM, SEAL ALL SIDES CEMENT PLASTER -- _ ■111r� CONTINUOUS 2X6 WOOD V (t'1 Nag CONTINUOUS 2X6 WOOD — 1111 � : / ,4% � r BLOCKING EXISTING PARAPET ...^- r BLOCKING FIBERGLASS CORNICE DM / -METAL FLASHING (IFIBERGLASS (I I 111� INII ASS CORNICE 1/2. PLYWOOD OVER METALTYP_-�.__._ MR/WATER BARRIER 2%4 WOOD BLOCKING'' BACKER ROD AND SEALANT METAL LATH CEMENT PIASTER OB END ELEVATION 'aSEEELEVATIONS I?:. y n� 1'.;_ CONTINUOUS 2X4 WOOD BLOCKING SEALANT _` I I PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER METAL STUDS TYP i1 J� i CEMENT PLASTER METAL LATH ;DUNE OF CORNICE CEMENT PLASTER BUILT UP ROOFING ISTING CEMENT P%USTER, METAL LATH. , .; BUILDING PAPER AND MR/WATER BARRIER 4��,— UNE OF METAL FLASHING O PLAN © 1/2' PLYWOOD DETAIL AT EXISTING PARAPET DETAIL AT NEW PARAPET ' 14611 A DETAIL AT ROOF PARAPET SCALE 3/4'=1'-0' 1-1/2'=1'-0' co • 1_1,2•=1'_0' © 10 ®�M SIGNAGE BY OWNER'S VENDOR I GC TO COORDINATE POWER AND BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS I WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS f MR/WATER BARRIER OVER SHEATHING A-501 NEW FRAMING - SEE STRUCTURAL _ f . _ TA. EXISTING PARAPET CEMENT PLASTER 1,I1 .> 'I / 4+,. ��* J BEAD WITH WEEPS METAL LATH CEMENT PIASTER PLYWOOD SHEATHING FOR ATTACHMENT OF ROOFING AND FLASHING PATCH AND REPAIR E%6RNG BUILT-UP ROOF AT NEW PARAPET ��� IIII // 1:; ::::_E i:_��i I:i>.:i:_:::.; k-:,at'a':':Mil I I"::::::':�� �'� CEMENT PIASTER CEMENT AIR/WATER BARRIER PLYWOOD SHEATHING SEE ELEVATIONS - PRENAMUFPLTl1RED CANOPY , W,,,�,— _. _ ___..._..............._................__........__............... _............___.,......,..._....._._. ar-: WALL MIEN. _ _. �t r i �� -CEMENT PLASTER -METAL LATH -CAVITY ADCNGATO MAT WITH FABRIC FACING TO OUTSIDE -BUILDING PAPER -PLYWOOD SIIFATImIG -METAL STUDS — i I I�' � � .-.METH. I 'I 1:`:=:`:=::.; :.-:�•: METAL uTHAil ® 1111111N NEW METAL CANOPY 6,, -„_ �_ I. ,Aril :,.::.-.:.:.: f2. ....\.—. ......................:...:::.:::.. - -- _: _ ::i ::L: K:>`. >':: i:} CONTINUOUS J BEAD ACROSS OPENING DIMENSION POI COSTING SOFFR CEILWG .j � ^ .,- VARIES �11 .. I i SEE ELEVATIONS — — CONTINUOUS CASING BEAD ACROSS OPENING CEMENT DRIP SCREED PLASTER - METAL AT SOFFIT , ® EXISTING VENTED DRIP SCREED '� INSULATED -STUD CEMENT PLASTER - COUNTERFLASHING Oh ALIGN KeyBank SITE: 10-2078 ANDOVER PARK 275 Andover Park West Seattle, WA 98188 N O Ln cg c N ® . CANOPY 10 A�2 I 3'=,•-0' COALUMINUM 1-1/2'=1'-0' FULL SCALE Q } 74 CEMENT PLASTER METAL LATH !EXTRUDED ::-`ar:a:`. :I 1 I 1 7 CEMENT PLASTER METAL UITH SHEET METAL CONTROL JOINT. WIRE TIED TO LATH -;:.a ...',� - .. ... .. 1 A-501 i I + ALUMINUM REVEAL -�� 1 S+! /, n \ I / / RNISH FLOOR SEE ELEVATIONT / ISSUED / REVISED DATE l 1♦ 1 �.- t5 AIR/WATER BARRIER PLYWOOD SHEATHING ..� .... - .:•.:' -� i PERMIT SET 02/25/11 ........:.".1 ' S� i i_• .'ti • } �- — — — A - 502 PLYWOOD SHEATHING EXISTING CEMENT PIASTER, METAL LATH, MR/WATER BARRIER BUILDING PAPER AND 1/2. PLYWOOD METAL LATH DUSTING FRAMING CEMENT PLASTER EXISTING VENTED DRIP SCREED NEW CEMENT PLASTER DRIP SCREED PLYWOOD SHEATHING NR/WAIER BARRIER '`�`1 . - .... '::.L — NEW FOUNDATION BEYOND - SEE STRUCTURAL EXISTING FOUNDATION BEYOND WALL SECTION AT NEW FACADE INSUL-STUD CEMENT PLAS - EXTRUDED ALUMINUM REVEAL INSUL-STUD CEMENT PLAS - SHEET METAL CONTROL JOINT Exterior Details A-501 ®FULLAT�EXISTING CO GI FULL SCA O IJAProJednU(eyBW.lWasNnplmW;Oave;ParK1CeddIm2WB6SIMets1kb207B 1 5(11Awp 3:49 PM 2/27/11 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 . .• .•• COSTING CEMENT PLASTER, 1AETAL LATH, BUILDING PAPER, AND 1/2' PLYWOOD EXISTING CEMENT PLASTER, METAL LATH. BUILDING PAPER, AND 1/2PLYWOOD I V 1 LAP EXISTING BUILDING PAPER OVER NEVI AR/WATER BARRIER 6' IN to s. ii 1 :1 1 o m • o \ , 1 I . I "-V' NEVI AR/WATER BARRIER TO LAP EXISTING BUILDING . PAPER V-0" MINIMUM CEMENT PLASTER PLYWOOD SHEATHING -...........„.... — \ ; .•• .• , . AR/WATER BARRIER I/ .•• .• : . . I L : :• .•• . i . •. E . . . I - - _ .„.....,...-- VETM2.ALPLYWOODs0 ON ..r...-- AIR/WATER BARRIER CEMENT PLASTER ON • ..' METAL LATH 11 NEW NEILL TO TO BE MATCH 1 EXISTING CONSTRUCTION f 1' :-.1 1 : UP NEVI AR/WATER BARRIER OVER EXISTING BUILDING PAPER 6" 1 , 1 ---- MIN ..1 .1 --. . COSTING STOREFRONT AR/WATER BARRIER TO -.1/2' WRAP METAL STUD AT EXISTING MULLION COLUMN BACKER ROD AND SEA/ANT • CONTINUOUS J BEAD DETAIL 1 I\ ,. NEW CEMENT PLASTER TO EXISTING CEMENT PLASTER HORIZONTAL JOINTS o NEW WILL TO TO BE MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION --.\ CEMENT PLASTER ---- \ / / \ •-,--• ON METAL LATH PLYWOOD SHEATHING—_.. AIR/WATER BARRIER ' LAP METAL LATH OVER J BEAD WITH WEEPS -----------ij ,_a_DILI PT PER 1 .-.1 • ...r. A ‘. 7 1 l'-0. MIN / oasnw CEMENT PLASTER, PLYWOOD SHEATHING METAL LATH, BUILDING PAPER, AND 1/2' PLYVIOOD AIR/WATER BARRIER CEMENT PLASTER LAP NEW AIR/WATER ON METAL LATH BARRIER OVER EXISTING BUILDING PAPER 1.-0" MIN NEW CEMENT PLASTER TO EXISTING CEMENT PLASTER VERTICAL JOINTS -111791" TT.DG; ELEVS CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL - SEE STRUCTURAL bISITNG GRADE r 1 • A . . .4 A• : - . A • 4 .. • A .. CEMENT PLASTER AT GRADE U3Profects‘1439135915WeaNngtonVoxIoverPerlde90414320781Sheets _ 11 349 PM CALLISON E 0 Z E 4 9 co c° cc 0 co .ct e " C0 GI 0 < go w • > > a o o w k -0 z —en < in co 43 tto co 210251.02 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Exterior Details A-502 DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR NUUBER DESCRIPTION SIZE DOOR DATA MATERIAL TYPE FINISH FRAME DATA MATERIAL FINISH FIRE RATING HARDWARE BUTTS LOCKSET CLOSER STOP PUSH/PULL MISC REMARKS 103A TELLER LINE EXIST EXIST EXIST PL-2 EXIST PL-2 EXIST EXIST L1 EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST RELALIINATE EXISTING DOOR 1036 ATM CLOSET PR 3'-0'X7'-0' HM A PT-1 HM PT-1 B1 L1 C3 SI MI 104 ATM ROOM EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST L1,15,L6 S1 M1,M4,M6 107 COUPON ROOM EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST L2 EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST 108 TELLER WORK ROOM EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST L1 EXIST S3 EXIST M4 DOOR VIEWER FROM TELLER WORK ROOM LOOKING OUT TO HALLWAY 109 109 HALLWAY EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST L1 EXIST EXIST EXIST EXIST 1 T! ARTIDON-TYPE VARIES FRT WOOD BLOCKING TRI APPUED ST ALL AT HEAD ION -TYPE Fra ih\l 4,1 7/8' O DETAIL AT JIAB A ii P 1 ES W ,r1 1•1 TRIM BLOCKING APPUED STOP WOOD FRAME HEAD & JAMB DETAILS HARDWARE NOTES NOTE CC TO VERIFY FINAL HARDWARE WITH OWNERS PROJECT MANAGER GENERAL NOTES BUTTS B1 NES 3C61 B2 NES 3CB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 B3 NES 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP LOCKSET - CYLINDER BY SCHLAGE L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 FALCON 1581 (STOREROOM SET) FALCON 7301SO (PRIVACY SET) FALCON 7101 SD (PASSAGE SET) ADA M518505 (DEADBOLT) IVES FI331P (AUTO FLUSH BOLT) IVES DPS (DUST PROOF STRIKE) FALCON D271 W/ OCCUPANCY INDICATOR (AUXILIARY LOCK) CLOSER C1 LCN 4011/4111 C2 LCN 4111 SHCUSH C3 LCN 4011H/4111H C4 LCN 4110-18 (MOUNTING PLATE) STOPS S1 GLYNN JOHNSON 90S (OVERHEAD) S2 NE WS407CCV (WALL) S3 NE FS17 DOME STOP (FLOOR) PUSH/ PULL BARS PP1 VON DUPRIN 33A-NL-OP (PANIC DEVICE) PP4 PP2 PULL BAR TO MATCH BUILDING OR SHOPPING CENTER STANDARD. WHERE STANDARD IN NOT APPLICABLE OR AVAILABLE. PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING UPON APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT: KAWNEER 'ARCHITECTS CLASSIC' CO9 PULL KAWNEER 'ARCHITECTS CLASSIC' CP11 PUSH & CO9 PULL PP3 VON DUPRIN 2670 (EXIT ALARM) FINISH: US28 TIES PUSH PLATE 8200 8 X 16 & PULL PLATE 8303-0 4 X16 630 MISC M1 NES SR64 (SILENCER) M2 NES SR66 (SILENCER) M3 TIES 8400 10 X 2 LDW (KICK PLATE) M4 DESUNG D52000 (DOOR SCOPE) M5 ROCKWELL 796 (COAT HOOK) M6 FALCON 712D (SINGLE DUMMY TRIM) M7 IVES LG1, VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT IF REOUIRED (LOCK GUARD) I8 NGP 5050 CL (SEALS) M9 NGP 164 (DRIP CAP) M10 NGP C627A (DOOR SWEEP) M11 NGP 613 (THRESHOLD) 1) HARDWARE TYPES AND FINISHES SHALL MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD (SCHLAGE AL NEPTUNE SERIES AND US626 FINISH ASSUMED). 2) ALL LOCKSETS AND LATCH SETS SHALL BE SINGLE ACTION LEVER HANDLES CENTERED AT BUILDING STANDARD HEIGHT (MIN 30, MAX 44- AFF) 3) PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL KEYING AS DEFINED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 087100. PERMANENT CORE/KEYING MANUFACTURE & INSTALLATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER AND TO BE INCLUDED IN BID KEYING ALLOWANCE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 4) STAMP BC NUMBER ON ALL KEYS. COORDINATE BC NUMBER WITH OWNERS PROJECT MANAGER 5) STAMP 'DO NOT DUPLICATE' ON ALL KEYS 6) SALVAGE AND RE -USE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, & HARDWARE WHEN POSSIBLE 7) REPLACEMENT DOOR HARDWARE TO MATCH EXISTING FUNCTION & FINISH, U.O.N. 8) NOTE USED 9) DOOR CLOSERS TO BE INSTALLED ON NON-PUBUC SIDE OF DOORS 10) ALL STOREFRONT ENTRANCE DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PIVOTS BY DOOR MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 11) MAXIMUM FORCE TO OPEN INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS PER 2009 IBC 1008.1.3. 12) EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT PER 2009 IBC 1008.1.9 13) DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE SWEEP PERIOD FROM AN OPEN POSOION OF 70 DEGREES TAKES THE DOOR AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 INCHES FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LANDING EDGE OF THE DOOR. 14) NEW WOOD DOORS TO MATCH EXISTING WOOD SPECIES, GRAIN, & STAINED FINISH (U.O.N.). DOOR DETML AT HEAD WALL TYPE VARIES DOUBLE METAL STUDS COW SEALANT 1YP. METAL FRAME ODETN L AT JAMB METAL FRAME O O HEAD & JAMB DETAILS 1 SCALE:3'=1' 0 CALLISON k4q 6" HIGH WHITE INDIVIDUAL LETTERS; REVERSE -CUT VINYL, FOR SECOND SURFACE APPLICATION TO GLASS INTERIOR NEW OENTRY DOOR SIGNAGE (VINYL SIGN) DOOR SIGNAGE NOT TO SCALE THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS SIGN REQUIREMENTS: 1. READILY VISIBLE AND DURABLE SIGN SHALL RE PLACED ON THE DOOR. 2. HEIGHT OF LtIILNS 1' WHOE REVERSE -CUT VINYL LETTERS, TO BE APPLIED TO SECOND SURFACE OF DOOR GLASS. 3. SIGN PROVIDED BY OWNER'S VENDOR, PERMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER. eEXIT DOOR SIGNAGE 4111) 0 0510 WALL PLAQUE (PLASTIC SIGN) QR STR00' WALL PLAQUES (PLASTIC SIGN) 2'-2 3/4- I SIGN REQUIREMENTS: 1. SIGN PROVIDED BY OWNERS VENDOR, PERMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER. 2. INSTALL 2' ABOVE PANIC DEVICE, U.O.N. BY OWNER'S VENDOR. 3. INCLUDES INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. 0 ENTRY DOOR SIGNAGE (MINYLS) HEIGHT OF LETTERING 5/8' MIN TO 2' MAX HELVETICA FONT UPPERCASE CHARACTERS RAISED 1/32- CORRESPONDING GRADE 2 BRAILLE 0 SIGN VIEW TEXT VARIES, SEE PLAN FOR TEXT AND LOCATION © EXIT, EXIT ROUTE SIGNAGE FOR SIGN LOCATIONS SEE SHEET A-113 HEIGHT OF LETTERING 5/8' MIN TO 2' MAX HELVETICA FONT UPPERCASE CHARACTERS RAISED 1/32- CORRESPONDING GRADE 2 BRAILLE 0 SIGN VIEW ORESTROOM DOOR SIGNAGE TEXT VARIES, SEE PLAN FOR TEXT AND LOCATION eCrAI F. 1/4' -0' O1YP A EXTERIOR VIEW O IYP D DOOR TYPES OTYPE B PUSH BAR BEHIND GLASS EXTERIOR VIEW O TYPE E OTYPE C PUSH BAR BEHIND CUSS O TYPE F 02 0)CD 40 11) C N - JC CO m rn 0 p d Q m w m > - 41 0 O 0) 1 0 Z c W Q Q 0) in co Ps CV ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Schedules Si Details A-601 U1P 9xbIKe'/9WAWasMN10^UMwerPerMCa0CM121781SMeRYm2078_6601.Ox9 2/27/11 3:49 PM COPYRIGHT ©2011 CALUSON PROCUREMENT MATRIX SUPPLIER CATEGORY PRODUCT/SERVICE DESCRIPTION KEYBANK CONTRACT NO. OR PO N0. MAIN CONTACT PHONE EMAIL ca oN 8& 00 may& 0 YO GC TO INSTALL 0 aF NN FINISH SCHEDULE - - NOT ALL HITEMSS ITEMS BELOW BY INSTALLED NSTHIS PROJECT' LION - REFER TO PLANS & DETAILS FOR LOCATION OF ITEMS USED ON THIS PROJECT - ALL PAINT TO BE EGGSHELL F NISH, UON CODE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER MODEL COLOR MODULE MAIN CONTACT REMARKS ACCUSERV ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG BENTLEY PRINCE STREET BLUEWATER BRILLIANT BRILLIANT CROSSVILLE MISC. ACCESSORIES FLOORING CEILING FLOORING DIGITAL MARKETING SIGNAGE SIGNAGE FLOOR/WAINSCOT DIEBOLD FLEISCHMANN OFFICE INTERIORS GRAINGER GRAYBAR ACCEL WOODWORKING SECURITY AND BANK EQUIPMENT FURNITURE (WEST REGION) EQUIPMENT UGIITING MILLWORK LOCKERS, STANCHIONS, BINDER HOLDER, INTERIOR SIGNAGE. BULLETIN BOARD VCT (VINYL COMPOSITION TILE) CEILING TILE & GRID MAIN CARPET & WALK OFF MAT LCD HORROR, MOUNTS AND STSILM EXTERIOR SIGNAGE OPEN/CLOSED CANOPY INDICATOR RESTROOM WALL & FLOOR TILE ALARMS, SAFES, ATM, VAT, CCTV, UNDERCDUNTER STEEL KIMBALL-CUBES, OFFICE FURNITURE, DESKS DRINKING FOUNTAIN, TRASH CAN. LOCKERS TELLER LINES, CASINGS. JAMB, HEARTH INTERIOR & EXTERIOR BRANCH UGHTS TBD 07-0739 07-0739 07-0647-001 07-0485 07-0684 07-0684 08-0304 ASHLEY GARNER TRINA SIEGRIST PHIWS MILLER SHERRY BRUNT, BETH RINEIIARI CHRIS CLARK ERIK CLARK DAN MOCNY DAN MOCNY SHEILA WYNN 502-961-0096 717-396-3676 800-442-4212 800-423-4709 231-885-2600 216-741-3800 216-741-3800 ogomertoccu-serv.com IlsregnstOormstrong.com armstrongcsoOormstrong.com chns.clarkObenlleypnncesTreel.com eclorkObluewotertech.com dmocnyObrdIionEAiig n.com dmocnyObflGontsign.com swynnOcrossvilleinc.com x x x x X X X ACP-1 ACP-2 CPT-1 CPT-2 CPT-3 CPT-4 PAgCOU STICAL CEILING ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL CARPET TILE WALK -OFF MAT CARPET TILE BROADLOOM ARMSTRONG USG BENTLLEY-PRINCE TTppFFFF77Y PRINCE l5$7TErR aEFIEjY PRINCE BEIITLEY PRINCE STRFFT DUNE 1775 SHEETROCK BRAND CLIMAPLUS VINYL P3260 NEW DEMOGRAPHIC DECO RIB NEW DEMOGRAPHIC NEW TOWN WHITE WHITE CUSTOM DYE CHOCOLATE CO-DEPENDENT BROWN HERALD 24'x24'x5/8" 24%24'x1/2' 18'x18" 50CMx50CM 18'x18' PHILLIS MILLER 1-800-442-4212 CHRIS CLARK 330-391-4614 CHRIS CLARK 330-391-4614 LHRIS CLARK 330-391-4614 CHRIS CLARK 330-391-4614 SUPRAFINE XL EXPOSED TEE SQUARE LOGE WIIH ZXLA26 GRID PROFILE INSTALL QUARTER TURNED VESIIBULE, INSTALL AS INDICATED ON PLANS NEUTRAL ALTERNATE STAIRS 06-0558 C0C/-s042 Jl,,,' SMITH VENo0R/:000 8021445527 99-0378-005 TBD DEBBIE HALKOVICS PATTI WHITMAN JOHN WANHAINEN TONY MORBETO GWEN VOJTUSH holkovd®diebold.com pottiOsloi.com john.wanhainenOgrainger.com onolhony.morbetoOgbe.com GwenVOAccelGrp.com x X X x X X x x X EF-1 EF-2 FRP-1 EXTERIOR PAINT EXTERIOR PAINT FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC ROAR') SHERWIN WILLIAMS SHERWIN WILLIAMS GLASSUNER SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES SOPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES TEXTURED DEER VALLEY SW7720 DMNE WHITE SW6105 WHITE RYAN SCHNEEMAN 216-566-1765 RYAN SCHNEEMAN 216-566-1765 EXTERIOR FIELD, UON EXTERIOR TRIM, UON JANITOR AND VAULT MANNINGTON NEW GROUND SEARS FLOORING INTERIOR MARKETING DISPLAY APPUANCES MAIN LOBBY PORCELAIN TILE REFRIGERATOR, MICROWAVE /-0/21, VENDOR SAK001 08-0234 NANCY KINNETT CARL CRAMER 440-666-3896 nancy_kinnett@monninglon.com ccrame4Oseorshc.com X X G-1 G-2 GROUT GROUT ACCUCOLOR ACCUCOLOR PREMIUM SANDED PREMIUM SANDED PARCHMENT 991 CORNSILK /906 11/8" GROUT 8" GROUT INTS TEC www,tecsoeciallv.com 11 www.tecsoecioltx.com USE WITH T-1, SEAL GROUT USE WITH T-2, SEAL GROUT SHERWIN WIWAMS SMITH CFI SURFACE MATERIALS JOHNSON CONTROLS JCI PAINT FURNITURE WALL COVERING HVAC PAINT (INTERIOR & EXTERIOR) STEELCASE SEATING WALLPAPER HVAC EOUIPMENT 08-0499 0/-0423, SMITH EP1 {149111 FOR 2008 BMOD 08-0331 RYAN SCHNEEMAN JESSICA STITCHER MICHELLE V. FRED BRYANT ryon.schneemonOsherwin.com jessicasOsmithcfii.com michellevOsurfocemoteriols.com Irederick.n.bryantOjci.com x x X X x x } LOOSE PVC TOP CAP 48' AFT 3/4' X 2' POPLAR PLYWOOD TRIM SCREWED TO 2X4 METAL STRAP IYP OF 2 LABEL OELEVATION Ex1ENT OF WOOD HOLDER PVC BOTTOM CAP GLUED IN PLACE 1/4' DIAMETER THRU BOLT WITH TOGGLE, TIP OF 2 GYP BD 2X4 OPLAN SECTION C.C. MIDST PROVIDE AND ATTACH A LABEL (WITH CLEAR TAPE) STATING: THIS TUBE CONTAINS STORE DRAWINGS AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER. THANK YOU. NOTE ENTIRE ASSEMBLY IS CONSTRUCTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST RUN A NEW SET OF BLUEPRINTS OF THE COMPLETED STORE DRAWINGS (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, STRUCTURAL) AND PLACE INTO PLAN TUBE HOLDER CONSTRUCTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR PLAN TUBE HOLDER REDUCER STRIP GLUE DOWN CARPET BUILD UP FLOOR WIIH LATEX FILL AS NECESSARY TO AUGN CARPET CRUSH UNE WITH TOP OF CERAMIC TILE FLOORING CLUE DOWN CARPET SUBSTRATE ©GLUE DOWN CARPET TO RESIDENT FLOORING SUBSTRATE OGLUE DOWN CARPET TO PORCELAIN TILE RESIDENT FLOORING REDUCER STRIP (FIRRS-1 ) PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING WITH SETTING SYSTEM TRANSITION DETAILS SCALE: 6'=1'-0' RESIUENT FLOORING RESIDENT REDUCER STRIP (BUCK) SEALED CONCRETE CONCRETE SLAB RESIUENT FLOORING O TO SEALED CONCRETE PORCELAIN TILE WIIH SETTING STSIIM • CONCRETE SLAB PORCELAIN TILE TO O RESILIENT FLOORING REDUCER STRIP VCT/SHEET VINYL FLOORING SEALED CONCRETE PL-1 PL-2 PL-3 PT-1 PT 2 PT-3 PT-4 PT-5 PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTIC LAMINATE PAINT PAINT PAINT PAINT (FIRE RETARDANT) NEVAMAR PIONITE NEVAMAR SHERWIN WILLIA/AS SHERWIN WIWAMS SHERWIN WIWAMS SHERWIN WILLIAMS FLAMESTOP CLASSIC ROCK DARK WALNUT CARMEN RED PRO GREEN 200 EG-SHEL -DURATION HOME SATIN A97T154 PRO INDUSIRIAL 200 ACRYLIC -SEMI GLOSS PLRO AT 'LEN 200 FLAk1ESTOP IM /RK2001T /WW701-N /S1049T (TEXTURED) KIUM BEIGE SW6106 RAVE RED SW6608 TURKISH COFFEE SW6076 CEILING BRIGHT WHITE SW7007 WHITE NEVAMAR www.nevomor,com PIONIIE www. ionle.com NEVAMAR www.nevomor,com RYAN SCHNEEMAN 216- 66-17.5 RYAN SCHNEEMAN 216-566-1765 RYAN SCHNLEMAN 216- 66- 765 RYAN EMAN 16-566-1765 -8//-397-7897 www,flomestoo.com TELLER LINE AND ALL MISC. MILLWORK TELLER LINE AND HEARTH FCIC TELLER ACCENT PANELS FALLLLRIINTWEyRII0R BW/AALELS, LION COMMUNIIYWALL do CONFERENCE ROOM WHERE INDICATED METAL DOORS & FRAMES METAL DOORS & FRAMES PLYWOOD BACKBOARD IN ETO ROOM (TWO COATS) RB-I RUBBER BASE JOHNSONITE COVE BASE FUDGE /167 4" HEIGHT LAURIE BAATZ 440-313-8238 PRIVATE AREAS AND BOH RS-1 REDUCER STRIP CERAMIC TOOL CO. CTC38CT ALUMINUM -CLEAR ANODIZED RS-2 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE CTA-XX-D FUDGE /167 RS-3 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE CTA-XX-H FUDGE /167 RS-4 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONITE EG-XX-G FUDGE /167 RS-5 REDUCER STRIP JOHNSONRE CRS-XX-D FUDGE /167 T-1 T-2 PORCELAIN TILE PORCELAIN TILE MANNINGTON CROSSVILLE, INC. /CR1T24 CROSSVILLE CLASSIC PORCELAIN BEIGE A235 SAHARA DUNE:, FINISH: CROSS-SHFFN (UPS) 12'x24" 3 X3'x1/4' JOYLEZ HOLDER! SHLUA4WYNN62x6412 1-865-675-0939 LOBBY -FIELD COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION/WET > 0.6 SC-1 CONCRETE FLOOR COATING SHERWIN WILLIAMS ARMORSEAL TREADPLEX ACRYLIC SSM-1 SSM-2 SSM-3 S. QUOIT SURFACING RFACING 50 4 RFACING MATER DUPONT DUPONT ACCEL CORLAN ZODIAC POWDER COA1LD MDF BOARD DELTA SAND INDUS RED KEYBANK RED IZP09F22-R1 DUPONT SURFACES 1-800-436-6072 DUP0N1 SURFACES 1-800-436-6072 TELLER AND HEARTH COUNTERTOP ILLLLR IRANSACIION IOP & COMM. TOP TELLER ACCENT PANEL CALLISON :06 movoic 0 ST-1 STAIN FURiCH KIN NITURE FINISH 00D GC TO VERIFY WITH MILLWORK VENDOR VCT-1 VCT-2 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ARMSTRONG ARMSTRONG IMPERIAL 1EX LIRE STANDARD EXC LON IMPERIAL RE STANDARD EXCELON DESERT BEIGE /51809 MARASCHINO /51880 12'X12' 12'X12' I RINA SIEGRISI 1-717-3U6-3686 IRINA SI NISI 1-717-396-3686 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE, ETO ETO CLEAR SPACE WD-1 WOOD BASE STAIN TO MATCH KIMBALL CASEGWD WOOD FINISH KELLY BUSH 330-336-0317x2135 PUBUC AREAS WT-1 WT-2 WT-3 WINDOW BLINDS WINDOW FILM WINDOW SHADE MECHOSHADE 3M MECHOSHADE MECHOSHADE 5 WITH PULL CHAIN FASARA MECH05-EUROTWILL STONE /6018 SAN MARINO SH2MA MA STONE /6018 33WMWWWW MECHOSHADE www.mechoshode.com GC PER TO MFRPRO NSSTRUCTIONS SUPPONIS FASCIA IN QUAKER BRONZE WC-1 WALL COVERING SYMPHONY MARIMBA RED OXIDE 800-231-3223x131 CONFERENCE ROOM WHERE INDICATED WC-2 WALL COVERING SYMPHONY MARIMBA DRIED PALM ALTERNATE WALL FINISH WC-3 WALL COVERING SYIAPHONY MARIMBA VEILED WHITE 800-231-3223031 ACIERNATE WALL FINISH 02 P. as 0 • 1- en cc EL ANDOVER 0 CNI OD CO CO GO 210251.02 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE CODE MATERIAL MFR MODEL COLOR REMARKS EF-1 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN VALUNAS SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES DEER VALLEY SW7720 EXIERIOR PAINT SHERYAN WILLIAMS SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES DMNE WHITE SW6105 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WIWAMS SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR LATEX A89 SERIES RAVE RED SW6608 EF-7 CORNICE SYSTEM ARCHifECTURAL FIBERGLASS, INC TO MATCH EF-2, DANE WHITE FILL CORNICE CAVITY WITH r THICKNESS FRE SUING AT 10.-0" OC HORIZONTALLY Schedules & Details A-602 2/27/11 3:49 PM 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 METAL STUDS (PER ES REPORT EST-2054), MAXIMUM HEIGHT 20'-0' I FINISH LATERALS VARY (MAXIMUM WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS APPUED FINISHES) FASTENERS: AT PLYWOOD FLOOR (MINIMUM 3/4' COX): PROVIDE (2) N0 8 X 1' WOOD SCREWS AT 24' MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16' MAXIMIM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE AT CIP CONCRETE AND POST -TENSIONED CONCRETE FLOOR: PROVIDE HIL11 X-U 0.157' DIAMETER POWDER -ACTUATED FASTENERS, EMBED 3/4' PER ESR-2269. 24' MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16' MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE 6. PTN—TO—FLR CONNECTION FOR SEISMIC SITUATIONS C1010FP-08 OPTION FOR PARTIAL -HT FRAMING, WITH BRACING NON-F#E RATED 6O1-4114 RATED FLLL-106111 PAR1Rp1 FULL-1E0D PAR11101 OPTION FOR PARTIAL -HT FRAMING, WITH BRACING NON -FIRE RATED PARTITION NON -FIRE RATED WITH PARTIAL -HEIGHT FED.-TEIh1F PAADTi 6 FINISH MATERWS PARTITION/WALL DESIGNATIONS NO SCALE MODIFIED C1010FP-03 NON -FIRE RATED PARTITION r PARTITION WITH PARTIAL -HEIGHT CONSTRUCT FOR FINISH MATERIALS 2009 SECTION 708 11C4i-PRE RATED PARTIAL-HEIGIT PFRRRON WHERE CEILING OCCURS, EXTEND FINISH MATERIALS 6' ABOVE CEIUNG OR TO 12-0' AFT WHERE NO CEIUNG OCCURS U.0.N., TYP DECK AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY, SEE DETAILS FOR ACTUAL CONFIGURATION, TYP PROVIDE INSULATION ONLY WHERE INDICATED BY PARTR1N-TYPE INDICATOR 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE METAL STUDS INSULATION IF NOTED 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD METAL STUDS INSULATION IF NOTED 1 HR FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCT PER UL DESIGN N0. U419 METAL STUDS 5/8' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE INSULATION IF NOTED ZEE -FURRING SHIM AS REQUIRED FOR FIAT FINISH SURFACE TO BE FURRED 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD RIGID INSULATION IF NOTED PARTITION NOT TO SCALE ri 1 121 131 141 151 161 1101 1>>J 1121 3 5/8' METAL STUDS 6' METAL STUDS 2 1/2' METAL STUDS 3 5/8' METAL STUDS 6' METAL STUDS 3 5/8' METAL STUDS 6' METAL STUDS 2' ZEE FURRING 7/8' HAT CHANNEL THE PARIITION-TYPE DESIGNATION OR WALL -TYPE DESIGNATION IS A THREE -UNIT CODE THAT INDICATES THE CONFIGURATION, CONSTRUCTION AND INSULATION OF THE PATRON AS FOLLOWS: INSULATION (PER THIS DETAIL BELOW) CONSTRUCTION OF PARTITION/WALL VERTICAL CONFIGURATION OF PARTITION/WALL PARIBION/WALL SYMBOLOGY a t INSULATION DESIGNATION NO INSULATION BATT ACOUSTICAL INSULATION BATT THERMAL INSULATION NOTE SEE SPECIFICATION FOR STUD SPACING AND GAGE PARTITION —TYPE LEGEND N0 SCALE C1010FP-01 3/4' COX MINIMUM, FLOOR OR ROOF DECK, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL 2 X 6 (MINIMUM) FLOOR OR ROOF FRAMING (JOISTS) AT 24' MAXIMUM OC, TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: 20 GAGE MINIMUM DEW LEG TRACK OR SLOTTED TRACK TO ALLOW 1/2' DEFLECTION. MAINTAIN DEFLECTION CAPACITY AND FIRE -RATING AT ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SKIDS CUT 1/2' SHORT TO ALLOW 1/2' DEFLECTION AT TOP OF FINISH MATERIALS (WHERE OCCURS) PROVIDE 1/2' CLEAR SPACE TO ALLOW 1/2' DEFLECTION. DO NOT SCREW FINISH MATERIALS INTO TOP TRACK - FASTEN INTO STUDS ONLY 2 X 4 MINIMUM BLOCKING, FASTENED TO JOISTS WITH (1) A34 ANCHOR EACH END SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A AND B: (2) NO 8 X 1 1/4' SCREWS AT 24' OC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F: (2) NO 10 X 1 1/4' WOOD SCREWS AT 24' 0C MAXIMUM OPARTITION PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS © PART010N PARALLEL TO JOISTS 2 X BLOCKING MAY BE ADDED FOR ACOUSTICAL SEPARATION, HVAC SEPARTION, OR DRAFTSTOPPING SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A AND 9: (2) NO 8 X 1 1/4' SCREWS AT 24' OC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, 0, E, AND F: (2) NO 10 X 1 1/4' WOOD SCREWS AT 24' OC MAXIMUM �2 X 4 MINIMUM BLOCKING AT 48' MAXIMUM OC, FASTENED TO JOISTS WITH (1) A34 ANCHOR EACH END OR ATTACH BRACE DIRECTLY TO ROOF STRUCTURE WHERE STRUCTURE IS PERPENDICULAR \ TO PARIITION `SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A AND B: (3) NO 8 X 1 1/4' SCREWS SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, 0, E, AND F: (3) NO 10 X 1 1/4' WOOD SCREWS OPART010N LOCATED AT DECK EDG/OPENING O PARTITION BRACE TO STRUCTURE INTERSECTION OF NON —RATED METAL —STUD PARTITIONS WITH SOLID —LUMBER STRUCTURE AND PLYWOOD DECK ABOVE BRACE OF STUDS (OR DOUBLED STUDS) AT TOP OF PARTITION PER DETAIL C1010FP-26 FOR WALLS TO 10'-0' - BRACE WITH 3625137-33 AT 8'-0' MAXIMUM OC. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL WHERE POSSIBLE FOR WALLS TO 15'-0' - BRACE WITH DOUBLED 3625137-33 AT 8'-0' MAXIMUM OC. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL FASTEN DOUBLED STUDS TOGETHER WITH NO 8 SCREWS AT 24' MAXIMUM OC. OA SECTION ACROSS PART010N X 3' X 3' ANGLE (20 CAGE MINIMUM), FASTENED TO TRACK AND BRACED PER DETAIL AT RIGHT 20 GAGE MINIMUM DEEP LEG TRACK OR SLOTTED TRACK METAL STUDS, CUT 3/4' SHORT FOR 3/4' DEFLECTION FINISH MATERIALS VARY (MAXIMUM WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS APPLIED FINISHES) 15-0" MAXIMUM AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN ANGLE TO BRACE WITH (4) NO 10 SCREWS AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN DOUBLE BRACE TO BOTH ANGLES WITH (6) NO 10 SCREWS THROUGH BRACE AND BOTH ANGLES AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN ANGLE TO TRACK WITH (8) N0 10 SCREWS AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN (2) ANGLES TO TRACK WITH (8) NO 10 SCREWS AT EACH ANGLE OSECTION ACROSS BRACING 2/09RIIOSSEBSGNOCDE,BON00620BCEIMC DESIGN CATEGORY EAD F C1D10FP-48 3/4' CLEAR AT ONE END IN EACH DIRECTION. DO NOT FASTEN THIS END TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. AT OTHER END IN EACH DIRECTION FASTEN TEES TO CLOSURE ANGLE. 1 HANGAR WIRE AT EACH PERIMETER MAIN TEE AND PERIMETER CROSS TEE STABIUZER BAR TO MAINTAIN PERIMETER TEE SPACING MAIN TEE OR CROSS TEE (SUSPENSION SYSTEM) HEAVY DUTY FASTEN TO STRUCTURE PER CISCA 3-4 (FIGURES 2, 3, 4, AND 5) AS MODIFIED BY ASCE 7-05. SECTION 13.5.6.2.2 12 GAGE MINIMUM HANGAR WIRES AT 4'-0' OC EACH DIRECTION - NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT -OF -PLUMB, TYPICAL WIRE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 3 TIMES MINIMUM AT EACH END OF HANGAR WIRE WITHIN A 3' MAXIMUM LENGTH EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN DETAILS C AND F, COMPONENTS OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND BRACED FROM STRUCTURE WHERE HANGAR WIRES ARE MORE THAN 1:6 OUT -OF -PLUMB, PROVIDE COUNTER -SLOPING WIRES METAL -FRAMED TRAPEZE AS NECESSARY TO AVOIDi' OBSTRUCTIONS MAINTAIN HANGAR WIRE SPACING AND CAPACITY BELOW OBSTRUCTION 2 X 2 CLOSURE ANGLE, MINIMUM. SEE NOTE AT TOP. OPERIMETER SUPPORT NOT REQUIRED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATAGORY C FOR CEILINGS LESS THAN 144 SF OGENERAL SUPPORT •� ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS COMPLY WITH ADDRIONAL PROVISIONS OF ASTM C635, ASTM C636, C15CA 3-4, AND ASCE 7-05, SECTION 13.5.6. UGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 POUNDS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY (1) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRE LIGHT FIXTURES WEKX9NG MORE THAN 10 POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 POUNDS, AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN 20 POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 POUNDS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE BY (2) 12 GAGE TAUT OR SLACK WIRES ATTACHED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS/SERVICES WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 POUNDS AND ALL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE USING APPROVED HANGARS LIGHT FIXTURES, AIR TERMINALS, AND SERVICES SHALL BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE CEIUNG SYSTEM © LIGHT FIXTURE AND MECHANICAL SERVICE SUPPORT FOUR 12 CAGE MINIMUM WIRES SPLAYED 90 DEGREES (IN PLAN) FROM EACH OTHER AND SECURED TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2' OF INTERSECTION. EACH END OF EACH WIRE TO BE LOOPED AND WRAPPED AROUND ITSELF 3 TIMES MINIMUM WITHIN A 3' MAX LENGTH LOCATE BRACING AT 12'-0' OC EACH DIRECTION AND WITHIN 6'-0' OF PERIMETER WALLS, PARTITIONS, OR EXPANSION JOINTS FOR SPANS UP TO 6'-0', USE A SINGLE 20 GAGE 1 5/8' COMPRESSION STRUT FASTENED TO MAIN TEE WITH (2) NO 8 SCREWS AND TO STRUCTURE WITH (2) HER X-OBI .145 DA X 3/4' FOR SPANS UP TO 9'-0', USE DOUBLE COMPRESSION STRUT OLATERAL BRACING FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 144 SF CONTRACTOR OPTION FOR CATEGORY C: PROVIDE ALTERNATIVE LATERAL BRACING DESIGN BASED ON ASCE 7 SECTION 13.3.1 AND 13.5.6.1 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS — 2006/2009 IBC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C, D, E, AND F PROVIDE CEIUNG EXPANSION JOINTS AS NECESSARY, DMDING CEIUNG INTO AR NO GREATER THAN 2500 OEXPANSION JOINT FOR CEILINGS EXCEEDING 2500 SF NOT REQUIRED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C: PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO SPRINKLER HEAD THAT ALLOWS CEIUNG TO MOVE 3/8' IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D, E, PF: PROVIDE VIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTED TO SPRINKLER HEAD THAT ALLOWS CEIUNG TO MOVE 1 ALL HORIZONTAL DI' CTIONS OSPRINKLER HEAD CLEARANCE 0 N 0 eV ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Interior Details N0 SCAT C3030AC-01 GAP/Meets KeYSaMlWashhiO NMormPeMCeddkb207BSheetsVmi07B—aE01Awp 2/27/11 3:49 PM COPYRIGHT © 2011 CAJISON A-801 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 WALL FINISH PER PLAN CUSS,, TIP ® BOX, TYP GEMS .AM ter_ Q� a E�E0.���-� . .(I l� m APPLIED VINYL, FOIC mm �� , , !WE ...__,:,..._...:........�:........: ........ :: is..__- l I......1 IF_is_ _ _ - - -- - -- - - --'- - ......H.......H_........................................._.._._.... ._ PANELS, FOIC PHOTO PANE TYPICAL, FOILSTOREFRONT� HEARTH WHERE OCCURS 845E PER PLAN T.O. IXSTN GOsGRAPHICS ::R2111' ' ill S� .. L z ��� _ e CONTINUOUS WALL PLATE, COORDINATE W/ VENDOR DWG, TYP / ELEC/DATA RECPTACLES- COORDINATE ELEC h DWG. TYP W/ VENDOR �w _ _ " @ '.. - rTOCLVTER a KW RATE I O 5 DM Y ewe NEW ACCESSIBLE VIF ...... TYP �, IV ° COUNTER•_ ,....._. ,._...'... ... :...r._...: ...Y-.., O ELEVATION wr , mi. _ _ ..._ WALL FINISH PER PLAN APPLIED VINYL, FDIC �I�� , , '1 II / -, / SS-1) . - —ei SEE PLAN �. RELAMIW7TE HORIZONTAL REWAINATE COUNTER RED ACCENT PANELS, FCIC i . 0 0 .(F1 L LJ�� Q PHOTO PANELS, FDIC , GRAPHICS TYPICAL, FOIC 841(1 GIMP SURFACES CFI PL-2 ), lYP (11 PL-1 ), TYP. (FI PL-3 ) TYP (5) LOCATIONS ` (FI SS-1) gh COORDINATE HORIZONTAL \ 1) WAIL. LENGTH MAY NOT EQUAL TELLER LENGTH- CENTER MONITORS CEILING HEIGHT TABLE TELLER LINE LAMINATE WITH A-111 RELAMINATIONOT \ 1'-6' BEHIND TELLER LINE U.O.N. ON PLAN DIM Y HEIGHT) DIM 'A' (RECEPT.) DIM 'B' (WALL PLT.) DIM 'C'i (MONITOR) i 6 -6 ® . CLIMB(CEIUNC BASE PER PLAN 2) GC TO COORDINATE ALL MOUNTING ABOVE BELOWNo A PLAN O 58 HEIGHTS AND INSTALLATION 114" & ABOVE 75' 80 3/8" 71" 6'-O" A-803 HEARTH - FULL REQUIREMENTS FOR VIDEO WALL WITH DWGS BY BLUEWATER TECHNOLOGIES TYP 1 X1 VIDEO WALL ELEV O ON W NOTE: GC TO COORDINATE COMMUNITY WALL WRH NEYBANK MERCHANDISING VENDOR WALL ELEVATION " SCALE 1/2'=l'-0' FOIC CC41 F' 1/4'=1'-0' cm F- 1/4"=1'-0' © OCOMMUNITY 3 P SCALE: 1/4'=1'-0' ANEL / 9. / SEE RCP FOR CEKINC HEKXHT CEILING PER RCP VIDEO SCREEN BY OWNERS VENDOR. TYPVID 3/4" HARDWOOD PLYWOOD. ISH TO MATCH GYP BD WALL FINISH I''Ok 3/4' HARDWOOD PLYWOOD EOWNER'EN VENDOR • S �- - i X I I ; • 1 i '- ----- ' — - -- �( i - - --11.6 RECEPTACLES/ PULL BOXES I L _ illi Il . Il WALL TYPE VARIES 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING 5/8' GYP BD BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANEL PAN FDIC 1/4" ART PHOTO PANEL - ( (50-1) ON 1-1/2' THICK PARTICLE BOARD \ III I • COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF VIDEO EQUIPMENT OUTLET ; WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS 1111 I!9 I 1 ii _ — re. m `� I 2 1/4' (PL-I) ON 3/4" 1'-8 1/4" REIAMINATE COUNTER ©M. TYP THICK PARTICLE ,(I , NEW ACCESSIBLE COUNTER .N BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED HINGES \ if01C - 14EXISTING m ,� P LAM ON 3 4' PARTICLE BOARD PADJ S/SHELF ON S ELD PINS 1/2' SHELF)E%ISTINC :::THICK GYP BD WALL EXISTING PARTRON? �� ALL nRELAMINATE s MILLWORK EXISTING PARTITION �\ / 11 —c PARTICLE BOARD SURFACES,(FI PL-2 )TYP TELLER LINE RELAMINATION (PL-1) BASE --/:,3 9 3/4' L COMMUNITY WALL PANEL DETAIL ENLARGED BACKING DETAIL ACCESSIBLE HEARTH SECTION TYPICAL VIDEO WALL SEC. 10 SC21 F. 1'=1'-0' FOIC O or8I F. 1/4'=l'-0" O SCALE:3'=1'-0' Q SCALE: 1/4'=1'-0' SCALE: 3'=1'-0' PL 54 MIL x 2-1/4' x COM ® WITH (2) 18 x 3' SCREWS AT (E) 2% STUDS SIMPSON A34 TOP AND BON, TIP AT EACH END OF BLOCKING WOOD BLOCKINGO ROCKLER 3100 SERIES - I. WOOD • _ PLASTIC LAMINATE OVER 3/4 INCH FOIL BACKED MOF CONNECTOR BOLT, 1YP OF (4) EXISTING TELLER UNE BLOCKING INSIDE SCHEDULED ON BOA3/4"RD THEL BOARD SHELF BLOCKING SCHEDULED PARTITION �� (PL-1) ON 3/4' 7HK,PARTICLE PARTICLE BOARD SHELF AND APRON PARTITION PARTICLE AND APRON SMPSON A34, TYP BLOCKING AT ATTACHMENTS R All E 2% STUDS AT 16' OC MIN () AND AT IL x CN OF BLACKING, TYP PL 54 MIL x COM ACCESSIBLE COUNTER ROUT GROOVE TO ALLOW FOR STEEL PLATE CONNECTION �I� • '� �— �I' • 1' DA ROD AND ESCUTCHEON 3/4'x3 LEDGER- PALM TO MATCH CABINET n 1' DA ROD AND ESCUTCHEON 3/43' LEDGER- PALM TO MATCH CABINET ADA COMP COAT HOOK E - _ \ Iw�les :w 3 1 2' 3/4 INCH FOIL BACKED lL 2X STUD WALL 0 - ALIGN MDF, FINISH ( I PL-2 ) LOCKERS, FCIC GLASS � TELLER UNE, MF PL-2 FINISH R00R • 1/4 INCH SAFELY EXISTING WICKET OPENING 0 01160TELLETRANSACTION SURFACE NOTES: COUNTERTOP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY COUNTERTOP IS DESIGNED FOR 20 PSF DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOAD ONLY NO STEP ALLOWED < '' `...._. _ '1 ............ ......._._._. .._... SECTION @ CCTV/LOCKER UNIT SECTION @ ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION COUNTER SECTION @ CCTV/LOCKER UNIT OSECTION V ACCESSIBLE SHELF SECTION FCIC SAFETY GLASS DETAIL qui F• 7"=1'-0' FOIC vJU F: 1•=1._0. ® FOIC SCALE: NOT TO SCALE ® 1-1/2'=7'-0' 5G111 1"=1'-0' FCIC � d CALLISON 4, 0) co 1- co = N d -NC CO • occ a¢ n- w !f > > - CD =' o o w M al" 0-137. - (0 M aLO CV ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Interior Details A-803 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 AU ® PLASTIC LAMINATE UPPER (PL-1) ON 3/4' THK, CABINETS ( J PL-1 ) PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH 4 1! DOORS TYP. 1' PL-2 FILLER STRIP NM 1 Ilk• 3/4' THICK PLASTIC LAMINATE BACKSPLJSH ( I PL-1) ^PLASTIC 15x24' SUPPORT BRACKET FINISH FLOOR rig `CABINETS WAINATE RASE AND 4' TOEKICK ( LPL-1),_� EXIST. WALL BASE Arrar231 TAW WORK AREA ELEVATION SECTION @ COUPON COUNTER : 1•`1•-0• FOIC QTELLER SCALE: I/4•=r-D' FOIC WOOD BLOCKING INSIDE SCHEDULED PARTITION 24• W. PL-2 CLOSET ROD SHELF gth Q ROD. NOTE G.C. TO PROVIDE ONE ACCESSIBLE APPROVED COAT HOOK AT 48' A.F.F. NEXT TO LOCKER SEE DETAIL 14/A-803 CCTV 24x24 BY OWNER VENDOR. —'I -A/I (PL-1) ON 3/4' THK. SHELVES ON SHELF PINS 0 1 PARTICLE BOARD ADJUSTABLE11 1/2' 0.C. (3 SHELVES) 1' PL-2 END PANEL rir . WHITE MELAMINE INTERIOR SIDES ON 3/4' PARTICLE BOARD DOORS ONCEALED G.C. TO PROVIDE GRAINGER FIVE -TIER LOCKER (GRAINGER ITEM N0. 57159) WIDI FLAT TOPS & 6' LEGS, STEEL COLOR SAD, UNDER CLOSET ROD SHELF. NOTE G.C. TO PROVIDE TWO ADAAG IIII(PL-1) \ Oy IQ '� 4�- ;s q •- 4• WALL BASE PER PLAN (SEE FINISH LEGEND) "• _ �E 5ELF � OSING HINGES I 4• ALUM WIRE PULL HANDLES APPROVED LOCKERS WITH LEVER HANDLE. C00RD. SIGNAGE WITH 4 5'-0' —I BASE -DOUBLE DOOR LOCK AS REQUIRED •I• KEYBANK SIGNAGE VENDOR. LOCATED MIN. 18' A.F.F. & MAX. 48' A.F.F. SECTION @ UPPER CASEWORK NOTE: COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER'S VENDOR LOUNGE ELEVATION 0 SCALE I/4•=1'-0' FOIC 0 r=� D FOIC .„rr•.. .2.., e.. rnvvnwur 2 211.11 rAL ISOH ` (PL-1) ON 3/4' 1HK, PARTICLE BOARD COUNTER TOP AND BACKSPLASH DRAWER ON FULL EXTENSION GLIDES BASE DOUBLE 000R LOCK AS REQUIRED • • 4' ALUM WIRE PULL HANDLES - P. LAM ON 3/4• THICK PARTICLE i BOARD ADA SHELF ON SHELF • • PINS 0 1 1/2' 0.C. (1 SHELF) WHINE MELAMINE INTERIOR SIDES (PL-1 ON 3/4• THICK PARTICLE BOARD DOORS WITH CONCEALED HINGES f FINISH FLOOR (PL-1) BASE SECTION @ BASE CABINET CrdMF. r=1•-0• FDIC 0 ..._ ...._ _..... .......... _._.._...._.......,s..___..,... _.,..�._ E Z o u O 0c y o 0 _ 4 J J = J J u O • v 3 3 (0 en co coc N d m t; < m w d A > > - 0 O O " 0 v F Zco c w Qa 0 1.0 cl ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Interior Details A-804 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 9 10 DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 002113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS A. Furnished by the Owner under separate cover. B. References to 'the Owner shall mean KeyBank CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 005000 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT A. Furnished by the Owner under separate cover. B. References to 'the Owner shall mean KeyBank. 007200 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. General Conditions and Form of Agreement will be furnished by the Owner. B. References to "the Owner" shall mean KeyBank. DIVISION 01- GENERAL. REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY A. Special Work Requirements: 1. Comply with, all design and construction requirements of the Building Owner. Notify Architect immediately in the event that Owners requirements conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Use of Premises: Conform to the requirements of the Owner. B. Separate Work 1. Items noted "NIC" (Not In Contract) or F010, will be furnished and installed by others. 2. Perform work so as to allow the performance of work by other contractors. F010 and NIC items are indicated on the Drawings. C. Owner Furnished Contractor Installed Products: 1. The Owner w ll fumish various products as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified in the technical Sections. FOIC items are indicated on the Drawings. 2. Owners Responsibilities for Owner Fumished Products: a. Arrange for and deliver shop drawings, product data, and samples, where required, to Contractor. b. Arrange and pay for product delivery to Owner's storage facility, unless otherwise specified. c. On delivery, insped products jointly with Contractor. d. Submit claims for transportation damage. e. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. f. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. 3. Contractors Responsibilities for Owner Fumished Products: a. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples, as requested, and as necessary to facilitate installation. b. Receive and unload products at the Owner's storage fadlity, inspect for completeness and damage; transport from the warehouse to the site, and unload products. c. Handle, store, install and finish products, in compliance with Contract Documents and manufacturers instructions, as applicable. d. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. e. Coordinate all work required to accommodate Owner fumished items. 4. Coordinate use of the site with the Owner and the building owner. D. Coordination: 1. Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. 2. Coordinate space requirements for mechanical and electrical systems. 3. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of the Work. Remove ill-timed and defective work and replace with new work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. 013119 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Meeting: Prior to the start of work, Contractor and Architect shall meet to determine the exact sequencing and phasing of construction. B. Progress Meetings: Attend progress meetings called by the Owner or the Architect throughout the progress of the work. C. Convene a pre -installation meeting when it is specified for a certain portion of the Work. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, the work of the Section. D. General Contractor is responsible for all meeting agendas, minutes, and distribution thereof. 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES, SCHEDULES AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submittal Procedure: 1. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Review and sign each submittal prior to submittal to Architect. 3. Unless specified otherwise, submit the number of submittals the Contractor requires, plus two which will be retained by Architect. 4. Transmit each item to Architect unless directed otherwise. Include project name, Contractor name, subcontractor or supplier name, and drawing sheet, detail number, or specification section number corresponding to the submittal as appropriate. 5. Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the Work. Allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of rejected submittals. 6. Revise and resubmit rejected submittals as required to obtain approval. B. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Submit shop drawings in the form of electronic copies or 2 legible right -reading copies. b. Unless specified otherwise, shop drawings shall show quantities, materials, methods of assembly, adjacent construction, dimensions, and other appropriate information to fully illustrate the work 2. Produd Data: a. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options and other data; supplement manufacturer's standard data to provide information unique to the work. b. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus 2 copies which will be retained by Architect. 3. Samples: a. Submit samples as specified in the technical sections. b. Include identification on each sample giving full information. c. Submit three samples, one of which will be retained by Architect, unless indicated otherwise in the technical section. C. Certificates: Submit the original signed version to Architect 014500 QUALITY CONTROL A. Standards: 1. Comply with industry standards except when more resbidive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. 2. Perform work to meet or exceed the requirements of applicable codes, ordinances, laws, regulations, safetyorders,and directives from authorities havingjurisdiction over the work. 1 3. Accessibility Equipment, men E ui accessories,and work shall be in accordance with Federal State and local L codes with respect to handicap accessibility, and with The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). The more restrictive code shall apply. 4. Perform work with persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. 5. Install products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where conflid exists between manufacturer's recommendations and the specified requirements, notify Architect immediately. B. Examination Prior to Installation: 1. Prior to starting work of each trade or location, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work may properiy commence. Notify the Architect of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 2. Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. C. Testing Laboratory Services: 1. The Owner will arrange for the services of an Independent testing laboratory to inspect and test portions of the Work to verify compliance with the Contract Documents. Reports of all inspections and tests shall be submitted to the Architect for review. 2. Contractors Responsibilities: a. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and furnish access, tools, samples, certifications, test reports, design mixes, equipment, storage, and assistance as requested by the testing laboratory. b. Notify Architect and testing laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing. When tests or inspections cannot be performed, through the fault of the Contractor, reimburse the Owner for the additional costs incurred. c. Remove and replace at work found not complying with the Contract Documents. Remedies shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and code requirements. d. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the costs of all subsequent tests and inspections related to the deficiency. e. All damage which may occur to the work as a result of nominal testing operations shall be repaired to match surrounding surfaces. t Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel will be as continuous and brief as possible. 3. Tests and inspections shall be in accordance with code requirements. 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Temporary Utilities: Provide temporary utilities, services, and construction as nerpccary to perform the work. Coordinate temporary facilities and controls with Owner and the Landlord. 1. Electricity Conned to existing service. Owner will pay costs of energy used. Take measures to conserve energy. 2. Lighting: Permanent fighting may be used during construction. Provide additional temporary lighting as necessary. 3. Heating and Ventilation: Permanent system may be used. Owner will pay for the cost of energy used. 4. Telephone. Coordinate with the Owner. 5. Water. Utilize existing facilities. Owner will pay for water used. B. Controls: 1. Dust Control: Provide temporary enclosures as necessary to prevent penetration of dust into occupied areas separate from work areas, damage to operating systems and components, and to create environmental conditions necessary for the proper installation of materials and systems. 2. Noise Control: Provide necessary precautions as required by the owner. C. Maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to site and within site to provide uninterrupted access: 1. To temporary construction facilities, storage and work areas. 2. For use by persons and equipment involved in construction of Project. 3. For use by emergency vehicles. 4. To minimize impact on adjacent operations. D. Fire Safety: Comply with applicable provisions of UFC Article 87 for fire safety during demolition and construdion operations. E. Temporary Construction: 1. Obtain approval from the Building Owner for modifications to existing systems or facilities not indicated. 2. Remove temporary systems or facilities when use is no longer required. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary systems or facilities. F. Construction Cleaning: 1. Control accumulation ofwaste materials and rubbish. Periodically dispose of off -site. 2. Maintain areas free ofdust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: 1. Transport and handle products by methods to avoid product damage. 2. Manufactured products shall remain in manufacturer's containers or packaging, stored in accordance with manufacturers instructions, until ready for installation. B. General Installation Requirements 1. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, install each product in accordance with the product manufacturer's instructions. 2. Distribute copies of manufacturer's instructions to parties involved in the installation. 3. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. 4. Protect installed components and products from damage. Components and products which are damaged shall be replaced or repaired to like -new condition. C. Product Options 1. Product Specked by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Provide product meeting those standards. 2. Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with an 'or approved" provision: Use specified product or submit a request for substitution in accordance with the specified substitution requirements. When approved a substitute produd may be used. 3. Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers, Without a Provisions for Substitution: No substitution will be allowed, except as specified under the Article on Substitutions. D. Product Options and Substitutions: 1. Furnish products specified, except where 'or approved' is used; substitute products may be submitted to Architect for approval. 2. Substitutions will be considered only for the following reasons: a. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. b. A substitute product will be in Owner's best interest by providing a cost savings or schedule benefit. 3. Document each substitution request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract documents. 4. A substitution request constitutes a representation that Contractor. a. Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds performance of the specified product, in all respects. b. Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. c. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in all respells. d. Waives claims for additional costs that may subsequently become apparent e. Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. 5. The Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejedion within a reasonable time. 017329 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Repair existing surfaces and construction as necessary to make Work complete, with all components matching and consistent, so as to conceal transition from existing to new work B. Provide a smooth, even, and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are cut so that an invisible transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along the nearest break line, joint, or comer. C. Major patching procedures shall be reviewed with the Building Owner, prior to proceeding. 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Final Cleaning: 1. Thoroughly dean at surfaces prior to final acceptance. 2. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. B. Closeout Procedures: 1. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for Substantial and Final Completion. 2. Owners Review and Punchlist: Upon substantial completion, all work under this Contract shall be complete and ready for Owner's review.. 3. Submit all certificates of approval issued by the goveming authorities, including Certificate of Occupancy. 4. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. C. Project Record Documents: 1. Maintain a complete set of record drawings which dearly and neatly indicate exact installed locations of items that will be concealed in the work such as conduit, piping, ducts, reinforcing, mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar items. Show all changes from the contract documents, and all uncovered existing conditions that will be subsequently concealed. 2. Record drawings shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stared separately from those used for construction. 3. Documents shall be in same format as the Construction Documents. 4. At Contrad Closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractors name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. 5. Provide Record Drawing Storage Tube constructed from 4' plastic pipe with end caps and provision for wall mounting. Mount on wall in Stockroom at location as directed by the Architect. D. Submittals: In addition to submittals required by the Conditions of the Contract, and submittals required by Section 013300, furnish submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit complete data for each piece of equipment and component used in the work. 2. Submit operation and maintenance data for mechanical and electrical systems. 3. Arrange in a binder with a section for each system. F. Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds: (two copies required, separate binders): 1. Submit manufacturer warranties. 2. Famish written guarantee, from each subcontractor performing work covered by the additional guarantee requirements specified in the technical sections. Unless specified or approved otherwise, the guarantee shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion. Each guarantee shall be signed, and: a. State that the work under guarantee was installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. State the work will be free from defects in workmanship and material for the period of time specified. c. State that detects will be promptly repaired without additional cost to the Owner. G. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials: Fumish products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work Coordinate with Owner, deliver to Project Site and obtain receipt prior to final payment DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Notify the Owner prior to commencing demolition work. B. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate the work. Where demolition exceeds that indicated, verify such demolition with the Architect and the Landlord prior to proceeding. C. Protect existing structural members. Contact the Architect prior to modifying structural members beyond the extent indicated. Cease operations and notify the Architect immediately if continued demolition operations might endanger the existing structure. D. During demolition operations, notify the Architect of all conditions which differ substantially from those indicated, specified, or expected. Perform no demolition in such areas, unless approved by the Architect. E. Provide temporary shoring as required to support existing construction against movement or overload during demolition operations, until permanent supports are in place. Take ion f materials being Except where noted or specified otherwise. a e possess o demolished. and immediately remove from site G. Carefully remove materials and components to be salvaged or reused at this location. Contact the Owner to determine which items will be claimed. Temporarily store salvage materials and transport them as directed by the Owner H. Provide a smooth, even, and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are cut so that an invisible transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along the nearest break line, joint, or comer. Saw cut concrete, including trenches for new conduit and piping in floor slabs I. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no additional cost to the Owner J. Utility Line Demolition: 1. Verity locations of existing utilities prior to demolition. 2. Abandoned underslab conduit shall be cut off below the finished surface line, and all conductors shall be removed. Patch and fill the opening flush with the finish. 3. Abandoned electrical conductors shall be removed back to the branch circuit panel, unless indicated otherwise. Abandoned conduit which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned conduit which is concealed in existing construction to remain. 4. Abandoned underslab piping shall be removed and cut off flush with the floor lire. Patch flush with the floor. 5. Abandoned piping which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned piping which is concealed in existing construction to remain. Cap all exposed ends. 6. Indicate location of disconnected utilities on the Project Record Drawings as specified in Division 01. K. Leave site Ina condition acceptable to the Owner at al times. Remove demolished materials from site daily as work progresses. Do not overload existing structure with demolished materials. L. Acoustical Ceiling Demolition Requirements: Where mineral fiber acoustical ceiling panels are indicated for removal, such panels shall be kept separate from other debris and delivered for reclamation in accordance with Armstrong World Industries Inc. Ceilings Reclamation Program (800/448-1405), or other plan for recycling mineral fiber products. M. Wall Covering: Remove existing wall covering from all surfaces indicated for new wall covering materials. Use techniques to minimize damage to substrate; repair all damage and leave ready for repriming or sizing as specified in Section 099000. N. Removal of Bonded Floor Finishes: 1. Scrape, grind and otherwise remove existing floor finish and bonding materials as necessary to receive new floor finishes. 2. Prepared surface shall present a uniform flat surface ready to receive the new floor finishes free of telegraphing and other surface irregularities. 3. New floor finishes shall not be installed over existing floor finish materials unless approved otherwise. DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 030013 CONCRETE A. General: 1. Section Includes: a. Cast in place concrete. b. Reinforcing 8. Products: 1. Unless specified otherwise, conform to ACI 301. 2. Concrete Materials: a. Cement: ASTM C150, normal - Type 1 porttand cement; grey color. b. Normal Weight Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33; severe weather exposure. 3. Reinforcing: As indicated on the Drawings; where not indicated, furnish as follows. a. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM C615, grade 40, unless indicated otherwise. b. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. c. Fabricate as indicated and in accordance with AC1315. 4. Water Redudng Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. 5. Concrete Mix: a. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. b. All concrete shall contain water reducing admixture. c. Provide concrete with a water/cement ratio of 0.45 or lower at all interior slabs. d. Use white cement and/or colorant as necessary to match adjacent surfaces where concrete patches will be exposed to view in the in the finished work. tit 0 CO cif 0 to J 13 03Y , 210261.02 ISSUED f REVISED DATE PERMIT 8ET 02r26r11 Architectural Specifications A-901 Pak-8pKarrbu1U.da 2r23R1 CCM PM OOPYWOFR ®2011MM:10N 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C. Execution 1. Formwork and Screeds: Place as indicated and as necessary to retain cast -in -place concrete pad. Coordinate placement of mechanical isolators. 2. Reinforcement Place as indicated; where not indicated, place as follows at locations where existing reinforcing has been cut or demolished, and where slabs have been penetrated full depth for trenching or similar applications.. a. Dowel into existing slab at minimum 12 inches on center but in not less than 2 places along long side of concrete patch area. b. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. c. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on the drawings at points of minimum stress. 3. Slabs: a. Slab Finish: Full trowel. b. Slab Tolerances: Slabs: Class A in accordance with ACI 301. c. Bedding and Bac;dill for Utility Trenches: 1) Place a minimum of 6 inches of bedding material in the trench to fully support the utility line 2) Place fill surrounding the utility line. 3) Hand tamp fill materials. 4. Other Concrete Surfaces: Install bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces; form as necessary; install and finish to match existing adjacent surfaces. 5. Curing: Use waterproof sheet material; wet cure for a minimum 7 days 035416 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Underlayments as necessary for leveling of cast -in -place concrete slabs to meet specified tolerances. b. Ramps and tapers as necessary to correct levels between dissimilar finishes. 2. Submittals: Manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. 3. Environmental Requirements: Maintain surface and ambient temperature of between 50 and 80 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and 24 hours after underlayment installation. 8. Products 1. Self Leveling Underlayment System: Self -leveling, pourable, cement based material, minimum 28 day compressive strength 2,000 psi; minimum bond strength 200 psi; one of the following. a. Mapei Corporation'Ultraplan 1 Plus'. b. Ardex Inc. "K-15- Self -Leveling Underlayment Concrete. c. Koester American Corporation NAP-1 Level Pro' d. ProSpec'Level Set 300." e. Laticrete International, Inc. 'Laticrete 86 LatiLevel Thin Pour Underlayment' f. Raeco "SLU ;'SLU Fast -Set,' or'Ulta-Light' 2. Trowelable Undedayment System: a. Mapei Corporation "Mapecem 100° or'Planitop 10'. b. Ardex Inc.'SD-P' Fast -Setting Underlayment. c. Koester American Corporation NAP-1 Level Pro Finish' d. ProSpec'Trowel Grade Underlayment' e. Laticrete International, Inc. "Laticrete 220 Medium Bed Mortar mixed with'Laticrete 3701 Latex Mortar Admix.' f. Tamms Industries Co. 'Thin Patch.' g. Raeco'R-50 Latex Mortar OverlaymenL' 3. Accessories: Fumish primers, patching compounds, and sand fillers as recommended by the underlayment manufacturer for the conditions of the project. C. Execution 1. With the exception of areas where leveling can be accomplished by use of latex underlayment, as specified in other sections, install cementitious underlayment to concrete slabs as indicated on the Drawings, and as necessary to level slabs or bring substrates to proper elevation. 2. Application a. Install trowelable underlayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at other locations as appropriate 10 installation conditions; install set leveling underlayment at other locations as necessary to correct slab flatness and levelness. b. Set screeds, markers, and reference blocks. Set screeds at all construction and control joints to establish weakened plane joints in underlayment c. Install patching compounds; where subsequent finishing of the material is required, float to level surface. Do not trowel. d. Apply primer to all areas to receive underlayment; repeat application if necessary to achieve proper build. e. Mix materials and pour or pump and squeegee into place to achieve appropriate thickness. At areas to receive cork tile flooring, provide fill thickness as necessary to align cork flooring with adjacent floor surfaces. f. Finish to a smooth level surface and cure. 3. As work proceeds, clean up excess materials, rubbish, and splash. DIVISION 04- MASONRY Not Used DIVISION 05 - METALS 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING A. General 1. Section Includes: Structural steel elements as indicated on the Structural Drawings. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, fasteners, cambers, and loads. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Work shall comply with AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, including the 'Commentary of the AISC Specification.' b. The work of this Section is subject to Owner paid testing and inspection. c. Use only AWS certified welders. B. Products: 1. Materials: As indicated on the Structural Drawings. 2. Accessories: a. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. b. Non -Shrink Grout Master Builders "Embeco, Sonnebom'Ferrolith G; or approved. 3. Primers: Fabricator's option. 4. Fabrication: In accordance with AISC and AWS Standards. C. Execution 1. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide as required with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. 2. Tolerances: Maximum deviation form plumb, level, and alignment shall not exceed 1 to 500. 3. Touch-up Painting: Immediately after erection, dean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas. Paint all exposed surfaces with specified primer. 054000 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING A. General 1. Summary. Lightgage structural steel metal framing at new facade. 2. System Description: a. Configuration: 1) Provide framing of depth indicated on the Drawings. 2) Where stud gage is indicated on the Drawings, provide studs of indicated or heavier gage. 3) Where stud spacing is indicated on the Drawings, provide additional studs or closer spacing as necessary to meet design requirements. 4) In addition to cold formed metal framing, provide structural steel members as required to support the loads imposed. 3. Submittals: a. Shop Drawings: 1) Indicate typical and special details, including component details, framing openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, temporary bracing, welds, type and location of mechanical fasteners and accessories or items required of other work for complete installation. 2) Indicate framing layouts. b. Quality Assurance: 1) The work of this section is subject to testing and inspection as specified in 014500. 2) Use only welders certified by the Washington Association of Building Officials. 3) Regulatory Requirements: Framing system shall meet the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. B. Products 1. Components: a. Cold Formed Light -gage Steel Framing: ASTM A653.; types as indicated on the strudural drawings; G90 galvanized mating. b. Screws: ASTM C954; self drilling, sett tapping; pan head; galvanized or fluoropolymer coated steel. c. Zinc Rich Touch-up Paint 'Gale-weld",'GaMcan' "ZRC Cold Galvanized Compound', or approved. C. Execution 1. Installation: a. Install lightgage structural framing in accordance with ASTM C1007, unless indicated or specified otherwise. b. Erect metal framing as indicated in accordance with the approved shop drawings. c. Screw or weld each joint. Welds shall be in accordance with AWS D1.3. d. Metal framing members shall be saw or shear cut No torch cutting is permitted. e. Construct comers with a minimum of 3 studs per comer. f. Frame both sides of expansion and seismic joints. Do not bridge joints with system components or accessories. Provide framing as required to form solid backing for all edges of exterior sheathing, and trim accessories. Frame both sides of control joints in portland cement plaster. h. Tolerances: 1) Plumbness: Plumb within 1/8 inch in 10 feet 2) Location: Located within 1/4 inch of the required location. 3) Alignment Stud and runner faces to receive finish materials shall not vary greater than 1/8 inch from the required plane, with no abrupt jogs or breaks in plane. 4) Level: Level within 1/8 inch in 10 feet. i. Erect studs in one piece full length. Splicing and wire tying of framing components shall not be used. j. Touch-up field welds and scratched or damaged galvanizing with zinc rich paint k Attach cross studs or furring channels to studs for attachment of wall mounted items. I. Install framing between studs for attachment of electrical boxes and other mechanical and electrical items. 9. 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS A. General 1. Section Includes: Steel fabrications indicated on the Architectural Drawings and not specified in other sections. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. B. Products 1. Steel Plate, Bars, Shapes: ASTM A36. 2. Tubes: ASTM A500 or A501. 3. Pipe: ASTM A53, seamless, Type S, plain end; schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. 4. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307 5. Fabrication; Items to be Concealed from View: Fabricate as detailed; ease sharp edges. Fumish unfinished unless otherwise indicated. C. Execution: Install metal fabrications in accurate locations shown. Unless indicated otherwise, fabrications shall be installed plumb and level. 055975 BOLLARD COVERS A. General: 1. Section Includes: Plastic sleeves for steel pipe bollards. 2. Produd Data: Mark as necessary to define size and color proposed. 3. Sample: Color drip or actual sample of plastic in color proposed for the work B. Products: 1. Manufacturer: IDEAL SHIELD (Detroit, MI; 877-325-0769) 2. Plastic Sleeve: Polyethylene Thermoplastic (HDPE) tubes; UV -resistant minimum thickness 0.125 inches. Size covers for pipe diameters. a. Diameter. Match pipe diameter. b. Sleeve height: Match bollard height with allowance for trimming. c. Sleeve Color. Match Pantone 1795 (red) d. Surface of sleeve shall be smooth with round top. C. Execution: Install with manufacturers neoprene adhesive tape per manufacturers installation guidelines. DIVISION 06 • WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY A. General 1. Section Includes: Blocking and nailers. B. Products 1. Dimension Lumber. a. In accordance with PS 20; graded in accordance with WWPA, WCLB, or NLGA, grading rules; "Utility - Light Framing,' or better. b. Moisture Content: Kiln dried to 19% maximum. c. Species: Hem -Fir, Spruce -Pine -Fir (SPF), or Douglas Fir Larch. 2. Plywood: a. Concealed: APA Rated Sheathing; CD grade; Exterior, plywood, 3/4 inch thickness unless otherwise; indicated. b. Terminal Backboards: APA BC grade with grade B side out; fire retardant treated. 3. Fire Retardant Treat all interior concealed lumber and plywood. a. Treated wood materials shall bear a UL'FRS' label, or a label from an approved inspection agency certifying that the material meets the requirements of AWPA C-20 Type A for lumber and AWPA C-27 Type A for plywood. b. Treated lumber shall be kiln dried to a maximum moisture content of 19%; treated plywood shall be kiln dried to a maximum moisture content of 15%. 4. Fasteners: a. For Attachment of Blocking to Metal Studs: USG type S-12 trim head screws;1.518 inch long. b. G-185 galvanized coating or stainless steel fasteners at treated wood locations. c. Other Applications: As appropriate to conditions. C. Execution 1. Provide blocking, backing and shims, as indicated. 2. Install blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of electrical factures and equipment, cabinets, doorstop plates, wood base, wainscots, coat hooks, and all other wall and ceiling mounted components, unless specified otherwise. 3. 2x wood or plywood may be used in lieu of sheet metal backing where approved. For attachment of plywood backing, kerf plywood 1/4' (3/8', maximum if required for heavy gage studs) to receive flange retum (or crimp the retum dosed); provide supplementary sheet metal angle attached to back of stud where necessary to support backing. Screws into edge of plywood are unacceptable. 4. Backing: a. Install plywood backing at locations of wall -mounted standards, shelving and counters. b. Backing shall be mounted over face of studs beneath gypsum board and shall be continuous over entire plane of wall; 1/2 inch thickness. c. Secure backing with edges on fine bearing. 5. Plywood Terminal Backboard: Mechanically apply with countersunk fasteners through gypsum board to framing. Apply 2 mats of white fire retardant paint in accordance with Section 099000. Leave proof of plywood fire rating stamp unpainted. 062000 FINISH CARPENTRY A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Plywood video screen backer. 2. Submittals: a. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles and extents. 3. Quality Assurance: Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with AWS 'Custom' grade standards. B. Products 1. Hardwood Plywood: Hardwood Veneer Plywood: 1/16 inch alder and/or birch veneer core; 13 ply /3/4 inch thickness; maple, alder, or yellow birch veneer faces, plain sliced; one of the following. a. States Industries (Eugene, OR; 800-843-2753)'Apple Ply.' b. Columbia Forest Products (Klamath Falls OR; 800-701-7903);'Europly.' 2. Fasteners: USG type S-12 trim head screws; 1-5/8 inch long. 3. Fabrication: a. Mill to profiles indicated. b. Video Wall Monitor Backer. Trim to size indicated; fill edges; ease exposed anises to uniform 1/16 inch radius. C. Execution 1. Fastening: a. Install straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place; coordinate as necessary ensure proper placement of backing and blocking, and proper anchorage of finish carpentry items into blocking or framing.. b. Set screws, putty, and sand level as necessary to conceal fasteners. 2. Sand and finish or refinish as necessary to conceal field cuts. 3. Finish: As indicated on the drawings and in accordance with Section 099000. 064100 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Redadding of existing teller line and back counter casework. b. Redadding of existing teller line gate. c. Plastic laminate millwork teller line accessible transaction ledge. d. Teter window security wickets. e. Redadding of existing vault casework. f. Coordination and installation of Owner fumished casework. 2. Submittals a. Shop Drawings: Indicate configurations, dimensions, construction details, materials, finishes grain direction (as appropriate), and colors. Indicate glass wicket sizes and installation details. b. Samples: Plastic laminate; 4" x 6', minimum, sample of each color and pattern proposed for the work 3. Fabricator Requirements: A minimum of 5 years experience in production of custom casework of the type specified. B. Products 1. Lumber: As required to match specified AWS construction grade. a. Concealed Framing Lumber. Pine, fir, hemlock, poplar, or other species as approved. b. Moisture Content: Optimum per AWS recommendations. 2. Plastic Laminate: a. Exposed: NEMA LD-3, general purpose and vertical grade as specified; brands and colors as scheduled on the drawings. b. Backing Sheets: NEMA LD-3; backing grade; undecorated. 3. Particle Board: ANSI A208.1; grade M-2 (medium density); formaldehyde free. 4. Panel Products: Match existing. 5. Glass Security Wicket Assembly: a. Manufacturer: Accel Group (Wadsworth OH; 800-747-0317). b. Wicket KYTLR150"Teller Glass Pass Thro'; custom size to fit teller window; end panel finish to match casework cladding at all exposed surfaces. 6. Accessories: a. Paint and Stain Systems: As scheduled, or as necessary to match existing. b. Furnish fasteners, finishes, adhesives, hardware, and accessories as indicated on the Drawings and as necessary to complete the work. 7. Fabrication: a. Fabricate new components as detailed in accordance with AWI Quality Standards V10, Section 400;'Custom' grade, as appropriate to the work. b. Shop finish new components to the greatest reasonable extent c Exposed Surfaces: Plastic laminate clad with matching self edging; backing grade at underside of counter. C. Execslion 1. Refacing of Existing Teller Line and Back Counter Casework; Existing Teller Line Gate; and Existing Vault Casework. a. Remove hardware and other items as necessary to prepare for installation of new plastic laminate. b. Scuff sand existing surface to provide proper surface for adhesive. c. Install with grain direction as indicated. d. Make all joints neat and hairline; bevel self -edge and laminate comers to uniform 22 degree angle. e. Remove adhesive from finish surfaces. 2. Install new components as detailed, using materials and techniques to conceal fastenings, and to match existing construction to the greatest reasonable extent. 3. Mount transaction counter brackets through to framing or blocking. 4. Coordinate with electrical work and with other trades as necessary to integrate adjacent finishes. 068200 GLASS -FIBER -REINFORCED PLASTIC A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Glass fiber reinforced resin fabrications. b. Architedural Fiberglass Comice. 2. Design Requirements: a. Architectural fiberglass comice and fastening system shall be designed, engineered, fabricated, and installed to conforn to state and local codes, and Architect's design. 3. Submittals a. Product Data: Complete published product literature for each material or component being used. b. Shop Drawings: Indicate design bad parameters, dimensions, adjacent construction, materials, thicknesses, fabrication details, required dearances, field jointing, tolerances, colors, finishes, methods of support, integration of plumbing components, and anchorages. B. Products 1. Architectural Fiberglass Cornice. a. Glass Fiber and Resin Fabrications: Architedural Fiberglass Inc.; b. Product Custom KeyBank Cornice. 8300 Bessemer Ave, Cleveland, OH, 44127. Phone (888)483.1775. c. Fiberglass Reinforcement: Glass Mat Felted material of fibers up to 2 inches in length; 1-1/2 oz. per sq. ft.. 2. Accessories: a. Provide anchors, fasteners, backing and sealant and other accessories for proper installation as recommended by fiberglass fabrication manufacturer 3. Shop Fabrication a. Mold Surface: Smooth. b. Fabricate components with the open mold hand lay-up method. c. Finish other surfaces not in contact with the mold to match the molded surfaces in appearance. d. Finish trim comers and edges. e. Coat exposed surfaces and surfaces in contad with moisture or earth with gel coat of colored resin. f. Custom PatemiModkups: Pattems and mockups shall be hand carved and/or CNC machined by skilled patem makers with minimum of ten (10) years experience with architectural elements. Pattems & mockups shall be available at manufacturing fadlity for architects inspection and approval before molds are produced. Custom Molds: Molds shall be produced with ample layers of tooling resin, tooling gel -coat glass fibers and/or flexible rubber by skilled mold makers with minimum of ten (10) years experience with architectural elements. Produced molds shall have rigidity and thickness to prevent distortion and deflection of molded architectural fiberglass. h. Cornice sections shall be manufactured with sealable lap and/or butt joints. Comice joints shall be manufactured to accommodate adjoining sections and alignment of comice surface sections. i. Factory inside comers, outside corners, end returns, and unique transition sections shall be shop fabricated. Field comer fabrication will not be permitted. j. Coordinate miscellaneous cutouts required for vents, drainage, and other comice obstructions/penetrations. k Identify each architectural fiberglass piece with a permanent serial number. I. Number comice parts to coordinate with shop drawings. 4. Finish: a. Color. KeyBank FRP Stone Cast. b. Exposed to view Surface Texture: FRP Stone Cast C. Execution 1. Examination: a. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. 1) Carefully observe and verify field conditions that substrates are ready for installation of architectural fiberglass comice. Contractor shall verify on site dimensions with shop drawings and assume full responsibility for fitting the components to the structure. 2) Verify that bearing surfaces are true and level. 3) Verify that support framing has been constructed to allow accurate placement, alignment and connection of architectural fiberglass comice to structure. 4) Report discrepancies between design dimensions and field dimensions, which could adversely affect cornice installation, to the Architect and/or Owner's Representative. 5) Do not proceed with installation until discrepancies are corrected, or until installation requirements are modified and approved by the Architect and / or Owner's Representative. 6) Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions and fiberglass materials 2. Installation: a. Install fabrications in accordance with shop drawings and fabricator's instructions. 1) Install architedural fiberglass comice in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. 2) Erect required connection blocking, framing, and cornice, plumb, square, and true to line and level to substrate. Recess blocking or notch continuous blocking behind each panel joint per manufadurer's instructions. The installer shall supply connectors, blocking and framing approved by cornice manufacturer. 3) Fill cornice cavity with fire safing as indicated on the drawings Z 0 r t V O co 03 CID PERMIT SET 210261.02 Architectural Specifications A-902 7G�r11 1241 PM CCPYRICWr 90 2011 CML6ON 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4) Space joints according to shop drawings, not less than 1/8" and not greater than 3/8'. Prepare joints by lightly sanding/cleaning and filling joints with a continuous bead of specified sealant as work progresses to make a weather tight joint. Carefully monitor ambient temperatures at time of installation to prevent excessive expansion and contraction of panels during sealant application. 5) Do not field cut cornice where the finish cannot be field restored. Installer may repair small unnoticeable finish repairs with manufacturers supplied colored gel -coat patching material. 6) Countersink all exposed fasteners and repair with manufacturers supplied colored gel -coat patching material. Repairs shall be made with care to be undetectable. 3. Tolerance: a. Maximum variation from true position: 1/4 inch. b. Maximum Offset from true alignment:1/8 inch. 4. Cleanup: a. Clean components of foreign material without damaging finished surface. b. Clean fabrications in accordance with fabricators instructions. 5. Protection: a. Comply with manufacturer recommendations and instructions. DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070150 MAINTENANCE OF MEMBRANE ROOFING A. General 1. Section Includes: Patching of existing roof only as required to accommodate new construction and to develop proper drainage pattems. 2. Submittals: a. Shop Drawings: 1) Submit shop drawings for patching and repair work which alters existing drainage pattems. 2) Indicate drainage layout, pattern of laying, roof insulation pattem, and base flashing details. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Qualifications of Installers: 1) As required 10 maintain the warranty of the existing roof system. 2) Minimum of 5 years experience; use only competent and skilled roofers familiar with the products and the manufacturer's current recommended methods of installation. B. Products 1. Materials: Unless approved otherwise, new materials shall match the existing materials. C. Execution 1. Protedion: a. Protect existing construction adjacent to hoist and kettles prior to starting work. 1) Lap suitable protective material at least 3 inches. 2) Secure protective coverings against wind. 3) Leave protective covering in place for duration of roofing work. b. Leave protective coverings in place for the duration of the work. c. Restore to original condition or replace work or materials damaged during handling of bitumens and roofing materials. 2. Removal of Existing Roofing and Flashing Systems: a. Remove existing roofing and flashing systems to accommodate new roofing and flashing systems. b. Remove existing systems to expose substrates. Clean and prepare surfaces in manner required for installation of new systems. c. Remove resulting materials from roofing areas and jobsite on the same day they are removed. Dispose of in a legal manner. d. Provide chutes, tarps, and other materials to prevent damaging or staining of building components that are to remain. e. Existing surfaces shall be made smooth, firm, dry, and free from dirt, foreign materials, sharp projections, or voids. 3. Patching of Existing Roof: a. Provide new materials as required to form a complete and continuous roof assembly. b. Provide additional tapered construction as required to form new non-ponding drainage pattems around new construction. Coordinate the placement of new drains. c. Seal off all roof areas at the end of each work day. d. Perform work in accordance with the guarantee requirements of the existing roof assembly. Contact the Owner to verify guarantee requirements. 072117 FIBROUS BUILDING INSULATION A. General 1. Section Includes: Thermal Batt and blanket insulation. B. Products 1. Unfaced Batt and Blanket Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I; preformed unfaced glass fiber batts; flame spread of 25 or less and smoke developed of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84;' formaldehyde free; Johns Manville Corp.'Unfaced Formaldehyde -Free Thermal and Acoustical Fiber Glass Insulation," Knauf Insulation (800-825-4434) °EcoBatt,' or approved; unfaced fiber glass commercial insulation"; oversize widths for friction -fit between metal framing; thickness as necessary for R-19 thermal resistance value (insulation, only) unless otherwise indicated. 2. Vapor Retarder. CertainTeed Corporation (Valley Forge PA; 610-341-7000; 800-233-8990) "MemBrain°; 2 mil polyamide film; flame spread of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Fumish manufacturers recommended tape for joint treatment/ C. Execution 1. Install at exterior furred walls and behind exterior spandrels as indicated and as necessary to maintain envelope thermal barer. 2. At metal stud framing, trim and insert the insulation edges tightly into the stud channels for a friction fit. Provide additional supports as necessary to prevent sliding of butts in the stud cavity. 3. Pack batt insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of window assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. 4. Separate Vapor Retarder Installation: a. Install separate vapor bather continuous over unfaced insulation; install toward warm side of building spaces. b. At lightgage support framing, secure to studs with double stick tape or spray adhesive. c. Lap joints in vapor barrier 2 inches and tape. 5. Tape seal vapor retarder to adjacent existing vapor retarder wherever practical; tape seal to 075113 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING A. General: 1. Section Includes: New built-up roofing as required to accommodate new construction as indicated on the drawings. 2. Submittals: a. Product literature: Complete manufacturers product literature for all roof system components, including insulation. b. Manufacturer approved installation specifications. c. Certifications: 1) Certification that the proposed rooting applicator is approved by the manufacturer of the roofing system. 2) Submit certification that the roofing system proposed meets the fire and wind uplift requirements. 3) Submit manufacturer certifications. d. Shop Drawings: Prior to installation, submit shop drawings showing roof layout, slopes, dimensions and pattem of laying, and roof insulation system. Show all special details. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Qualifications of Installers: Approved by the membrane roofing manufacturer in accordance with warranty requirements. 4. Manufacturers Guarantee: Prior to acceptance of work, fumish manufacturers written 10 year unlimited penal sum guarantee executed to the Owner. Guarantee shall include insulation, leaks due to material failure and contractor workmanship, labor and materials; B. Products 1. Match existing roofing manufacturer. 2. Basis of design approved manufacturers: a. Johns Manville Corporation b. Consolidated Fiberglass Products, Inc.'Conglas" c. Celotex 3. Materials: a. Unless approved otherwise, new materials shall match the existing materials. b. Basis of design: 1) Sheet Materials: a) Glass Fiber Felt: ASTM D2178, Type VI. b) Base Sheet Unless specified otherwise, use type as recommended by the roofing materials manufacturer for the substrate. c) Glass Fiber Cap Sheet ASTM D3909; color as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 2) Asphalt Materials: a) Asphalt Bitumen: ASTM D312. b) Asphalt Primer. ASTM D41. c) Plastic Cement ASTM D2822, cutback asphalt type. d) Emulsion: ASTM D1227, type IV; fibrated. 3) Roof Insulation: a) Foam Insulation: Polyisocyanurate insulation; LTTR R values; fiberglass facers both sides; Factory Mutual Class 1. b) Tapered Insulation: Factory tapered to form an installed minimum slope of 1/4 per foot; approved by the manufacturer of the rooting system; Factory Mutual Class 1. c) Cover Board: 3/4 inch thick fiberglass or perite rigid board. 4) Accessories: a) Fiber Cants and Tapered Edge Strips: Asphalt impregnated wood fiberboard, preformed to 45 degree angle, unless detailed otherwise. b) Insulation Joint Tape: Asphalt treated glass fiber reinforced; 6 inches wide; self - adhering. c) Sheet Flashing: SBS modified base flashing sheet as recommended by the roofing manufacturer, mineral surfaced. C. Execution 1. Installation: a. Insulation Installation: 1) Install insulation as indicated in accordance with approved shop drawings, and insulation manufadurers printed instructions. 2) Install first layer of foam insulation with tapered insulation over to form the slopes indicated. 3) Install a top layer of cover board with joints staggered from the insulation below. Hot mop backside of cover board and flip over into position. Firmly bond to insulation substrate to meet wind uplift requirements. 4) Securely butt edges without deformation. Miter board edges at ridges and elsewhere to prevent open joints. 5) Provide a minimum of 2 layers of insulation. 6) Thickness as required to provide a minimum aged R value of 30. b. Crickets, and Edge and Cant Strips: Install in full bed of hot steep asphalt. c. Membrane Installation: Install selected roofing membrane in accordance with the respective manufacturers published installation specifications. Provide 1 base ply, 3 intermediate plys, and cap sheet surfacing. d. Surfacing: Immediately after installing the cap sheet, cover exposed bitumen, while it is still tacky, with granules matching those embedded in the cap sheet. Roll to obtain embedment. 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Sheet metal flashing and trim. b. Flexible flashing and accessories. 2. System Description: a. Provide flashing and trim systems to prevent water leakage to the building interior. b. Fastening systems shall allow for the thermal movement of the materials without buckling, loosening, and leakage. 3. Submittals: a. Submit three samples representative of finish and color of prefinished gashing materials. b. Submit sample of reglet proposed. c. Shop Drawings: Indicate material, profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, materials, gages, fastening methods, and installation details. 4. Quality Assurance: a. Applicator. Company specializing in sheet metal flashing work with 5 years minimum experience. b. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with the recommendations of SMACNA. B. Products 1. Materials: a. Prefinished Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653 steel sheet with G90 galvanized coating or ASTM A792 steel sheet with AZ60 aluminum/zinc coating; 24 gage unless noted otherwise; factory prefinished with 70 percent resin Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 coating, custom color as scheduled. b. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167; Type 302 or 304. 2. Accessories: a. Fasteners: 1) Fumish bonded stainless steel / neoprene sealing washers for exposed applications. 2) Finish exposed fasteners to match material being fastened. 3) Material a) Galvanized Steel Sheet Use galvanized steel or stainless steel. b) Aluminum Sheet and Stainless Steel: Stainless Steel. 4) Use screws when fastening into wood or sheet metal. 5) Use expansion anchors or drive pins when fastening into concrete or masonry. 3. Sealants: a. Butyl Rubber Sealant One of the following: 1) (Curtain Wall Sealant, by Tremco; 2) (Adcoseal BP-400, by Adco Products, Inc. b. Polyurethane Sealant: one of the following: 1) (Chem -Calk 900, by Bostik Construction Products Division of Emhart 2) (Dynatrol I, by Pecora Corp; 3) (Sonolastic NP I, by Sonnebom-Conted; 4) (Rubber Caulk 6000, by PRC. c. Plastic Cement FS SS-C-153, Type lasphalt base cement. d. Reglets: Types as indicated; galvanized steel or rigid extruded PVC; manufactured by Fry Reglet Co. or approved; ends covered with plastic tape. C. Fabrication 1. General Requirements: a. Field measure site conditions prior to fabricating work. b. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. c. Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as sheet; interiockable with sheet. d. Form pieces in longest practical lengths, except as limited by expansion joint requirements. e. Non -Moving Joints: Shop fabricate to the greatest practical extent. 1) Solder all non-moving shop fabricated joints in steel and stainless steel flashing; weld all non- moving joints in aluminum flashing and trim. 2) Prefinished Galvanized Steel: Lap joints 1 inch, minimum; accurately cut and fit as necessary to maintain profile; embed contact surfaces in sealant; rivet with stainless steel or color matched coated steel pop rivets at 3 to 4 inches o.c. f. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam comers. g. Shop fabricate comer sections with non-moving comer joints and 18 inch long legs. h. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch and hemmed to form drip. i. Where sheet metal fleshings are shown at opening heads and at other locations where bottom surface of flashing does not rest directly on substrate, fabricate for installation with pitch to drain, minimum 1:12 unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. j. Form seams lapped in the direction of water flow. 2. Fabricate all flashing to detail, in accordance with referenced SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual details, and as specified below. Use minimum 24 gage prefinished galvanized steel sheet unless indicated or specified otherwise. a. Parapet Caps (Copings): Fabricate with slotted holes at 24 inches on center for fastening at the back; standing seam (design J8) joints per Table 3-1; 22 gage for copings wider than 18 inches. b. Counterflashing and Receivers: Removable type; SMACNA Fig 4-4 snapbck or screw -retained configuration; shop fabricated comers; crimped ends to permit lapping at end -to -end joints; 1 Inch at receivers; 3 inches at countertlashing. c. Embedded Flashing: Fabricate embedded Clashing with provisions for removable counter flashing (SMACNA Figure 4-4 snaplock or screw -retained configuration; shop fabricated comers). Fabricate at receivers and fleshings which are built into brick veneer, precast concrete, cement plaster, and other similar construction, of 24 gage stainless steel. Fully exposed and removable counter flashing which is connected to embedded flashing may be 24 gage prefinished galvanized sheet Supply embedded flashing to the appropriate installers for installation as a part of their Work. D. Execution 1. Installation: a. Coordinate and sequence flashing installation with the work of other Sections. Fumish flashing to other trades as necessary for installation as a part of the work of other Sections. b. Use flexible flashing in locations indicated, and under all copings and curb fleshings. c. Install starter and edge strips, and continuous deats before starting installation. d. Surface Mounted Reglets: Install true to lines and levels; seal to wall with neoprene gasket seal top of reglets with polyurethane sealant e. Insert counterflashings into receivers to form tight fit; where snap fit is not provided, secure in place with stainless steel sheet metal screws, 16* o.c., maximum. Stagger counterfashing joints with receiver joints f. Fastening: 1) Copings: Secure using continuous deats whenever possible. Use exposed fasteners only at the backside of copings, and at other locations not exposed to public view, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. 2) Secure fleshings using continuous cleats whenever possible. Use exposed fasteners only in semi -exposed locations, unless approved by the Architect. 3) Fasteners shall be placed at 8 inches on center through slotted holes. 4) For nailing into concrete, drill holes and use plugs. 5) For nailing into wood, use barbed roofing nails,1.1/4 inches long by eleven gage. 6) Fit flashings tight in place. Make comers square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. 7) Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of surface mounted reglets. 8) Install flashings with provision for plus or minus 1/16 inch thermal movement at each end; provide expansion joints at 12'-0° o.c., maximum. 9) Seal concealed lap joints in with two parallel beads of butyl sealant use butyl sealant where bedding sealant is indicated or required. 10) Use slip sheet under all flashing with solid backing. 079200 JOINT SEALANTS A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Sealants for installation at interior non-moving joints, ceramic tile expansion joints, and as necessary to seal joints around casework. 2. Submittals: a. Product literature for each material used. b. Samples: 1) Submit cured samples of each sealant type and color proposed for the work, except that samples of acrylic sealants and white sealants are not required. 2) For each sealant type indicated for 'color as selected," or for which no color is indicated, submit color card indicating available stock colors from manufacturers complete line of pre - formulated colors for each type of sealant B. Products 1. Sealants: a. Type S - Neutral Cure Silicone Sealants: 1) Dow Coming, 790 Silicone Building Sealant, or 795 Silicone Structural Glazing and Weatherproofing Sealant 2) Pecora, 890 Architectural Silicone Sealant 3) Tremco °Spedrem 1 or 3." b. Type PT: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, dass 25; Tremco "THC 901", Sonnebom'Sonolastic SL 1°, Pecora "Urexpan NR-201', or approved. c. Type PTNS: ASTM C920, Type M, grade NS, Class 25; Pecora "Dynatred," Tremco "HPL, or approved; standard color as selected from the manufacturer's complete line of pre -formulated colors. d. Type A ASTM C834; Tremco "Acrylic Latex Caulk; Pecora 'AC-20,' Sonnebom'Sonolac, or approved; standard colors to match adjacent construction. 2. Accessory Materials: a. Primer. Non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. b. Joint Cleaner. Non -corrosive and non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer, compatible with joint forming materials. c. Backer Rod: Closed or open cell foam as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the application; round profile; thickness approximately 130 percent of joint width. d. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. e. Compressible Foam Sealant: Precompressed prefaced self-adhesive open cell polyurethane foam tape; Badkerseal" by Emseal Joint Systems, Ltd., or approved. C. Execution 1. Preparation: a. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Remove loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. b. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant c. Prime as required for proper bond to substrate materials. d. Backing Materials: 1) Place backer rod to achieve proper sealant width/depth ratios and to prevent sealant sag. 2) Use bond breaker where there is insufficient depth to use joint filler. 3) Do not use backer rod and bond breaker at joints to receive Type PTNS sealant 2. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C1193, unless specified otherwise or recommended otherwise by the sealant manufacturer. 3. Joint Depth: a. Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 to 1, unless specified otherwise or recommended otherwise by the sealant manufacturer. b. Install Type PTNS sealant full depth in tile expansion joints with no backer rod. 4. Tooling: a. Tool joints concave, unless indicated or specified otherwise. Finish free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. b. Tool type PTNS sealant to match grout joint. 5. Protect sealant in joints subject to dirt, moisture, and traffic during the sealant curing process. Protection shall be able to resist tragic while remaining securely in position. 6. Schedule: a. Type S: Provide at all exterior joints unless specified otherwise; standard colors as selected by Architect. b. Type PT: Provide at all exterior horizontal joints subject to traffic and abrasion; standard colors as selected by Architect. c. Type PTNS: Install in ceramic and glass tile expansion joints, full depth without backer rod. d. Type A: Provide at interior joints, unless specified otherwise. DIVISION 08.OPENINGS 081113-HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Hollow metal doors. b. Hollow metal frames for installation of hollow metal doors. B. Products 1. Frames a. ANSI A250.8; double equal rabbet, unless indicated otherwise. b. Material: Cold -rolled steel, A 1008, 1) Interior. Minimum 16 gage (.053 inch.). 2) Secure Doors: Minimum 14 gage (.067 inch.). c. Accessories: 1) Fumish necessary anchors for jambs, heads, and sills of assemblies. 2) Frame Hardware Reinforcements 3) Mortise hinge reinforcement minimum 7 gage: Fumish high frequency hinge reinforcement for top hinge on all exterior, cross corridor, and stairwell frames, in accordance with SDI 111-H. 4) Strike reinforcements: minimum 16 gage. 5) Closer reinforcement minimum 14 gage. d. Fabrication 1) Cut mortises for butts strikes and other hardware. Projection weld hinge and strike reinforcements to the door frame. Provide adequate reinforcements for other hardware as required. 2) Frames shall be shop assembled; continuous face weld joint between the head and jamb faces. 3) Grind and finish smooth face joints with no visible face seams. 4) Finish: a) Interior. Manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive dired to metal primer. 2. Doors: a. Face Sheet Material: Cold -rolled steel, A 1008,14 gage (0.067 inch). b. Core: Polystyrene Minimum 1 pot polystyrene laminated to both faces. c. Hardware Reinforcements: 1) Hinge reinforcements for full mortise hinges: Minimum 7 gage. 2) Lock reinforcements: Minimum 16 gage 3) Closer reinforcements: Minimum 14 gage, 20 inches long. d. Finish: 1) Interior: Manufacturers standard rust inhibitive direct to metal primer. C. Execution: 1. Installation of Welded Frames: a. Install frames in accordance with SDI-105, ANSI A250.11, and in accordance with labeling requirements. b. Installation Tolerances: 1) Maximum Diagonal Distortion:1/16 inch measured with straight edge, comer to comer. 2. Installation of Doors is specified in Section 087300. 0 CALLISON • " Q 0 Of XWo'n 7.7 Z 0. 1Aa m PERMIT BET Architectural Specifications A-903 Pat epprthadba. Teaq 20r11 1241 PM COPYRIGHT Q 2011 GLL19nN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a g 10 087100 DOOR HARDWARE A. General 1. Section Includes: Hardware for swinging doors. 2. Submittals Submit for each product indicated. a. Product and Maintenance Data:u b. Hardware Schedule: Indude the following: 1) Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of hardware items. 2) Name, part number and manufacture of each item. 3) Fastenings and other pertinent information. 4) Explanation of abbreviations, symbols and codes contained in schedule. 5) Door and frame sizes, materials and degrees of swing. c. Templates: Obtain and distribute templates for doors, frames, and other works specified to be prepared for installing door hardware. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Obtain each kind of hardware (Mechanical latch and lodksets, exit devices, hinges and closers) from one manufacturer except where specified. b. Supplier Qualifications:: Direct factory contract supplier who employs certified architectural hardware consultant (AHC) available at all reasonable times during the course of the work for project hardware consultation to Owner, Architect and Contractor. c. Pre -Installation Conference: Conduct with supplier, installer and related trades. Coordinate materials and techniques and sequence complex hardware items and systems installation. 4. Delivery, Storage and Handling a. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. b. Deliver keys to Owner. 5. Warranty Submit manufacturer's warranties stating hardware items will be free from defects in r n commendngon the date of Substantial Completion. and workmanship as follows to a period m materials a , Pe P a. Butt hinges: Life of building b. Locks and Latches: 3 years al series; 7 years ND series.. c. Door Closers: 10 years d. Exit Devices: 3 years mechanical; 1 year eledrical. B. Products: 1. Manufacturers: As scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Keying: As directed. 4. Hardware Finish: Match existing, unless otherwise scheduled. C. Execution: Specified in Section 087300. D. Hardware Schedule is on the Drawings. 087300 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Installation of hardware specified in Section 087100. b. Installation of hollow metal doors. 2. Quality Assurance: installer shall have not less than 3 years experience specializing in installation of work in this section. Company shall maintain qualified personnel trained and experienced in instating hardware. B. Products: Doors, frames and hardware are specified in other sections. C. Execution 1. Install doors in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Install doors plumb and square in associated frames maintaining specified clearances. 3. Unless otherwise specified otherwise in the respective door sections, maintain clearances of 1/8 inds at jambs and heads, 1/8 inch at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and 1/2 inch from bottom of door to lop of decorative floor finish or covering, except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4-inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 4. Install hollow metal doors in accordance with ANSI A250.8 and HMMA 840. 5. Install doors to operate freely, but not loosely, free from hinge bound conditions, sticking or binding. Do not install in frames which would hinder operation of doors. 6. Ensure doors are free from rattling when in latched position. 7. Finish Hardware Installation a. Install hardware plumb, level and true to line in accordance with manufacturers templates, printed instructions and Project conditions. b. For substrates which are not factory prepared for hardware: 1) Mortise work to correct size and location without gouging, splintering or causing irregularities in exposed finish work. 2) Fit faces of mortised components snug and flush without excessive clearance. 3) Finish exposed milled edges to match factory finish. c. Locate hardware on doors to match building standard. For hardware types unique to this project, locate in accordance with DHI standards, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Adjustment And Cleaning a. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation of function of every unit b. Lubricate moving parts with graphite type lubricant unless otherwise recommended by the hardware manufacturer. c. Replace defective materials or units which cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Reinstall items found improperly installed. d. Replace or re -hang doors which are hinge bound and do not swing or operate freely. e. Remove and replace doors which are warped, twisted or which are not in true planes. f. Replace factory finished doors damaged during installation. g. Prior to date of Substantial Completion, readjust and relubricate hardware items as necessary. DIVISION 09-FINISHES 092200 UGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Partition framing. b. Steel backing. 2. Design Loads: a. Partitions Without Wall Mounted Casework: 5 psf uniform live lateral load. b. Partitions With Wall Mounted Casework: 5 psf uniform live lateral load, casework dead load, and casework live load of 25 Of of shelf area. c. Seismic Loads: Conform to the requirements of currently enforced edition of the jurisdictional code authorities. d. Deflection Requirements: Typical: U240, maximum' under applicable design bad 3. Quality Assurance: Unless indicated otherwise, perform work in accordance with ASTM C754. B. Products 1. Non -Load Bearing Light Gage Metal Framing: a. Walls, Typical: ASTM C645; galvanized; 1) Studs: minimum 25 gage unless indicated otherwise, or required to meet loading requirements. 2) Top Track: Minimum 20 gage. b. Other Framing Materials: In accordance with ASTM C754. 2. Accessories: a. Screws: Self tapping; low profile head; galvanized. C. Execution 1. Coordinate with Section 081113 and 087100 for installation of door frames and hardware. 2. Runners: Secure runners with fasteners at maximum 24 inches oc. 3. Top Track Attach track to overhead structure with allowance for +/-1/2 inch deflection. 4. Install studs at 16 inches on center, unless otherwise noted or necessary to accommodate blocking, rough opening, and design bad requirements. Provide heavier gage studs as necessary to comply with design requirements. 5. Install minimum 20 gage double studs continuous from floor to ceiling track at the jamb of each door frame and cased opening. Provide diagonal steel stud bracing to structure at each jamb at partitions which do not extent to structure. erection f tud s tem with requirements of door frames and other construction within 6. Coordinate o s system Partition. 7. Stud splicing not permissible. 8. Backing a. Provide steel backing, unless indicated otherwise, for the support of wall mounted items and tram b. Unless indicated or approved otherwise, backing shall consist of minimum 4 inch wide 16 gage steel plate screwed rigidly to the studs. Tolerances 9. a. Install members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. b. Locate assemblies within 1/4 inch of required locations. 092400 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING A. General 1. Summary. a. Portland cement plaster. b. Building paper undedayment c. Metal lath and plaster accessories. 2. References: a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Latest published version, unless otherwise indicated: 1) C144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 2) C150 - Portland Cement. 3) C206 - Finishing Hydrated Lime. 4) C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 5) C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 6) C847 - Standard Specifications for Metal Lath 7) C897 - Specification for Aggregate for Job Mixed Portland Cement -Based Plasters. 8) C926 - Application of Portland Cement -Based Plaster. 9) C932 - Specification for Surface -Applied Bonding Agents for Exterior Plastering. 10) C1063 - Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement and Portland Cement Lime Plastering, Exterior (Stucco) and Interior. 3. 4. Submittals: a. Product Data: Submit for each plaster trim accessory, admixture, fiber reinforcing, and bonding agent proposed for the work. 5. Quality Assurance: a. Building Codes: Materials, systems, and installation shall meet requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. 6. Environmental Conditions: a. Do not apply cement plaster unless minimum ambient temperature of 40 degrees F is maintained continuously in the area to be plastered; maintain temperature 48 hours prior to application of plaster, while the plastering is being applied, and during the curing operation. b. Do not apply plaster to any frozen surfaces or surfaces containing frost; protect plaster coats against freezing for a period of 24 hours after application. B. Produds 1. Paster and Associated Materials: a. Cement: 1) Portland Cement ASTM C150, Type I. 2) Masonry Cement ASTM C91. b. Sand: Natural type, conforming to requirements of ASTM C144 or C897; gradation and use recommended for portland cement basecoat and finish coat plastering. c. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260, free of seldom chloride and thiocyanates, not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. d. Water. Clean, potable fresh and free from amounts of matter deleterious to quality of cement plaster materials. e. Hydrated Lime: Special finishing type, as follows. 1) For scratch and brown coats: ASTM C206 or C207, Type S. 2) For finish coat: ASTM C206, Type S. t. Fiber Reinforcing: One of the following. 1) Fibermesh Company'Fibermix 25'; 1/4 inch long monofilament polypropylene fibers. 2) Hill Brothers Chemical Co. "Hi-Fibe P-1510';1/2 inch long monofilament polypropylene fibers. g. Pumping Additives: Manufactured additives as required for improving pumpabitty of the mix. 2. Lath and Underlayment a. Metal Lath: Expanded type, 3.4 Ibsls.y. weight; ASTM C847; set -tuning type, galvanized. b. Building Paper. 1) Base Layer: DuPont Company (800.448-9835) "Commercial Wrap; include manufacturers standard tape for sealing joints and penetrations. 2) Outer Layer. DuPont Company'fyvek StuccoWrap' c. Flexible Flashing: 1) W.R. Grace "Vycor Plus.". 2) Monsey Bakor'Blueskin" 40 mil thickness. 3) DuPont Company'Tyvek FlexWrap' d. Flexible Seal: Ethylene Propylene Diene Terpolymer ( EPDM ) black membrane, reinforced or non - reinforced, nominal 0.045 inch thick; complete with manufacturers recommended splicing materials. 3. Accessories: 4. Furnish attachment devices as required for secure anchoring of plaster accessories; fumish connection devices and splice plates for reveals and plastic expansion joints, to ensure accurate alignment, allowance for axial movement, where required. a. Comer Beads: Stockton Wire Products (213/245-5193) Plastic Nose Comerbead" or approved; 2.1/2' woven wire flanges; plastic coated nose wire. b. Casing Beads: "No. 66 Casing Bead' by Unimast (800-969-4110), X-66 by Amico, or approved; zinc alloy; 718"; lengths as required for minimum number of joints in each uninterrupted run. c. Control Joints: 'No. 75 Control Joint' by Unimast (800-969-4110), N750 by Amico, or approved;; solid zinc alloy, lengths as required for minimum number of joints in each uninterrupted run. d. Reveals: Fry Regret Co, Pittcon Industries, Inc., Gordon Inc, or approved; aluminum extrusions; shapes as indicated; two piece control joint screed similar to Fry Regret PCS-75 series; provide factory fabricated intersections; manufacturer's standard prime paint finish. e. Soffit Edge Vent Screed: Fry Reglet Corporation (818/289.4744)1RM -75 V 1125 T Molding"; manufacturer's standard prime paint finish. f. Expansion Joints: Fry Regret Co, Pittcon Industries, Inc., Gordon Inc, or approved; aluminum extrusions; shapes as indicated; two piece control joint screed similar to Fry Regret PCS-75 series; provide factory fabricated intersections; manufacturer's standard prime paint finish. Anchorages for Lath and Accessories: 1) Minimum 3/8 inch head diameter, length to allow 3/4 inch minimum penetration into wood framing. 2) Nails: Galvanized roofing nails. 5. Cement Plaster Mixes: a. Proportions (By Volume): 1) Scratch Coat 1 part portland cement, 4 to 5 parts sand, 1/2 to 3/4 part lime, and 1 Ib of polypropylene strands for each 1000 Ibs of mix (dry). 2) Brown Coat: 1 part portland cement, 4 to 5 parts sand, 1/2 to 3/4 part lime, and 1 Ib of polypropylene strands for each 1000 Ibs of mix (dry. 3) Finish Coat 1 part portland cement, 3 parts sand, and 3/4 -1 part lime. b. Mixing: 9 1) Unless otherwise herwise specified or approved by the Achited,Prowde mechanic al mixingofpl aster in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C926. Keep water to a minimum, using only the amount necessary to maintain consistency. 2) Add air entrainment admixtures to provide 2 to 4 percent entrainment in all coats. 3) Incorporate pumping additives as required in the approved mix design. 9. C. Execution 1. Installation of Lath, Underlayment, and Accessories: a. Install specified products and systems in accordance with referenced standards and specifications, unless indicated or specified otherwise. b. Building Paper (Double Layer): 1) Apply two plies of building paper over substrate in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; both layers lapped to weather. 2) Apply base layer complete to form a continuous air barrier. Tape all joints and penetrations with manufacturer's recommended tape. 3) Coordinate installation of windows and other wall penetrations with the installation of flexible flashing and building paper as shown. 4) Apply outer layer. 5) Install building paper layers with corrosion resistant screws with washers. Do not use staples. 6) Provide continuous flexible seal at expansion joint locations indicated. Flash to weather and seal all joints tight with manufacturer's recommended tape systems. Extend additional material into the joint to allow joint movement without stressing the membrane. c. Accessories: 1) Fasten accessories through sheathing to metal studs; at CMU predrill and fasten accessories with threading fasteners. 2) Install accessories as indicated in combination with cement plaster work. 3) Field cut accessories as necessary for accurate alignment and conformance to details; make all cuts neat and straight; remove burrs before installation. 4) Install accessories in accurate alignment, straight, and according to details. Install continuous shims behind flanges of accessories as necessary to achieve proper face location for accurate speeding to finished surface. 5) Field drill accessories as necessary for anchorage. 6) Install accessories for accurate alignment at end to end joints. 7) Apply sealant behind end to end joints in control joint accessories, prior to application of plaster. 8) Construct joints and intersections in accessories to predude rainwater leakage. Provide weeps or washes at bottom of vertical reveals and control joints. 9) Verify that panels defined by control joints are 144 sf, maximum (100 sttor ceilings, curves, angular plaster surfaces), and are approximately square (minimize reentrant comers) and don't exceed 2:1 adjacent side lengths ratio or 18' spacing.. See "The Construction Specifier" Oct 1990, p. 66; NWW&CB PCA Portland Cement Plaster Manual, p20.. 10) Control Joints: a) Install control joints where shown. Where not shown, place control joints to form rectangular areas not exceeding 144 square feet maximum. Verify exact locators with the Architect prior to installation. b) Run metal lath continuous under control joints. c) Secure control joints by spewing flanges through to framing, or by wire tying to lath. 11) Reveals: a) Provide butyl tape backup in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. b) Run vertical joints continuous through'+" intersection. c) Seal all splices and intersections. 12) Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints as indicated. When not indicated provide at expansion joint locations in substructure, such as at compensating channels between floors. Verify exact location with the Architect prior to installation. Size cement plaster expansion joint to match substrate expansion joint size. 13) Except as otherwise detailed, case finishes terminating at dissimilar materials; install comer bead at all outside comers. 14) Stops, other than casings, where shown or required around lighting fixtures, air diffusers, etc., are to be furnished under other Sections for installation as part of the cement plaster work. Type of stop, if not shown, shall be submitted to the Architect for review and must be approved by the Architect before installation. d. Installation of Lath: 1) Attach metal lath in accordance with ASTM C1063 unless specified otherwise. 2) Wood Stud and Sheathing Substrate: Fasten lath through sheathing to wood studs and furring members with galvanized roofing nails. Nails shall pass through the sheathing and penetrate wood framing a minimum of 3/4 inches. Space fasteners a maximum of 24 inches o.c. horizontally, and 6 inches o.c. vertically. 2. Installation of Base Coats: a. Verify that accessories have been installed within tolerance limits specified, prior to application of each coat b. Standards: Apply in accordance with ASTM C926 and as specified herein. c. Thicknesses: Apply base coats to permit installation of finish coat for total system thicknesses as follows: 1) 3 Coat Application Over Metal Lath: 7/8 inch total thickness. 2) 2 Coat Application Direct Applied Over Concrete Masonry: 1/2 inch total thickness d. Application Over Metal Lath: 1) Apply scratch coat to a minimum 3/8 inch thickness, allow to partially set, then very lightly score in horizontal direction only. Cure for a minimum of 48 hours. 2) Dampen scratch coat to obtain a uniform suction, and then apply brown coat to a minimum 318 inch. Rod to a true plane and trowel -float surface uniformly. Cure for a minimum of 7 days in accordance with ASTM C926. Protect surfaces from flowing water until hardened sutidently. 3. Finish Coat: a. Dampen base coat prior to application of finish coat b. Apply finish coat, accurately screeded to accessories; 1/8 inch thickness over base coats. c. Steel trowel to a smooth and unifomr finish, to match existing exterior cement plaster. d. Perform plastering and finishing operations to avoid damaging accessories, and to avoid dislodging masking. e. Perform final troweling to achieve plaster surface precisely even with screed surface of reveals and other accessories. f. Avoid excessive working of the surface. Delay troweling as long as possible to avoid drawing excess fines to the surface. Apply finish coat to each distinct area in a continuous operation. Utilize techniques to prevent scaffold marks and variations in surface texture. h. Protect cement plaster from uneven and excessive evaporation during curing by covering with vapor barrier or moist curing, in accordance with ASTM C926. Cure finish coat Lora minimum period of 48 hours. Extend curing times as necessary to achieve complete cure. 4. Cleaning: a. Clean all beads, screeds, reveals, metal base, metal trim, electrical outlets, and other items in contact with cement plaster, leaving work ready for decoration by others. As work is completed in each area, remove all rubbish, utensils, and surplus materials, leaving surrounding areas broom dean. b. Remove masking from accessories masked to prevent cement plaster dogging. 5. Tolerances: n n 1/8" 10feet when tested with a straightedge a t rsurfaces shall be strai ght htwithinin ee Flat lase aY P 9 direction. b. Accessories shall be installed free of visible wave, straight within 1/16 inch in 1 foot and 1/8 inch in 10 feet of any plane through the axis of the accessory, when tested with a straightedge; horizontal amicvories shall be installed level. c. Curved Surfaces: True to the radius indicated with no flat spots or waves; radii shall be uniform than 1/8" in 10 feet. andnot varyfrom indicated di mensions bymore a 1 t material; strai ht within 1/16 inch in too d. Comers and Edges: Sharp with no build up of surface g and 1/8 inch in 10 feet. e. Alignment Joints between accessories shall be aligned to within 1/32 inch. 9• 092900 GYPSUM BOARD A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Gypsum board and accessories. b. Patching and treatment of existing wall surfaces. 2. Submittals: Product literature for proposed aluminum reveal trims 3. Quality Assurance: a. Gypsum board manufacturers shall be members of the Gypsum Association. b. Perform work in accordance with GA 216, unless specified otherwise, or required otherwise to meet fire rating requirements. B. Products: 1. Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396; 5/8 inch thick type X for use in fire rated partitions; Contractor's option at other locations. 2. Interior Gypsum Trim: a. Conform to GA 216, unless indicated or specified otherwise. b. Corner and Edge Trim: Concealed flange crimp -on or tape -on type; metal or PVC at Contractor's option. 3. Joint Compound, Tape, and Finishing Compound: ASTM C475; paper tape. 4. Screws: ASTM C1002, typical. C. Execution 1. Installation Standard: Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with Gypsum Association GA-216. 2. Sequence board insulation with installation of thermal insulation at exterior walls and other locations where insulation is indicated. 3. Screw fasten board to framing. 4. Trim: a. Use longest practical lengths, with no piece less than 2 feet long for continuous runs greater than 8 feet. Securely fasten and align trim ends at joints. b. Place concealed flange comer beads at all extemal comers. At angles other than 90 degrees, bend the flange to conform to the angle. c. Place concealed flange type L trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 5. Finishing: a. Provide finishing in accordance with GA 214. b. Where necessary to sand, do so without damaging the face of the gypsum board. c. Patch and finish existing gypsum board surfaces to match new surfaces in areas where demolition has occurred. Finish to nearest joint, comer, or other break line. d. Finish: Provide GA Level 4 finish at all new gypsum board and at repair and refinishing of walls damaged by demolition. 093000 TILE A. General 1. Section Includes: a. Ceramic floor tile. b. Crack isolation membrane. c. Screeds 2. Submittals: a. Product Data: Submit for each type of tile, grout, adhesive, additive, accessory, and membrane. b. Samples: 1) Tile: Samples of each type and color of tile. Include representative range of colors and finishes to be expected. 2) Grout: Cured samples of each grout color. 3) Screeds: Submit samples of each type and finish of screed; minimum 3 inch length. 8. Products 1. Tile: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Accessory Materials: a. Setting Materials: 1) Thinset Mortar. Portland cement with 100%acrylic latex additive; in accordance with ANSI A118.4. 2) Epoxy Mortar. Bostik "Hydroment Color -Posy," Laticrete International Inc "Latapoxy 300," or approved; ANSI A118.3. 3) Epoxy Grout: a) Mapei "Kerapoxy," Hydroment "Color -Posy," by Bostic Laticrete International Inc. "Latapoxy SP100; or approved.; ANSI A118.3. b) Color Match: As scheduled on Drawings vtin Q 1 411/ CALLISON • 0)W 413 C 4▪ 4 W a ▪ r W 07 • > > • .. 0 0 0 Y F Z cw-" Q1111 m N 0 N 210261.02 ISSUED f REVISED DATE PERMIT HET 02f25M1 Architectural Specifications A-904 -ap.a5ahafmhs 111002 111 1241PM 0O1.111Gl1T ®2011 CAMDEN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3. Crack Isolation Membrane: One of the following; provide under floor tile areas. a. Mapei Corp. 'Mapelastic 400° b. Custom Building Products "RedGard Waterproofing and Crack Membrane° c. Bostidk'Hydroment Ultra -Set Advanced'. d. Latiaete'Anti-Fracture Membrane Blue 92°. e. Mer-Kote Products, Inc. "Mer-Krete Hydro -Guard 2000' 4. Metal Screed: Schluter Systems, Inc. (800-225-8902) SCHIENE; dear anodized aluminum tile edging trim; sizes as required for installation of top of screed flush with top of tile. C. Execution 1. Slab Leveling: Prior to installation of thinset floor tile, where local irregularities in the substrate surface would cause puddling or prevent level installation of the tile, the substrate shall be adjusted as necessary. Use hydraulic cement filler for slab leveling. 2. Installation of Tile: a. Interior Floor Application - Thinset over Concrete Substrate with Crack Isolation Membrane. 1) TCA System: F122 at membranes 2) Installation Standard: ANSI A108.6. 3) Setting Materials: Epoxy mortar, 3/32 inch minimum thickness over crack isolation membrane membrane. 3. Tolerances: a. Joint Width Variation: Plus or minus 25% of the proposed joint width. b. Taper. Plus or minus 25 percent from one end to the other. c. Unless approved otherwise, no portion of a tile surface shall vary more than 1/32 inch above or below an adjacent tile surface. d. Install tile fields level to within tolerance specified for finished substrate. 4. Special Requirements for Large Format Tiles (8 x 8 inch size or larger): a. Wash backs of each tile to remove dust and soil that would compromise adhesion. b. Dampen substrate as necessary to prevent excessive suction. c. Key the mortar into the substrate with the flat side of the trowel. d. Comb mortar over the previously keyed substrate in one direction using the notch side of the trowel. e. Firmly press each tile into the mortar. Press down and move the tile back and forth perpendicularly across the ridges approximately 1/8 to 1/4 inch to flatten the ridges and fill in the valleys of the combed mortar, as necessary to achieve minimum mortar coverage of 95 percent, with tile comers and edges firmly supported. f. Set tiles in accurate alignment. 5. Grouting: Comply with provisions of ANSI A108.10; ANSI A108.6 for epoxy grout. Grout all joints, except expansion joints, in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Float joints to a slightly concave profile. 6. Expansion Joints: Match mortar' joint width,except that shall be no less than 1/8 inch wide; Expo tojoints, provide between floor tile and base at field perimeters. 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS A. General 1. Section Includes: New work and reconfiguration or reinstallation of existing acoustical ceiling components as necessary to accommodate new work. a. Acoustical suspension grids b. Acoustical ceiling panels 2. Submittals: a. Product data b. Installation instructions 3. Quality Assurance: Perform new work as necessary to maintain compliance with IBC 16212.5, Seismic Design Category D, and the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. B. Products 1. Panel Suspension System: As scheduled on the Drawings 2. Acoustical Panels: As scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Accessories Furnish hangers, clips, fasteners, hanger wire and other accessories as necessary to complete the work. C. Execution 1. Reconfigure existing or install new suspension and panels as indicated and as necessary to accommodate new work, and to replace materials damaged by demolition. 2. Install system in accordance with ASTM C636, IBC 1621.2.5 and CISCA 3-4, the manufacturers instructions, and as follows. a. Where new partial panels are necessary for installation against wall moldings, scribe and cut panels to fit the openings; re -rabbet cut edges of tegular edge panels and paint to match factory edge. Install panels with cut edge supported by wall molding wherever possible. b. Where sprinklers, speakers, strobes, or other accessories penetrate ceiling panels, coordinate locations for penetrations centered in square panels 3. Clean -Up: Remove fingerprints and traces of soil and blemishes from ceiling materials. Use cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of the ceiling materials. 096503 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES A. General 1. Section Includes: Resilient base. B. Products 1. Resilient Base a. Resilient Base: ASTM F1861, TPR thermoplastic rubber,,1/8 inch thick; roll stock; straight style; height and color match as scheduled. b. Adhesives: As recommended by the wall base manufacturer for the application. C. Execution 1. Install adhesive in a continuous bead behind top of base to ensure uniform contact with substrate, without gaps. 2. Install base to walls and to casework toe kicks in all areas where resilient base is scheduled, and where no other base finish is specifically noted or detailed. 3. Coordinate with Owners casework vendor and provide base to wood casework toe kicks where required. 4. Install base in maximum practical lengths, with minimum number of joints in each run. Fit joints tight, vertical, and in accurate alignment 5. Where new base is required to extend existing, replace entire length between wall comers or ends. a. Score back of base material with grooving tool, at all outside corners; maintain minimum leg length 18 inches where wall length permits. Mount base so that scored groove is accurately aligned with comer, and with base tightly adhered to wall at both sides of comer, with no visible gaps at lop of base. Where cove base is formed around outside corners, stretch toe of cove for smooth transition around comer, with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring. b. Miter or cope inside comers for accurate fit. c. Scribe and 5t to door fames and other obstructions. d. Install straight and level to maximum variation of 1/8 inch over 10 feet. e. Solvent or adhesive weld all joints in base and seal toe of base to floor. 1) Where coved base is installed against hard surface or resilient flooring, install a continuous bead of sealant under the toe of the base; ensure complete contact to exclude moisture between the floor and the base. Remove squeezeout with xylol, mineral spirits, or other solvent as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 2) Where straight base is installed at carpeted surfaces, install base prior to carpet installation. Run a bead of sealant along the joint between the bottom of the base and the subfloor. 6. Upon completion of the installation, remove surplus adhesive from base and adjacent surfaces. 096813 TILE CARPETING A. General 1. Section Indudes: a. Adhesive installed carpet tiles. b. Modular walk -off mat carpeting. 2. Submittals, Test Reports: Results of concrete subtloor moisture and alkalinity testing indicating the subtloor surfaces are ready for flooring installation. 3. Installer Qualifications: Specialist in carpet installation employing only skilled craftsmen. B. Products 1. Carpet Tile: As scheduled. 2. Adhesive: • a. W.W. Henry Company 'Peach Glue', 3M Company 'Blue Glue,' or approved waterproof, non- flammable carpet adhesive as recommended by the carpet tile manufacturer for compatibility with carpet backing. b. Carpet adhesive shall be release type, allowing carpet tiles to be removed and replaced at a later date without damaging or removing the adjacent tile pieces. 3. Edge Strips: Vinyl and/or aluminum as scheduled; sizes as appropriate for conditions; colors as scheduled. C. Execution 1. Examination: a. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are dust -free and free of substances that could impair bonding of adhesive materials to sub -floor surfaces. b. Verify that concrete sub -floor surfaces am ready for carpet tile installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within the following limits: 1) Moisture emission rate: Not greater than 3 lb per 1000 sq ft per 24 hours when tested using calcium chloride moisture test kit for 72 hours. 2) Alkalinity: pH range of 7-9. 2. Layout area such that cut perimeter tiles will be not less than 6 inches wide. Commence laying tile in Pe YIn9 center of room or space and work toward perimeters; cut border tile after field tiles have been installed. Lay tile square with area of installation. 3. Adhesively install carpet tiles to concrete slab. Orient all tiles in the same direction. 4. Cutting of carpet for telephone and electrical outlets shall be the responsibility of the carpet installer. 5. Edge Strips: a. Unless otherwise indicated, install resilient edge strips at carpet edges where carpet meets concrete or resilient flooring. At door openings, locate to center resilient edge strip under door. b. Install metal edge ships where carpet meets ceramic tile. 6. Roll and reroll on the day following installation. 7. Install floor transition strips at terminations, unless otherwise indicated. 099000 PAINTING A. General 1. Section Includes: Site applied exterior and interior paint coatings. 2. Submittals a. Materials List b. Samples: 3 samples of each proposed paint finish on an 8k10' card. Reference manufacturer, type of paint, color, sheen, substrate, and application. 3. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with a minimum of three years documented experience. B. Products 1. Exterior Latex Paint Systems: a. Manufacturer. Sherwin-Williams, or approved. 1) Cementitious Substrates: a) Primer. 'Loxon Exterior Acrylic Masonry Primer; A24W300 b) Finish: 'A-100 Exterior Latex Flat' A6 Series. 2) Wood Substrates: a) Primer. "A-100 Exterior Latex Primer; A24W300 b) Finish: 'A-160 Exterior Latex Flat' A6 Series. 3) Metal Substrate: a) Primer. ' Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic Primer'. b) Finish: 'A-100 Exterior Latex Satin' A82 Series. b. Color Matches: As scheduled. 2. Interior Latex Wall Paint Systems: a Manufacturer. Sherwin-Williams, or approved. 1) Gypsum Board Substrate a) Primer. S-W ProGreen 200 Interior Latex Primer, 628W600 Series b) Finish: One of the following, as scheduled. (1) ProGreen, B20W651 Series; eggshell sheen. (2) Duration Home Acrylic Latex; A97 Series; satin sheen. (3) ProGreen, B30.600 Series; flat sheen. 2) Metal Substrate a) Primer. S-W DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish b) Finish: ProGreen, 631-600 Series; semi -gloss sheen. b. Color Matches: As scheduled. 3. Transparent Finishes: Match existing. 4. Fire Retardant Terminal Backboard Paint Additive: Flame Stop Inc. (Fort Worth TX, 877-397-7867) 'Flame Stop III' fire retardant paint additive. C. Execution 1. Preparation: a. Moisture Checic Check for excess moisture using an electronic moisture meter. Do not paint materials with excess moisture levels which would impair the bonding of finish coatings. b. Hardware and Miscellaneous Items: 1) Carefully remove electrical outlet and switch plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to starting work. 2) Carefully store, clean and replace these items upon completion of work in each area. 3) Do not use solvent or abrasives to dean hardware that will remove the permanent lacquer finish normally used on some of these items. c. Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt, dust, grease, oil, moisture, and other contaminants which will impair the proper adhesion of the finish. 1) Existing Finished Surfaces To Be Repainted: a) Remove loose, blistered, scaled, or crazed finishes to bare substrate; feather new work into existing work. Prepare surfaces to the nearest break line if necessary to blend new finishes with old finishes. b) Wash and rinse surfaces with trisodium phosphate and water or other solution required to remove remaining film, wax, oil, grease, or foreign matter which would impair bond or cause bleed through. c) Lightly sand, or apply a liquid deglosser on existing semi -gloss and high -gloss finishes before refinishing. 2) Galvanized Ferrous Metal: Clean in accordance with paint manufacturer's requirements for substrate preparation. Abrade surface with 3M'Scotchbrite Heavy Duty' (brown) pad, or as necessary to achieve sufficient profile for paint adhesion. 3) Ferrous Metal Shop Primed under other Sections: Solvent clean to remove oil and grease. Remove loose rust, and blistered and peeling paint to bare metal by scraping, sanding, and wire brushing in accordance with SSPC-SP2 and SP3. Immediately retouch damaged or abraded surfaces with compatible primer. Lightly sand all shop prime painted surfaces to receive paint finish. d. Mask adjacent surfaces. 2. Application Requirements; General a. Where painting is indicated to cover patches and new work in plane with existing, repaint entire surface to nearest break line. b. Opaque Finishes: 1) Apply number of coats scheduled, except that additional finish coats shall be applied as necessary for complete hiding of substrate colors. 2) Apply primer coats untinted. Where more than one coat of paint is required, tint each succeeding coat up to the final coat similar in tint, but slightly lighter in value (shade). 3) Sand lightly between coats if necessary to achieve required finish; sand between all coats applied to wood substrates. c. Rollers for application and backrolling of latex paints shall have a nap of 3/8 inch or less. d. Where roller texture is scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces, finish coats may be roller -applied, or spray applied and badkrolled at Contractors option. 3. Exterior Cementitious Surfaces - Latex System: a. System: Two coats: first coat acrylic primer (Omit at previously painted surfaces), second coat exterior latex finish. b. Sheen: Flat. c. Application: Exterior cementitious surfaces indicated for paining, including cast -in -place concrete and cement plaster 4. Exterior Wood Surfaces - Latex System: a. System: Two coats: first coat latex primer (Omit at previously painted surfaces), second coat exterior latex finish. b. Sheen: Flat. c. Application: Exterior wood panels and trim indicated for painting. 5. Exterior Ferrous Metal and Galvanized - Acrylic System: a. System: Three coats; first coat acrylic primer (omit at shop primed items); second and third coats exterior latex finish. The primer may be omitted at factory primed surfaces, except as necessary to recoat damaged or abraded preprimed surfaces. b. Sheen: Satin, unless indicated otherwise. c. Application: Exterior metal items indicated for paint finish. 6. Gypsum Board - Latex System: a. System: Three coats - first coat latex primer sealer (untinted; omit at previously painted walls), second and third coat latex paint (Omit third coat at previously painted walls subject to approval by the Archited.) b. Sheen: Roller texture to match existing, flat/eggsheNsatin, as scheduled. c. Application: 1) Except as otherwise indicated, use on all exposed gypsum board surfaces indicated to be painted or repainted. 2) Provide prime coat only behind permanently mounted mechanically anchored items 3) Do not apply primer or paint coatings to surfaces to receive wall covering. 7. Interior Wood - Latex System: a. System: Two coats; first coat acrylic primer, second coat interior or exterior latex finish; with fire retardant paint additive at terminal backboards. b. Sheen: Satin or eggshell. c. Application: Wood surfaces scheduled for paint finish; plywood terminal backboard. 8. Interior Ferrous Metal and Galvanized -Acrylic System: a. System: Three coats; first coat acrylic primer (omit at shop primed items); second and third coats interior latex finish. The primer may be omitted at factory primed surfaces, except as necessary to reooat damaged or abraded preprimed surfaces. b. Sheen: Semi -gloss, unless indicated otherwise. c. Application: Interior ferrous metal surfaces including inferior hollow metal doorframes, electrical panels, fire extinguisher cabinets, countertop brackets, and access doors. 9. Cleanup a. As the work proceeds and on completion of the work, promptly remove all primers, paints and finishes where spilled, splashed or splattered in a manner not to damage the surface from which it is removed. b. Remove masking. DNISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 101400 SIGNAGE A. General: 1. Section Includes: a. Installation of signage furnished by the Owner. 2. Regulatory Requirements: Signage shall conform to the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. B. Products 1. Signage: Owner fumished. 2. Double Stick Tape: 3M 'Scotch brand #665' double -stick, double -coated tape, 1/4' wide. C. Execution 1. All graphics shall be mounted level and plumb and in accurate alignment, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Plaques: a. Clean surfaces as necessary to accept mounting tape. b. Use double stick tape for mounting unless approved otherwise. 3. Decals: Adhere to substrate free of bubbles. 107316 CANOPIES A. General 1. Section Includes: Furnishing and installation of custom curved extruded aluminum overhead hanger rod style canopies. 2. Performance Requirements:: a. Wind Pressure: Comply with requirements of the jurisdictional Code authorities. b. Finish on installed materials shall not show a color change greater than 5 NBS color units, per ASTM D2244, and shall not show chalking in excess of 8, per ASTM D659. c. Structural Design: Design the canopy support framing and anchorage systems to meet the strudural requirements of the jurisdidional code authorities with a maximum deflection of L /180 Inc span for the framing members. 3. Submittals: a. Manufacturers standard literature and specifications for canopies. b. Shop drawings: 1) Showing structural component locations/positions, material, dimensions and details of construction and assembly. 2) Indicate locations to receive sealant. 3) Shop drawings shall bear designing structural engineers seal. c. Samples: 1) Aluminum Panel Sample: Submit 12 inch by 12 inch sample of roofing panel in selected color and finish proposed for Inc work. d. Quality Control Submittals: 1) Certification: Submit certification that awnings have been designed to meet the structural requirements specified. e. Closeout Submittal: 1) Submit designing engineer's certification that products and installation comply with design requirements. 4. Quality Assurance: a. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: A minimum of 3 years experience in the fabrication and installation of canopies similar to the work of this project. b. Structural Design: Structural Design of the canopy system shall be by a strudural engineer licensed to practice in the State where the Project is located. c. Regulatory Requirements: 1) Conform to the requirements of Inc jurisdictional code authorities. 2) Fumish all calculations, engineers stamps, drawings, and other items required by the code authorities to obtain approval of Inc installation. 5. Guaranty/Warranty: a. Provide manufacturers non -prorated 20 year warranty for integrity of coating against fading and chalking. 6. System Description: a. Wind Pressure: Comply with requirements of Inc jurisdictional Code authorities. b. Structural Design: Design the canopy support framing and anchorage systems to meet the structural requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities with a maximum deflection of L/180 the span for the framing members. B. Products 1. Manufacturer. Mapes Canopies (Lincoln, Nebraska; 888-273-1132) or approved. 2. Materials a. Decking Shall be 2 3/4' Extruded .078' Decking b. Hanger rods, escutcheons and attachment hardware: Manufacturers standard components; finished to match canopy. c. Fascia shall be standard 8° extruded °G' style (minimum .125 aluminum) 3. Finishes: a. Powder Coating or standard two -coat Kynan® colors; Finish type as seleded by the Architect. b. Color. Custom color as scheduled on the Drawings. 4. Fabrication a. Fabricate in configurations as indicated on the Drawings. b. All connections shall be mechanically assembled utilizing 3/16'fasteners with a minimum shear stress of 350 Ib. Pre -welded or factory -welded connections are not acceptable. c. Decking shall be designed with interlocking extruded aluminum members with mechanical fasteners field applied to provide structural integrity for Inc completed assembly. d. Concealed drainage. Water shall drain from covered surfaces into integral fascia gutter and directed to either Inc front for front drainage or to the rear for ground level discharge via one or mom designated downspouts. C. Execution 1. Inspection a. Confirm that surrounding area is ready for the canopy installation. b. Installer shall confirm dimensions and elevations to be as shown on drawings. c. Eredion shall be performed by an approved installer and scheduled after all exterior cement plastering in the area is completed 2. Installation: a. Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturers shop drawings. b. Install canopy systems plumb, level, true and in proper alignment 3. Field Quality Control: a. The design engineer or an authorized representative shall visit the site to inspect Inc work. Verity and certify that Inc canopy framing and attachment systems have been installed in accordance with the structural requirements. ri" 1 Z O to E 0 Z° • Oa J= a• 4° tl i 4 a 03 CO C• AC cO O o < cc e a m r W 0) 'Y > > log Z c,. - < < AO 10 tV 0 0 N ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25111 Architectural Specifications A-905 • Spikalbon15.da 223R1 1241 PM COPYRIGHT @Ma GILL4ON 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 9 10 D c B A DIVISION 11- EQUIPMENT 111414 QUEUE ROPES, PORTABLE POSTS AND ACCESSORIES A. General: 1. Section Includes: Portable teller line pedestrian control devices, including stanchions, retractable belts, and signage. 2. Submittals: a. Product data. b. Schedule of equipment to be furnished. 3. Maintenance: In addition to those indicated on the Drawings, furnish 2 stanchions and one signage frame for Owner's use. B. Products: 1. Manufacturer. Displays2Go (Bristol RI; 800-572-2194). 2. Stanchions: POSTSTBK "Crowd Control Stanchion Satin Chrome Post with Black Belt; 38 inches tall; 7'-6" retractable belt. 3. Signage Frames: POSTDXTDPC 7" X 11" Polished Chrome Post Top Frame For Traditional Rope Posts? 4. Signs: Acrylic 7" x 11" sign; 1/4 inch thick. a. POSTTOPPEH: "PLEASE ENTER HERE' b. POSTTOPPHT: "PLEASE WAIT HERE FOR NEXT AVAILABLE TELLER' C. Execution: Deliver portable posts and accessories, fully assembled, to the Owner at the Project Site. DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES A. General 1. Section Includes: Manually operated roller window shades. 2. Submittals a. Product literature. b. Shop Drawings: Indicate roller shade sizes and mounting details. Indicate relationship to adjacent construction. c. Samples: Submit fabric samples. 3. Quality Assurance; Installer Qualifications: A minimum of 3 years experience in the installation of roller window shade systems of the type specified. B. Products 1. Shades: As scheduled on the Drawings 2. Furnish manufacturers standard product with the following features: a. Manually operated roller shade system with 1-3/8 inch diameter steel tube. b. Clutch Mechanism: Wrap -spring design in fiberglass reinforced polyester housing assembly. Clutch shall operate bi-directionally using an endless beaded chain. c. Control Loop: Endless qualified #10 nickel -plated steel ball dhain. d. Brackets: Type as required for installation conditions; color to match fascia panel. e. Fabric As indicated on the Finish Schedule. C. Execution 1. Fabrication a. Fabricate units to fit the openings indicated, from head to sill, and from jamb to jamb. b. Fabricate elements to integrate with adjacent construction. 2. Installation a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Install shades level, square, true, and with uniform and equal perimeter sparing, free of folds. Install for smooth operation. c. Provide all support framing and brackets as necessary to support roller shades. DIVISIONS 13-14 Not Used DIVISIONS 21-26 See appropriate Electrical and Mechanical Drawings for fire protection, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical specifications. DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Not Used END 41111101.11.11. 4WININJ 9 CALLISON N ® c co co e ra Waco * area ▪ W aft > ID " Q 0 to Y O c: Z le co s HI] co 1� N N HV 0 N ISSUED I REVISED DATE PERMIT 8ET 02r26I11 Architectural Specifications A-906 P.E-80•210002. T8600 223E1 1241 PM COPYRIGHT ® 2011 CAUJSON 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DESIGN CODES AND LOADING: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (2009 EDITION) LIVE LOADS. ROOF, a P5F SNOW LATERAL LOADS. WIND: V35 •90 MPH, EXP B, 11e•I.0, Kxt•1.0 SE5MK. 59.1.473, 51.0.507, 5ds.0.982, 5411.0.507, 16.1.0 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY II SEISMIC SOIL SITE CI ASS D SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D GENERAL: THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING WOE AND STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN ALL (MATERIALS MD WORKMANSHIP. ALL TEMPORARY SHORING OR BRACING 15 THE RESPOSIBIIJTY OF THE CONTRACTOR THE DRAWINGS REELECT THE FINAL FINISHED CONOrOI4 OF THE STRUCTURE THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EACH AND EVERY CONDITION, BUT INDICATE THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED, SIMILAR w'4DITIOS SHALL BE USED AT THE DISCRETION AND APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL JOB SITE SAFETY A5 WELL A5 ALL MEANS, METHODS, AND SEQUENCE-5 OF CONSTRUCTION TO SAFELY PERFORM 114E WORK AUE ENGINFF0A H45 NO EXPERTISE IN NOR HAS BEEN RETAINED TO PROVIDE REVIEW OF THE CONTRACTORS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. IF ANY ERROR OR OMISSION APPEARS IN THESE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, OR OTHER DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CANER IN WRITING OF SUCH OMISSION CR ERROR BEFORE PROCEEDING WITM THE WORK, OR ACCEPT FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE COST TO RECTIFY SAME. VERIFY AND COORDINATE OPENINGS IN FLOORS, WALLS AND ROOF WITH ARCIIITECIURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. THE ARCHTECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE REFERB4CED FOR WALLS, FINISHES AND 0MFJSIONS. DIMENSIONS PROVIDED CH THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. STRUCTURAL STEEL: GENERAL REQIIRB'BIFS TUBE COLUMNS: ASTM A500 GRADE B (Fy40000 p51). PIPE COLUPtS. ASTM A53 GRADE B (Fy35,000 psi). ALL 'MP AND 'H' SHAPES: A992, (Fy.50,000 psi). ALL OTHER STEEL: ASTM A36. ALL STAINLESS 51ttL 316E (Fy30,000 p51). ALL BOLTS: ASTM A325 INSTALLED PER CRITERIA FOR SLIP CRITI.AI. COMNECTI015 U.N.O. ALL ANCHOR BOLT 5: ASTM F1554 GRADE 36, U.N.O. FURNISH ANCHOR ROD` WITH MATCHING DOUBLE HEAVY NIX NUTS AT THE END EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE CAST -IN HEADED BOLTS SHALL BE PLACED ACCURATELY INTO FINAL POSITION PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE. ADDING B01.T5 AFTER A POUR OR 'WET STICKING' 15 NOT ALLOWED. PROVIDE WASHERS FOR ALL BOLTS A5 REQUIRED BT AISC. A5 A MINIMUM PROVIDE STANDARD CUT WASHERS UNDER ALL NUTS. ORE COAT OF APPROVED SHOP PAINT MINIMUM TO ALL STEEL NOT EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE. FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH T14E LATEST EDITION OF THE AISC (ASD) SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND SUPPLY ALL ADDITIONAL TIISCELLANFDI/S METALS THAT ARE INDICATED N THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS OR THOSE METALS WHICH ARE FOUND TO BE NECESSARY TO SUPPORT THE ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES OR OTHER BUILDING 5Y51 tib. AU. FRAMING AND CONNFCTION5 DESIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT RESULT N ECCENTRIC LOADS BEING APPIED TO THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE OR LATERAL LOADS BEING APPLIED TO THE BOTTOM FLANGE OF STOOL BEAMS. SUBMIT CALCULATIONS STAMPED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF 714E PROJECT ALONG, WIN SHOP DRAWINGS NOTING THE LOADING IMPOSED ON THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE WELDNNG, RFa11R0W55 ALL WELDING SHALL MEET AW5/WA80 CODES FOR ARC WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED N THE SPECIAL PROCEDURE OF THIS SECTION, ELECTRODES PAY BE E70 (70 K51 MINIMUM). ELECTRODES MUST BE KEPT DRY AT ALL TIMES. MINIMUM WELDS SHALL BE 3/16' OR AS NOTED IN SECTION J2b OF AISC (WHICHEVER 15 LARGER) ALL WELDING OF STAINLESS STEEL 51441 USE 1209 ELECTRODES WITH A GMAC PROCE5i FIELD AND 514OP WELDING SHALL 8E PERFORMED BY A1.5/144/0 CERTIFIED WE.DERS. GLUE LAMINATED TIMBER: BENDING STRESS Fb— 2400 psi TENSION, TYP MOISTURE CONTENT 16X MAX. STANDARD CAMBER 3,500 FT. RADIUS U.N.O. GLU-NAM TIMBER REFERRED TO IN THESE PLANS ARE DOUGLA5 FIR COMBINATION 24F-V4 FOR SIMPLE SPANS AND 24F-V8 FOR CANTILEVER AND CONTINUOUS SPANS. AITC 117-41057 RECENT EDmON SHALL BE THE BASIS FOR ALL ERECTION AND FABRICATION. WET -USE ADHESIVES ARE REQUIRED. ALL WOOD 1' AND CLOSER TO CONCRETE SHALL BE TREATED WITH AN APPROVED PRESERVATIVE ALL NAILS IN TREATED TIMBER SHALL BE GALVANIZED. b I ttL STUDS AND JOISTS: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, LATEST EDITION SHALL GOVERN FOR ALL 51t1L STUDS / JOISTS SPECIFIED. D5'114, GAUGE, AND SECTION PROPERTIES OF STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS SHALL MEET 0R EXCEED 11405E OF THE SECTIONS SPECIFIED (LARR 25821). G-60 GALVANIZED COATING PER A5111 A653 IS REQUIRED FOR ALL STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS ALL SCREWS SHALL BE SELF -TAPPING / SELF -DRILLING FASTENERS THAT ARE ZINC COATED AS MANUFACTURED BY HILT KWIK-FLEX (ICC E5R-2196, LARR 2506) OR APPROVED EQUAL. THE MINIMUM SCREW 511E TO BE 88-I5 (112 POINT) 0R U110-16 02 POINT) FOR 54 MIL (16 GA) 0R LESS AND 010.16 (03 POINT) OR 1112-14 (02 0R 113 POINT) FOR MATERIAL HEAVIER THAN 54 MIL (16 GA) U.N.O. ON THE DRAWINGS. 50035 FOR SHEATHING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE OF THE PROPER SIZE AND TYPO FOR A FOSmVE SNEA114114 TO METAL CONIECTICN. ALL SCR6.4 CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE FROPI THE LIGHTER MATERIAL INTO THE HEAVIER MATERIAL U.N.O. SCREWS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM PROJECTION OF 3 THREADS THROUGH THE LAST MATERIAL JOINED AND SHALL HAVE MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES AND CENTER TO CENTER SPACINGS OF 1/2 RICH. ALL CONEYS SHALL CONFORM TO SAE J78 AND SHALL BE COATED WITH A CORROSIVE RESISTANT COATING. THE SCREW MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE VERIFICATION OF THE FASTENERS RESISTANCE TO HYDROGEN EMIYRITTLEMENT. ALL FRAMING C0'POENTS SHALL BE SQUARE CUT FOR ATTACHMENT TO PERPENDICULAR MEMBERS. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A PRIMER WHICH WILL ASSURE THAT ENDS OF THE STUDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE INSIDE TRACK WEB PRIOR TO STUD AND TRACK ATTACHMENT. PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING AT 48' 0/C PER 11A5PACEURERS SPECIFICATIONS WHERE WALL 15 NOT SHEATHED CONTINUOUSLY ON BOTH SIDES AND A5 SHOWN IN DRAWINGS. PROVIDE WALL BRIDGING PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS) FOR WALLS DURING THE C015TRUC1ION PROCESS WHERE THEY ARE NOT SHEATHED PRIOR TO RESISTING LOADS. JOISTS SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY OVER STUDS, TYPICAL NO SPLICES ARE PERMITTED N STUDS. ALL SECTIONS SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL TINT CORRESPONDS TO THE FOLI.ONIG REQUIRB'BiTS, 97, 68 4 54 MIL THICKNESS (GAGES 12, W 4 ICI) ---- ASTM A-053 GRADE D, YIELD 50 K51, Fu• 65K51 4, 33 4 27 MIL THICKNESS (GAGES 18, 20 / 22) ---- ASTM A-635 GRADE A, YIELD 33 K51, Fu. 4501 ALL TPArKS, BRIDGING, STRAP' ETC. ARE TO BE FORMED FROM STEEL OF THE SAME THICKNESS AS THE STUDS 0R J015T5 TO WHICH THEY ARE ATTACHED, U.AO. FETAL STUD DESIGNATION I5 THIS '600' - MEMBER DEPTH N VI00 NCH (6') - STYLE OF 11313ER (5 • STUD/JOIST, T • TRACK, U • CHANNEL, F • F URUNG CNN04EL) 162' - 11513ER FLANGE WDTH N I/100 INCH (1.6a' • I-5/8') 54' - MINIMUM STEEL THICKNESS N MILS (54 MILS. • 0.054', OD DESIGNATION OF 16 GA) SPECIAL IkSPECTIONS: GENERAL T ALL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS STALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2009 IBC, CH4PIER n. ALL INSPECTIONS A5 REQUIRED BY SECTION 110 OF THE 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ARE REQUIRED- INSPECTIONS SPECIFIED IN THESE NOTES ARE IN ADDITION TO THESE INPECTLONS. CITY INSPECTION 15 NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION ANY WORK 144101 HAS BEEN COLA RED BUT NOT PROPERLY INSPECTED BY THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR AND/OR TIE CITY INSPECTORS SUBJECT TO REMOVAL OR EXPOSURE WHERE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED, CONT1UOUS INSPECTION S REQUIRED DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK THIS MAY BE A REQUIREMENT OF THE BUILDING CODE / LOCAL JURISDICTION OR THE PNN,FACNRHL THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MST BE CERTIFIED TO PERFORM THE TYPES OF INSPECTION SPECIFIED AND SHALL DEFIC STRATE COMPETENCE TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING AND INFORMING THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR 0R CITY INSPECTOR AT LEAST ME WORKING DAY BEFORE THE WORK S TO BE PERFORMED UNLESS OTHER COMMONS ARE AGREED UPON RB UREPI5 TS OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR: THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST WORK TINDER 114E SUPERVISION OF A WASHINGTON LICENSED CIVIL StR4 ER THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST PERSONALLY BE FAMILIAR WITH 114E DRAWINGS AND MUST PERSONALLY OBSERVE ALL OF THE WORK REPORTED ON. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION; THEN, IF NOT CORRECTED, TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND ENGINEER TIE FINAL REPORT SHALL BE SIGNED BY A WASHINGTON 10ENSED CIVIL ENGNEER AND SHALL STATE THAT THE WORK WAS IN CONFORMANCE WITH 114E APPROVED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLY -AB F WORKMANSHIP PRONSIONS OF IBC. SPECIFIC SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED: ALL WELDING OF STEEL EXCEPT WELDING PERFORMED N AN AISC APPROVED SHOP. DISCLAIMER: THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE DESIGN ARE SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE REUSED IN ANY WAY WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ARMOUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING. IT IS OUR INTENT THAT THIS DESIGN MEETS THE NORMAL STANDARD OF CARE WITHIN THIS INDUSTRY. NO OTHER WARRANTY IS PROVIDED OR IMPLIED. (E) 4X14 IN (E) 414 (E) 2X12 P 2'-0' 0.C. (E) 2X12 E 2'-O' 0.C. '(E) 2X'2 84 2 -C Q.C. (E) GE 3 1J6X8 . rFJ (E) 15' �S 1'=R'D TRUSS P 2'-0' O.L. 5 V4' X 9 V4' P5L (2.0E) JOISTS AT EA (E) JOIST, SISTER TOGETHER W/ (2) ROWS OF 16d NAILS AT 12' 0.C., SPACE ROWS AT 5' 0.C. 12' CONCRETE 4An (E) 2X8 F OC. ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: c) 414 (E) (2) 2X12 L — (E) (2) 2X10 (E) 2X12 84 ' 2'-0' O.L. --(E) DC6 84 —18 C 0.C. GAB 5 I/8 I/8'=I'-0' (E) 242 t1 2'-0' 0.C./ d© v I :i�l I I oh t, / • (/ (E) (2) .0,,/y//� . 1 // GLB 5 VB /�'/ /OUTLLNE OF \ //./ / CORNICE PER ARC4 // 1 / ///• \ // / i / j , / ENTRY PARAPET i i ENTRY CANOPY BY OTHERS r(E) ROOF EDGE ,ir(E) (2) 2:02 MCI2 ES. OF (E) GLB (E) 211E 84 2'-4 0.C. NOTE THESE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON A LIMITED AMOUNT OF INFORMATION FOR AN RESTING BUILDING. CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IF CONDITIONS ARE OTHER THAN AS SHOWN PRIOR TO MODIFICATION. NOTE ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE5E STRUCTURAL ?TANS ARE FOR GENERAL REFERECE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL DIMENSIONS AND ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. CO re ▪ G Q cNa • o� ▪ W Ia • .. O g F 0 _ Z ;a 10D CO CO O) 0) (0 4D 01) 0 N 0 GENERAL NOTES AND ROOF PLAN S - 0 0 1 P211000111044 Key Bank Andover Perk111044 Key Bank Andover Pads S001 Awg 2828/11 152 PIA COPTRIGNT 02011 ARIKUR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING, INC., P.5. 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 FULL BLOCKING, EXTEND MINIMUM 12' BEYOND STRAP E.S. (2) 5/8' DIA A307 BOLTS AT 15' 0.C., CENTER IN BLOCKING L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CUP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (6) SI0 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DEL JOIST W (4) 51MP50t1 5O5 V4 X 2 V2' SCR111.1 DETAIL A NOTE: SHEATH WALL AND CRICKET WITH MINIMUM V2' APA RATED PLYWOOD, FASTEN WITH $18 SCREWS AT 6' O.C. AT THE PANEL EDGES, 0' O.C. IN FIELD 600507-43 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W (3) 1110 SCREWS L 2 X 2 X 43 MIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (3) 1N0 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) BLKG W 1N0 SCREW DETAIL A 5/8' DIA A307 BOLT, TYP 8005162-54 ES., EXTEND 2' PAST STRONG BACK SHALL BE TIGHT TO (E) JOISTS (E) 5 V8' GLB MPSCN HT520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W (4) sO SCREWS, FASTEN TO F9 LICKING IN JOIST W (12) 10d NAILS CORNICE BY OTHERS CONT. 600T1Z-43 T FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH 1110 SCRE61 E5. OF STUD 600587-43 AT 16' O.C. CONT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4 FASTEN TO EA STUD W X10 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W 1110 SCREW 6005162-554 BRACE AT 48' O.C. 11C12)01 ES., CONK PER 5/5-002 6005137-43 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. (E) SOFFIT FRAMING (4) Xis SCR845 AT i EA BRACE _ TYPICAL ENTRY PARAPET PL 5/8 X 8 X 15' (E) GIB PL TO CHANNEL FLANGE, TYP 6) 1110 SCREWS AT EA BRACE CONT. 6007200-43 STRONG BACK, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (3) 60 SCREWS, FASTEN TO EA 11ORIZ SUPPORT W 00 SCREW, SEE 4/5.002 FOR STRONG BACK END S I E±L CANOPY BY OTHERS SC4I F. I/2'=I'-01 5/8' DIA A307 BOLTS AT 16' 0.C. (E) GLB REINFORCEMENT CAI F. 3/4'=I'-0' FULL BLOCKING, EXTEND MINIMUM 12' BEYOND STRAP E.S. (2) 5/8' DIA A307 BOLTS AT 15' 0.C., CENTER IN W mKING NOTE: SETT 1/5-002 FOR ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION 5/8' DIA A307 BOLT AT 12' 0.C. DETAIL A L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CUP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (6) C10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DEL JOIST W (4) SIMPSOIN 5D5 V4 X 2 1/2' SCREWS DETAIL A IMPSON HT520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W (4) 110 SCREWS, FASTEN TO BLOCKING IN JOIST W (12) 10d NAILS CORNICE EY OTHERS CONT. 600625-43 T 4B, FASTEN TO EA STUD WITH s10 SCREW ES. OF STUD 6005137-43 5 AT 16' 0.C. CONT. 43 MIL BENT PLATE X 4 FASTEN TO EA STUD W 1110 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W 1110 SCREW 400T200-43 AT 24' 0.C., FASTEN TO GLB W (3) 140 SCREWS FASTEN TO WALL STUDS W (3) st0 SCREWS 6005162-54 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. CCNT. 8001150-66, FASTEN TO EA STUD W s0 SCREW ES. 8005162-54 P 24' 0.C., EXTEND 2' PAST STRONG BACK L3X33(68 MIL AT EA HORIZONTAL STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (8) s0 SCREWS, FASTEN TO GLB W (7) 51MPSON V4' X 3 V2' 5D5 SCREWS 600537-43 BRACE AT 48' 0.C. (4) XI: E SCREWS AT EA BRACE E ENTRY PARAPET AT EDGE sam SCALE. 5-002 SCALE: 6'-0' MIN FILL EVERY OTHER HOLE W 10d NAILS 51150N C520 AT EA ROW OF BVrKING (6) 4110 SCREWS, AT EA BRACE CONT. 400T200-43 STRONG BACK, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (3) 410 SCREWS, FASTEN TO EA HOP¢ SUPPORT W s0 vRPW, SEE 4/5-002 FOR STRONG BACK LAP V 2'=11 O' NOTE. PARAPET WALL BRACING NOT 5140611 FOR CLARITY 4'-O' FILL EVERY OTHER HOLE W 10d NAILS FASTEN BLOCKING TO JOIST TOP CHORD W XN TOED, E5. 2X4 FLAT 13I(rrING BETWEEN JOIST TOP CHORDS, ALK.N WITH (E) 2X10 J015T5 PARAPET DRAG E) JOIST (E) JOUST SCALE: 3/4'=I'-0' CORNICE BY OTHERS CONT. 600T125-43 T 4B, F TO EA STUD WITH 1110 cm2FW E5. OF STUD, FASTEN TO BLOCKING W (2) 1110 SCREWS 600507-43 AT 16' 0.C. CONT. 43 MIL EMT PLATE X 4 FASTEN TO EA STUD W 1N0 SCREW, FASTEN TO EA BRACE W 1110 SCREW 6005162-54 AT 48' 0.C. L 2 X 2 X 68 MIL CLIP AT EA STUD, FASTEN TO EA STUD W (6) *10 SCREWS, FASTEN TO (E) DEL JOIST W (4) SIMP50N 5D5 V4 X 2 Vi SCREWS 24 BLOCKING AT 24' 0.C., ALIGN W VERTICAL WALL STUDS, FASTEN TO (E) JOISTS ES. W 5111P501 L5E0 CLIPS 1{1520 AT EA BRACE, FASTEN TO BRACE W (4) 00 SCREWS, FASTEN TO GLB W (12) 10d NAILS 6) 00 SCREWS AT BRACE FREE STANDING NALL ON ROOF SCALE: 1/2'-11-0' BCTEND STRONG BACK TO FIRST TWO STUDS AFTER GL8 (E) 2 X 6 JOISTS AT 24' 0.C. PARAPE' WALL STUD 7CL GLB (E) 2 X 10 J015T5 AT 24' 0.C. -STRONG BACK STRONG BACK LAP 2' MIN STRONG BACK EXTEND STRONG BACK TO FIRST STUD AFTER GLB SCALE: V2'..II-0' Ul 0 O • O a C • 0- la O cc 03 r W 213 > wee0 • ~ Z < c0 10a 1J) 1D 0) 5- DETAILS yrr qJ 0) co Y OD CO as m > 0 210251.02 P:111000\11044 Key Bank Andover Perk111044 Key Bank Andover Park S001.dwg 228/11 2S6 PM C0PTRIGHT OD 2011 ARI10UR UNSDERFER ENGINEERING, INC., P.5. S-002 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ABBREVIATIONS 1 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES 2 SHEET NOTES: 3 SYMBOL LEGEND 4 AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION A AMPERE AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BKBD BACKBOARD BLDG BUILDING C CONDUIT CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CK7 CIRCUIT CLG CEIUNG CO CONDUIT ONLY CONTR CONTRACTOR CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CU COPPER DIST DISTRIBUTION DS DISCONNECT SWITCH (E) DENOTES EXISTING DEVICE/ EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EC EMPTY CONDUIT EF EXHAUST FAN EL EMERGENCY UGHT ELEC ELECTRICAL EM EMERGENCY EQUIP EQUIPMENT ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN EUH ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER EW C ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXIST EXISTING FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL GND GFI HOA HP TR J410X LTG LTS LV MCB MLO MT MTD MTG HGT N TUN) NF NIC PFB PB PNL PWR (R) REC S OR SW SIG SMR SPKR SS STA TEL TRANS YP S UG UH UON V VP WI INT XFMR PANEL GROUND GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HAND/OFF/AUTOMATIC HORSEPOWER HEATER JUNCTION BOX UGHTING UGHTS LOW VOLTAGE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MAIN LUGS ONLY EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING MOUNTED MOUNTING HEIGHT NORMAL DENOTES NEW EOUIPMENF/DEVICE NIGHT LIGHT NON -FUSED NOT IN CONTRACT PROVIDE FOR FUTURE BREAKER PULLBOX PANEL POWER DOEN ESDEVICE/EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE SWITCH SIGNAL SURFACE METAL RACEWAY SPEAKER SAFETY SWITCH STATION TELEPHONE TRANSFORMER TYPICAL UNDERGROUND UNIT HEATER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VOLTAGE VA POR PROOF WATT OR WIRE WITH WEATHERPROOF WATERTIGHT TRANSFORMER POWER GENERAL NOTES: 1 SECURITY ALARM, DATA AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE TENANT AFTER CASEWORK INSTALLATION. CONDUIT. BOXES AND PULL WIRES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR COORDINATE WITH SECURITY AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS INSTALLER AT JOBSITE 2 PROVIDE FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES OR HACR CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT. FUSE SIZES SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FUSE SIZES WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIAL 3 ALL FUSES FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE SUSSMAN CLASS RK5 DUAL ELEMENT CURRENT UMITING WITH AMPERAGES AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED. 4 FIRE SEAL ALL FIRE WALL PENETRATIONS FOR CONDUITS WITH AN APPROVED FIRE SEALANT AFTER CONDUIT INSTALLATION. FIRE SEAL SHALL PROVIDE EQUAL FIRE RATING AS WALL 5 ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UP TO 100,0' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0' TO 150'-0' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS 151,0' UP TO 250,0' IN LENGTH SHAU. UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0' SHALL UNUZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. 6 PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT TO DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER DENOTED AT EACH DEVICE. 7 RUN ALL ELECTRIOAL WIRING CONCEALED IN WALLS, FLOOR CEILING OR COUNTERS. EXPOSED WIRING IS NOT PERMITTED. 8 FOR NEW RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS, PROVIDE GFCI TYPE AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 9 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON E PLANS. SONG OF THE BOXES SHALL BE PER NEC. DEMOLITION NOTES 1, THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF THE DEMOLITION WORK MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS. PRIOR TO BID, THE ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL e. REVIEW THE ENTIRE SET OF TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS. INCLUDING THE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THE SCOPE OF WORK REPORT BACK TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES THAT MAY EXIST. b. VISIT THE SITE AND REVIEW THE TENANT PREMISES WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THE SCOPE OF WORK AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. REPORT BACK TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES THAT MAY EXIST. e. REVIEW THE SCOPE OF WORK OF ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND TRADES TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THEIR SCOPE AND THE IMPACT ON THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. 2. THE ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BID PROPOSAL THE COST FOR ALL WORK REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE DEMOLITION SCOPE OF WORK, INCLUDING THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE TI PLANS. INFORMATION DISCOVERED DURING THE SITE REVIEW, AND AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT AND TO COMPLY WITH THE CODES/AHJ REQUIREMENTS. 3. MAINTAIN SERVICE TO ALL DUSTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT/DEVICES THAT ARE NOT SCHEDULED TO BE DEMOLISHED, THAT ARE NECESSARY FOR NORMAL OPERATIONS, THAT DO NOT CONFLICT WITH THE NEW CONSTRUCTION OR THE INTENDED USE OF THE SPACE, AND THAT ARE REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD OR OTHER TENANTS TO REMAIN IN PLACE. RELOCATE EQUIPMENT TO MAINTAIN SERVICES IF NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE RENOVATION. 4. UNLESS NOTED OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE, THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE DEMOLITION FOR ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES/ EQUIPMENT, BRANCH CIRCUITING, LOW VOLTAGE CABUNG, UNUSED CONDUIT, ETC., FROM WITHIN THE TENANT PREMISES. PRIOR TO DEMOUTION, COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECTURAL TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THE SCOPE AND SEQUENCE OF THE DEMOLITION. ADJUST DEMOUTION WORK TO ACCOMMODATE THE SEQUENCE DICTATED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECTURAL 5. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD TO DETERMINE IF ANY DEMOLISHED MATERIALS (SUCH AS UGHT FIXTURES) ARE REQURIED TO BE TURNED -OVER TO THE LANDLORD. IF SO, TURN -OVER SUCH MATERIALS AS REQUESTED. OTHERWISE PROVIDE THE PROPER DISPOSAL OF ALL DEMOUSHED MATERIALS. 6. IN THE EVENT ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ARE WRONGLY DEMOLISHED OR BROKEN DUE TO THE DEMOLITION WORK ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR SUCH SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO RETURN SYSTEM TO PROPER OPERATIONAL STATE. GENERAL NOTES: 1 ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES. ALL POWER WIRE ON THE PREMISE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. CONDUCTOR INSULATION SHALL BE TRW, THHN ORTHWN. NO ROMEX CABLES ARE ALLOWED. 2 ALL ELECTRICAL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND UNUSED AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL OPTIONAL ITEMS REQUIRED FORA COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES LABEL 9 BX ROMEX. ARMORED CABLING, EEC. SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR USE OF MC CABLING. 4 WHEN SPACE ABOVE CEILING IS A RETURN AIR PLENUM, PLENUM NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SHALL BE USED ABOVE CEILING, INCLUDING EXISTING AND NEW WIRING EXCEPT INSULATION OF 25 FLAME SPREAD AND 50 SMOKE DEVELOPMENT FINISH RATING. LOW VOLTAGE OR UNITED POWER WIRING MAY BE LABELED PLENUM RATED TYPE. 5 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SEISMIC SUPPORT (LATERAL AND HORIZONTAL) FOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURES IF REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION. 6 UON ALL OUTLET HEIGHT DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TO CENTER OF DEVICE. MEASURED FROM FINISHED FLOOR. 7 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL CONDUITS. 8 FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS THAT REQUIRE SURFACE MOUNTING, PROVIDE STEEL, RAISED COVER 9 ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABUNG TO BE IN CONDUIT IF REQUIRED BY THE AHJ U.O.N. 10 ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY PULL WIRE TO ACCESS TENANT CEIUNG AREA FOR ALL TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND LOW VOLTAGE CONDUITS AND OUTLETS. 11 PLANS ARE PREPARED WITH REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUITS INDICATED BY CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND/OR HOME RUNS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, BOXES, MISC. FITTINGS, ETC, FORA COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. BRANCH CIRCUIT INSTALLATON SHALL COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATION AND NEC. LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES: 1 REFER TO ARCHITECTURALFIXTURE DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LIGHT FURE LOCATIONS. 2 UON, ALL NIGHT UGHTS AND EMERGENCY UGHTS SHALL BE UNSWITCHED. PROVIDE SEPARATE HOT CONDUCTOR. BY-PASSING CONTROLS, TO EMERGENCY BALLAST. 3 20A, 120V RECEPTACLE AND LIGHTING CIRCUITCONDUCTORS OVER 75 FEET LONG SHALL BE #10 AWG. CONDUCTORS IN LIEU OF #12 AWG. 4 ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT UMITED TO, PROVIDING ALL SUPPORTS, CLIPS, POWER CONNECTIONS, AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTION. 5 INSTALL EXIT SIGNS OVER DOORWAYS TO MAINTAIN 4• SPACING BETWEEN BOTTOM OF SIGN AND TOP OF JAMB, OR AT THE DIRECTION OF THE FIRE DISTRICT. 8 SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AND / OR DETAILS. ARCHITECTURAL SPRINKLERS, SENSORS. AND OTHER CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, ETC. IF THERE IS ANY CONFLICT NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. DRAWINGS SUPERCEDE ALL OTHERS. LIGHT FIXTURE POSITIONS TAKE PRECEDENT OVER DIFFUSERS. 7 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT AND UGHTING DESIGNER FIXTURE MOUNTING DETAILS AND SIZES BASED ON FIELD CONDITIONS. 8 ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE UL, OR Ell- LISTED AND LABELED. 9 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES. 0 ARCHITECT TO VERIFY ALL SPECIFIED FINISHES. 1 /JF�O�RE RELCOCATED ADD1T1ONNASL MLERRGGEN /G ING TOPROVIE NEW EMERGENCY LIGHTING. E JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EGRESS/ FIRE ALARM BIDDER DESIGN GENERAL NOTE: 1 EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM O REMAIN. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND AHJ AND PROVIDE NEW DEVICES AS NEEDED FORA COMPLETE SYSTEM. 2 TENANT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY BIDDER DESIGN SUB -CONTRACTOR AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 3 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN OF NEEDED) WILL BE DONE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT DOCUMENTS. FIRE ALARM DESIGN / BUILD CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SHOP DRAWINGS, POINT TO POINT WIRING DIAGRAMS. VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS, SUBMITTAL TO FIRE MARSHALL FOR APPROVAL, DEVICE LOCATIONS, SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4 ALL NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONDUIT OF NEEDED) BY TENANT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR OFURNITURE FEED OUTLET FOR 120VAC SERVICES TO MODULAR FURNITURE. ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTORSHALL PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION FROM THE FURNITURE POWER FEED OUTLET TO THE MODULAR FURNITURE SYSTEM. ELECTRICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM THE FURNITURE MANUFACTURER SCHEDULED FOR USE AND PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: FOR KIMBALL CETRA MODULAR FURNITURE: A FURNITURE SUPPLIER SHALL FURNISH A BASE POWER END FEED WHIP CONTAINING (4) #12 AWG HOT, (2) #12 AWG GROUND, AND (2) #12 AWG NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS FOR EACH GROUP OF FURNITURE REQUIRING A 120 VAC POWER CONNECTION FROM A FLOOR OUTLET OR WALL OUTLET. ELECTRICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL EACH WHIP AND PROVIDE A HARDWIRE CONNECTION AT THE POWER FEED OUTLET AND PLUG THE WHIP INTO THE FURNITURE POWER FEED POINT. AT POWER/TELECOM POLE LOCATIONS, POLE IS FURNISHED PRE- WIRED IN SAME CONFIGURATION AS POWER END FEED WHIP. ELECTRICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL POWER POLE, PROVIDE THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONNECTION CONCEALED AT THE TOP OF POLE AND PLUG-IN THE WHIP AT THE BOTTOM OF THE POLE TO THE FURNITURE POWER FEED POINT. B. THE ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL MODULAR FURNITURE ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL. CONNECTIONS TO RENDER FURNITURE SYSTEM COMPLETELY OPERATIONAL C. ATA MINIMUM, BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN CONDUCTORS SHALL MATCH THE AWG RATING AND BE OF THE SAME CONFIGURATION AS THE BASE POWER END FEED WHIP. CONDUCTOR SIZES SHALL BE UP -SIZED AS NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH THE GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET E-001. D. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, THE ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FURNITURE PLANS AND INSTALLER FOR THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE FURNITURE FEED OUTLETS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. OFURNITURE FEED OUTLET FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SERVICES TO MODULAR FURNITURE. ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR SHAU. PROVIDE FURNITURE FEED OUTLET AND HEAVY DUTY PULL WIRE TO ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG AREA. O PULL BOX FOR VENDORLES. SEE RAWIINNGS FOR ON VIDEO, EXACT(PLENUM) MOUNTING GIINSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE EXTRON MINI HIGH - FOR VIDEO DISPLAY HOME RUN RESOLUTION VIDEO PC IN MDFP E7O ROOM SEALSO PROVIDE(E VENDOR DRAWINGS FOR ADDRHOME RUNITO VIDEO ONAL PC ININFTION. MDF EO ROOM. SEE VENDOR DRAWINGSCAT. Se GRAY. FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. ® ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE AND INSTALL (1) 115 VAC, 20 AMP TWIST LOCK (NEMA L520R I.G.) FOR GE1ST. LOCATE IN FIELD. ® DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (ARLINGTON PART NO. DVFR1 W OR SIMILAR) ON ONE DEDICATED 120V/20A CIRCUIT. CONNECT DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO 1 SURGEX MODEL SX20 NE SURGE PROTECTOR AT POWER PANEL SURGE PROTECTOR SUPPLIED BY BLUEWATER TECHNOLOGIES, INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE VENDOR DRAWINGS FOR EXACT MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS. ® KEY BANK SIGN TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ON SIDE OF WALL OPPOSITE OF THE SIGN LETTERS. SIGN TRANSFORMER FURNISHED AND MOUNTED BY THE SIGNAGE INSTALLER. ELECTRICAL SUB- CONTRACTOR PROVIDE DISCONNECT AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONNECTION FOR EACH TRANSFORMER. AT EXTERIOR TRANSFORMER LOCATIONS, PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF INSTALLATION. AT TRANSFORMER LOCATIONS WITHIN PLENUM AIR RETURN AREAS, PROVIDE PLENUM RATED INSTALLATION. LOCATE TRANSFORMERS AND DISCONNECT CONCEALED ABOVE CEIUNG AT ACCESSIBLE AREAPRIOR TO ROUGH -IN, COORDINATE WITH THE SIGNAGE INSTALLER, THE EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF TRANSFORMERS. O EXTERIOR KEY BANK SIGN LETTERS AND LOGO MOUNTED ON WALL (TYP.). SIGN INSTALLATION TO BE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. FOR NEW SIGNAGE CIRCUITS, ROUTE THROUGH EXISTING TIMECLOCK CONTROLS OR PROVIDE NEW TIMECLOCK ® EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUIT AS NEEDED TO SERVE NEW SIGNAGE ® COORDINATE SPEAKER CABLE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTMTY WITH DATA EQUIPMENT VENDOR. 0 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW GROUND BARS. SEE VENDOR DRAWINGS FOR EXACT TYPE OF GROUND BAR (P/N PANDUIT GB280306TPI.1) AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE 06 AWG CU GROUND CONDUCTOR O SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR. 0 RELOCATE EXISTING DEVICE. INTERCEPT AND EXTEND EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT AS NEEDED. PROVIDE NEW DEVICE IF DAMAGED. MATCH EXISTING DEVICE AND COVERPLATE COLOR SEE SHEET E-111 OR REVISED LOCATION. @ AT CIRCUIT NOTED, PROVIDE NEW20A/1P BREAKER FOR BREAKERS THAT SERVICE MODULAR FURNITURE PROVIDE BEAKER TIES. @ RELOCATED EQUIPMENT, PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS REQUIRED 70 RENDER THE EQUIPMENT FULLY OPERATIONAL. 0 COORDINATE ROUTING OF BELOW FLOOR CONDUIT WITH LANDLORD AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH- IN. ROUTE CONDUIT AS REQUIRED TO CONCEAL FROM VIEW. QELECTRICAL SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL AS- BUILT THE EXISTING PANEL BOARDS AND DETERMINE AVAILABLE CIRCUITS TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW LOADS. REPORT BACK TO THE ARCHITECT WITH AS- BUILT PLANS. INCLUDING EXISTING LOADS FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT. PROVIDE COMPLETE AS- BUILT PANEL SCHEDULES. NOTE SHEET NOTES INDICATED ABOVE MAY NOT NECESSARILY APPEAR AS PART OF THESE DRAWINGS IF NOT REQUIRED. SECURITY LEGEND AND ELECTRICAL WORK MATRIX 6 SYMBOL ELECTRICAL BOX HEIGHT OFF FINISHED FLOOR O ENTER LINE OF BOX ELECTRICAL BOX SIZE CONDUIT STUB UP DESIGNER NOTES O C AMERAM=MONITOR O OEVIE QIP 108' SINGLE GANG YES - ABOVE THE CEIUNG C.-INTERIOR PENDANT Q WC 108' 4 X 4 YES -ABOVE THE CEIUNG C-INTERIOR DOME LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHE ULE AND NOTES 5 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FIXTFU SYMBOOLL TWEE DESCRIPTION MANUFACT. LAMP WATTS VOLTS REMARKS NEW F2 M,. TE Ru01ffd®If MAR FORME MTALUX iii PVirt3 iew 1>N FLUOV 1r MOM WHITE DOC. RY11 BFLAEY _ F1 RECESSED,. Te Ru' P1 Lp., con"E 2Acai4Ts4uoe (COME av0 120V WEASTrEIT C. . F3 itramatueo 1w TSRuasamn ALIT MOPE rat ,,, (MATT DAV OW aucb WW1' 'MC p O F4 MG ED ewiNCCT MCA Te.o. lea T.O.O. 14A Q FS a/muo LOW 141c� "+1°+ rnr:suiTO m asw ON ALL%COLUMN ewour. WTI OMEN" LEM LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NO 1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HOT, UNSWITCHED BRANCH CIRCUIT TO EMERGENCY UGHT. FOR EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT FIXTURES THAT ARE SCHEDULED TO BE SWITCHED CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SWITCHED BRANCH CIRCUIT TO NORMAL BALLAST AND HOT UNSWITCHED CONDUCTOR TO EMERGENCY BALLAST. EMERGENCY RA1 1 n7T SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO POWER SINGLE LAMP. ALL UGHT FIXTURES FURNISHED BY OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE SC N/A WA YES - PATHWAY INTO THE TELLER UNE C-TELLER UNE TOWER OATM OHS RUNS IN SAME CONDUIT AS ATM ALARM CABLE 63' WITH A 5/8 DIAMETER HOLE IN DOOR MUWON WA WA WA YES - STUBBED INTO DOOR JAM THEN ABOVE CEIUNG C-ATM C-HEIGHT STRIP MUWON QHC DRIVE UP CANOPY APPUCATON 4X4 YES - STUBBED INTO THE BUILDING C-EXTERIOR ATM AND MISC DOMES QHC FTR OC VERIFY N/A SINGLE GANG SINGLE GANG YES -ABOVE THE CEIUNG YES- ABOVE THE CEIUNG M-BREAKROOM MONITOR M-PUBUC VIEW MONITOR QHRug OMB 01493 O SD 14' 48' SINGLE GANG SINGLE GANG YES - FROM BOX O ABOVE ACCESS CEILING. YES - FROM BOX TO ABOVE ACCESS CEILING. D-PLATFORM DESK HUB D-WALL HUB WA SINGLE GANG IN COUNTER,WIRE CHASE WA YES - FROM BOX TO ABOVE ACCESS CEIUNG. YES - STUBBED INTO DOOR JAM THEN ABOVE CEILING D-TELLER UNE HUB DOOR CONTACT OWKA 52• SINGLE GANG YES - FROM BOX TO ABOVE AN'.E0S CEILING. D-AULDA KEYPAD OCI CEIUNG MOUNT SINGLE GANG N/A D-NOTION DETECTOR OWL 58' SINGLE GANG YES -ABOVE THE CEIUNG D-ALARM LAMP OCT CEILING MOUNT SINGLE GANG N/A DSOUND DETECTORS QWT WALL -VERIFY LOCATION SINGLE GANG YES - FROM BOX TO ABOVE ACCESS CEILING. QSY WA WA YES -STUBBED INTO DOOR JAM THEN ABOVE CEILING. QSC 14-18' ON RIGH I SIDE OF AI M. FOR VAT CCTV COORDINAOLOCATION SINGLE GANG YES - FROM BOX TO ABOVE ACCESS CEILING. $ SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH, M! 46' UON 0 O O CEIUNG MOUNT OCCUPANCY SENSOR WATTSTOPPER DT-305 DUAL TECHNOLOGY. JUNCTION BOX SIZE M TYPE AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED FLUSH FLOOR OUTLET. PROVIDE WITH METALLIC COVER - COORDINATE FINISH WITH ARCHITECT. FOR LOCATIONS THAT SERVE MODULAR FURNITURE, PROVIDE WITH CON TO ACCOMMODATE HARDWIRE CONNECTION TO FURNITURE WHIP. ® PROVIDE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED IN CEIUNG, FACING DOWN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION. 43 20 AMP 125V 3W DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 54 18' LION • 20 AMP 125V 3W DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. 54 18' LION ► TELEPHONE OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG MUD RING WITH CONDUIT STOPPING 6' FROM THE OPENING O PROVIDE AMPLE BENDING RADIUS. ALL ROUGH- INS FOR SINGLE WALL OUTLET SHALL BE 3/4' EMT, FURNITURE FEEDS SHALL BE 1.5' EMT ALL STUBBED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING WITH PULL WIRE. IF BOX IS REQUIRED USE 4' SQUARE BOX 3.5' DEEP.g 18' UON. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR PLANS AND IN FIELD FOR EXACT LOCATION. - COMBINATION TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG MUD RING WITH CONDUIT STOPPING 6' FROM THE OPENING 70 PROVIDE AMPLE BENDING RADIUS. ALL ROUGH- INS FOR SINGLE WALL OUTLET SHALL BE 3/4- EMT, FURNITURE STUBBED TO AACJIE SIBLE CCEEWNG WITIIDS SHALL BPULL WIRE AIF BOX IS REQUIRED USE 4' SQUARE BOX 3.5' DEEP. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR PLANS AND IN FIELD FOR EXACT LOCATION. LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT ❑' NON -FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH SIZED PER NEC O ' FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. SIZE PER UNIT LABEL, PER NEC O EQUIPMENT CONNECTION { — UGHT UNE WEIGHT INDICATES EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR OR FINISHED GRADE OR IN FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT CONDUIT CONCEALED IN CEIUNG OR WALL O CONDUIT RISER - UP OR DOWN 974 FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULLSTATION, 48' AFF FIRE ALARM COMBINATION AUDIBLE VISUAL UNIT, WALL MOUNTED, 80' AFF TO BOTTOM OF STROBE LENS FIRE ALARM STROBE UNIT. WALL MOUNTED • PIRE ALARM AUDIBLE/ VISUAL UNIT. CEIUNG MOUNTED. 7 R5 DEVICE OBE DEMOLISHED. REFER O DEMOLITION NOTES BELOW. ® SPEAIOR TANNOY CEIUNG MODEL CMS401e; SPEAKER CABLE WEST PENN 2522614 AWG. 2 CONDUCTOR UNSHIELDED. 0 e (E) (N) (R) SHEET NOTE REFERENCE SECTION DESIGNATION TOP LETTER INDICATES SECTION, BOTTOM LETTER/NUMBER INDICATES SHEET DETAIL DESIGNATION TOP NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL, BOTTOM LETTER/NUMBER INDICATES SHEET MECHANICAL & PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION DENOTES EXISTING EQUIPMENT. SCHEDULED TO REMAIN DENOTES ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE NEW DENOTES RELOCATED EXISTING EQUIPMENT NOTE: SYMBOLS INDICATED ABOVE MAY NOT NECESSARILY APPEAR AS PART OF THESE DRAWINGS IF NOT REQUIRED. 0.0100 r• 0 M JI ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 LEGEND, NOTES E-001 2 3 4 5 6 E 8 DEMOLISH DEMOLISH RECEPTACLE: 3 E 3 E TELLER SORK MA I COUPON • i E 1 ..f.=> 4 ‘• 0=4I 1! A POWER PLAN DEMO O 0 a 3 an O co co • cx CO < co C " 0- 6° 2 • OftC CL L.L.1 )13 " 0 • 0 • 4:$ he < < co r-- ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 Floor Plan - POWER DEMO SCALE:1/4" = NORTH E-101 4 5 6 7 8 10 9 2 DEMOLISH EXISTING 2X4 LIGHT (TYPICAL) DEMOLISH EXISTING DOWNLIGHT (TYPICAL) 3 DEMOLISH EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE (TYPICAL) DEMOLISH EXISTING DOWNLIGHT (TYPICAL) DEMOLISH EXISTING 2X4 LIGHT DEMOLISH EXISTING DOWNLIGHT (TYPICAL) 0 0 // DEMOLISH EXISTING DOWNLIGHT (TYPICAL) DEMOLISH EXISTING LIGHT TRACK DEMOLISH EXISTING 4X4 LIGHTS (TYPICAL) DEMOLISH EXISTING DOWNLIGHT (TYPICAL) RELOCATE EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR. SEE SHEET E-121 FOR NEW LOCATION. (TYPICAL) NOTE: COORDINATE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION OF BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING SERVICE. EXISTING LIGHTING TO REUSE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE TO SERVE NEW LIGHTING FIXTURE. SEE SHEET E-121 FOR NEW LIGHTING CEILING PLAN DEMO SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" r5 NORTH 2 0 M J v E 0 .j D 0 a° - J m < D 0 3 3 a 0 0 0 ISSUED / REVISED DATE 02/25/11 Ceiling Plan - LIGHTING DEMO E-102 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 FLUSH MOUNTED WALL PULL BOX FOR EXTRON VIDEO, AND CAT 5e CABLES RECESSED DUPLEX WALL RECEPTACLE (ARLINGTON PART NO. DVFR1 W OR SIMILAR) ON ONE DEDICATED 120V/20A CIRCUIT CONNECT DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO 1 SURGEX MODEL SX20-NE SURGE PROTECTOR AT POWER PANEL. SURGE PROTECTOR FOIC 18" 7.5" RECEPTACLE/ PULL BOX MAY BE LOCATED OFF -CENTER WITHIN THIS AREA- '% J///%% 36" 1-3.75"" DIM 'A" A F.F. TO CENTER OF RECEPTACLE/ PULL BOX SEE VENDOR DRAWING FOR EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN RECEPTACLE BANK DETAIL NTS NEW ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE. CONNECT TO SIGNAGE CIRCUIT. 0 MOUNT ADJACENT TO MONITOR OQ SD NEW INTERNALLY LIT FLOURESCENT SIGNAGE. CONNECT TO SIGNAGE CIRCUIT. NEW ILLUMINATED ATM SIGNAGE. CONNECT TO SIGNAGE CIRCUIT. VIDEO MONITOR POWER NOTE: SEE DIEBOLD DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION OF POWER AND J-BOXES v v wvwvwvwcwu 0000000 OO HC O BID " TERMI E •UTING NEW UN TO SERVE STATIONS AT LINE TE€:R UNE. 0 ....,01._. WC --- NEW ILLUMINATED ATM SIGNAGE. CONNECT TO SIGNAGE CIRCUIT. RONr 107 HUB , INSTALL 3/4" B/C PLYWOOD AT (2)LOCATIONS ALONG WALL AS NOTED L(MtR T 4 88 VERTICALLY) S WT WITHFIREPROOFPAINT OQ SV PROVIDE BREAKERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CIRCUITS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: TO ALLOW FOR TRANSFORMERS, SURFACE MOUNTED POWER OUTLETS ON SECURITY WALL TO EACH BE IN 4x4 BOX WITH SINGLE DUPLEX BOX COVER. RECESSED POWER OUTLETS ON SECURITY WALL TO FOLLOW SAME SPACING, TYPE OF RECESSED BOX TO BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD. (TYP) !©ADD TO CONTACTOR SERVING EXISTING EXTERIOR SIGNAGE L0Sr31 02... 001i17RENCE !©ADD TO CONTACTOR SERVING EXISTING EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - FEED THESE CUBICALS WITH BASEBOARD RACEWAY FROM ADJACENT WALL! I I NEW FACADE EXISTING SOFFIT NEW METAL CANOPY METAL CANOPY SUPPORTS SEE SHEET EO01 FOR SHEET NOTES COORDINATE WITH VENDOR DRAWINGS REGARDING ALL CONDUIT ROUTING AT ETO ROOM BACKBOARDS. EXTEND CIRCUIT TO EXISTING RECEPTACLE 1 000. POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" Jd e113 0 a -Ne co C N d m rn C • < m r W �1 > > - W p 0 ~13 z`' • << m 47 N ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 NORTH Floor Plan - POWER E-111 2 3 LLER „RA N 4 5 6 7 • CONNECT NEW LIGHT FIXTURES TO EXISTING SCIRCUIT AND• Ade 4Pi ���I wen,/ (TYPICAL)G•.'I ,j�•�� 1.4fre /\\\* 11V _ A!)11 W4r4t/ ***A& AL* # 8 • VAULT CONNECT NEW LIGHT FIXTURES TO EXISTING CIRCUIT AND SWITCHING (TYPICAL) .A. **' . t / _#NEW FACADE E%ISTINC SOFFIT NEW METAL CANOPY METAL CANOPY SUPPORTS , A. 10100 CONNECT TO CIRCUIT A-37 SERVING SOUTH GROUND LIGHTS. 9 10 CONNECT NEW LIGHT FIXTURES TO EXISTING CIRCUIT AND SWITCHING (TYPICAL) CONNECT TO CIRCUIT A-35 SERVING EAST GROUND LIGHTS. COORDINATE SPEAKER CABLE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTIVITY WITH DATANOICE EQUIPMENT VENDOR. SEE SHEET E-001 FOR SHEET NOTES CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" NORTH 4. CALLI$ON ISSUED / REVISED PERMIT SET 1 m a m > - 0 0 C Q CO LO N DATE 02/25/11 Ceiling Plan - LIGHTING E-121 2 3 4 5 6 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 26050: GENERAL ELECTRICAL The Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to work under this Section. PART1 GENERAL: 1.01 DESCRIPTION A General: Furnish all labor, materials, apparatus. tools, equipment, transportation, temporary construction and special or occasional services as required to make a complete working electrical installation, provide all modifications to accommodate the renovation work, as shown on the drawings or described in these specifications. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS: A. Specific 1. Comply with an applicable codes end Jurisdictional/Landlord requirements. 1.03 1.04 2 Equipment and materials spedfied under this division shag conform to the foilowt g standards where applicable. a. UL Underwriters' Laboratories. b. ASTM American Society for Testing Materials. a CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers. d. ANSI American National Standards. Institute. e. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association DRAWINGS: A. Layout General layout shown on the drawings Is diagrammatic. Coordinate with Architectural and other Trades/Owner Vendors for exact location of devices/equipment 6. Accuracy: 1. Drawings for the work under this Section ere diagrammatic end complete details of the building which effect the electrical installation are not shown. Coordinate with drawings of all other trades. 2. Contractor shag verify lines, levels end dimensions shown on the Drawings and shall be responsible for the accuracy of the setting out of work and for Its strict conformance with existing conddions at the site. SUBSTITUTIONS: Substitutions of specified devices and equipment shell not be allowed. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Provide at submittals to the general contractor as required by the general contractor. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Equipment and materials shag be properly stored and adequately protected and carefully handled to prevent damage before and during Installation. Equipment and materials shag be handled, stored, and protected in accordance with the manufactrrers's recommendations and as approved by the Owners Representative. Electrical conduit shall be stored to provide protection from the weather and accidental damage. Plastic conduit shall be stored on even supports end in locations not subject to direct sun rays or excessive heat. Cables shall be sealed, stored and handled carefully to avoid damage to the outer covering or Insulation and damage from moisture and weather. Damaged or defective items, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, shall be replaced with new Items et the expense of the contractor. 1.07 PERMITS AND FEES: Provide, procure and pay for all permits, licenses and fees required to Carty on end complete the work. PART2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION: 3.01 Not Applicable 3.02 B. INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS Refer to Division 1. At the time of completion, an adequate period shall be allotted by the contractor for instruction of building operating and maintenance personnel in the use of all systems. All personnel shall be instructed at one time, the Contractor making an necessary arrangements with manufacturers's representatives. The equipment manufacturer shall provide product literature and application guides for the Users' reference. C. Costs, 6 any, for the above service shall be paid by the Contractor. 3.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS (AS -BUILT) A Provide Project Record Drawings and Specifications as required by other Sections of Specifications and as required herein. Such drawings shall fully represent installed conditions including actual location of outlets, correct conduit and wire sizing as well as muting, revised fixture scheduling listing the manufacturer and products actually installed. B. All dranges to drawings shall be made by qualified draftspersons to match existing line work and lettering as closely as possible. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP A Preparation, handling and installation shag be in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and technical data particular to the product spelled and/or approved except as otherwise specified. Coordinate work and cooperate with other in furnishing and placing this work Work to approved shopdrawings for work by others and to field measurements as necessary to property fit the work. B. Conform to the National Electrical Contractor's Asaocation Standard of Installation for general Installation practice. 3.05 SCHEDULE OF WORK Arrange work to conform to the schedule which has been established for the progress of the work. Advise regarding shipping schedule of major equipment 3.06 SUPERVISION: Contractor shag personally or through an authorized and competent representative constantly supervise the work from beginning to completion and, within reason, keep the same workmen and foreman on the project throughout the project duration. 3.07 PROTECTION: Keep conduits, junction boxes, outlet boxes, and other openings dosed to prevent entry of foreign matter. Cover fixtures, equipment and apparatus and protect against dirt paintwater, chemical or mechanical damage, before and during construction period. Restore to original condition any fixture, apparatus, or equipment damaged prior to final acceptance. Protect bright finished surfaces and similar items until in service. No rust or damage w61 be permitted. 3.08 SPECIAL TOOLS: All special tools for proper operation end maintenance of Se equipment provided under this section shall be delivered to the Owner's representative. 3.09 CUTTING AND PATCHING A Install all required sleeves, fors and insets before walls or partition are built Cutting end patching of walls, partitions, ceilings and floor necessary for reception of work, caused by failure to provide or property located sleeves, forms and Insets, Incorrect location of work or failure to cooperate with other trades, shall be done at expense of trade responsible. B. No cutting of finished or structural work may be done without acceptance. When necessary to have finished material or structural work cut, furnish necessary drawings to trade whose materials are out to be cut. 3.10 CLEARANCES: Provide working clearance In front of, In back of, end to skies C. for all electrical equipment as required by National Electrical Code Artide 110. 3.11 DEMOLmON: Demolition and removal of existing electrical services to the existing tenant space to be by the Contractor. 3.12 ACCESS PANEL A. Elec. contractor shall provide all access panels required for code required access to electrical devices and junction boxes. B. Access panels shall not be allowed hi Sales Area ceiling or walls. Devices and equipment that normally would be concealed from view shall be located at normally accessible areas such es above ceiling, near HVAC diffusers or In back rooms In accessible ceiling areas. END OF SECTION SECTION 26100: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 apply to work under this Section. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work specified in this section encompasses products need to accommodate the work shown on plans. assemblies and basic installation methods required for electrical project systems specified under this Division and includes, but is not limited to: 1. Conduit, raceways, and fittings. 2. Wire and cables. 3. Wire connections and devices. 4. Outlet boxes. 5. Pull and junction boxes. 6. Switches and receptacles. 7. Device plates. 8. Overcurrent protective der/loos. 9. Telephone terminal backboard. 10. Light Fbdures and lamps. 11. Conduit for Low Voltage Cabling Systems. 12. Empty raceway provisions for burglar alarm and security system detection units and switdres. 13. Panelboards and associated equipment PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS MC Cabling (Only 6 allowed by Landlord, Code and Jurisdiction) 1. Metal dad cable shall be constructed in said accordance with UL 1569. The cable shall bear the UL label and manufacturer's °E" number 2. Acceptable Sizes for MC Cable: 12/2 through 12/9; 10/2 through 10/ 9 and shall contain copper conductors only, no aluminum allowed 3. Manufacturer - AFC or equal 4. Conductors: Copper, solid or stranded 5. Insulation: Thennopiastio (THHN) or equivalent voltage rating 600V; temperature rating 90°C 6. Armor. Aluminum; corrugated or smooth tube 7. Not used 8. Cable shall be fire rated, 1 hour minimum or higher as required by specific Installation area, UL fisted, rated for use In cable trey, and for use in environmental air plenums 9. Connectors: Fumish only UL listed MC connectors manufactured for MC cable. Connectors shall be steel; die cast not allowed. 10. MC he Cabling Supports: Caddy, or pwith d equal. NEC. Tile -wraps and staples are rts shall be U.L fisted for the epl t. Utilize ene chethe f comply gwiththe tJ 1. Snap-innot supports to framing stud, Caddy #MAC2. 2. Strap to framing stud, Caddy #FXC20 3. Drop- vire supports, Caddy #PCS1. 4. Cable snap dip for attachment to structure, Caddy #SC. 5. Cable support for attachment to framing stud, Caddy #CJ6. 6. Support and anti -rattle dip for MC through studs, Caddy #781. 11. MC Cabling shall only be allowed for applications as allowed by the jurisdiction and the landlord. Prior to Installation, contractor shall confirm with both agendas, that MC is permitted. For installations that have not been approved by both agencies, the contractor shall be responsible for the removal eft the MC and replacement with EMT, at the expense of the contractor. 12. MC cabling shall not be allowed to run Imo the panelboards. Transition to EMT by y 10 no y above pep circuits run brands cuiLs in EMT from wi 13. Contractors bid shall reflect costs for utilizing MC Cabling and/or EMT installation as permitted by the jurisdiction and landlord. 14. MC cable shall not be permitted In areas open to public view. 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE A Rigid Steel Conduh 1. Conduit, rigid steel: full weight threaded, hot -dip galvanized, Inside enameled, conformag to ANSI C80.1. 2 Three-piece millings: electroplated, cast malleable Iron. Efcor 165 series, 02JGedney 4-50 series or equal. 3. Threadless couplings: electroplated, cast malleable Iron, with Integral conduit stop. Efcor 1760. 4. Threadless connectors: electroplated, cast malleable Iron, on threaded male hub Mastic Insulated throat rated 90 degrees C minimum. Efcor 1750B series, OZ /Gedney 31-050 1T series or equal. 2.03 5. Insulated bushings: threaded polypropylene or thermosetting phenolic rated 150 degrees C minimum. 6. Insulated grounding bushings: threaded cast malleable iron body with insulated throat and steel, "lay -ire ground lug with compression screw. OZJGedney BLG series, Thomas & Betts 3870 series or equal. 7. Insulated metallic bushings: threaded cast malleable Iron body with plastic insulated throat rated 105 degrees C. OZJGedney Type B. Thomas & Bets 1222 series or equal. B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 1. Conduit Shall be formed of cold rotted ship steel, electrical resistance welded continuously along the longitudinal seam and hot-dlp galvanized after fabrication. Conduit shell conform to ANSI C80.3 specifications and shall meet U.L. requirements. 2. Couplings: Eiodroplated, cast malleable Iron, gland compression type, U.L listed rain and concrete tight through 1-1/4 inch trade sae, OZJGedney 6050W series, Efcor 760 series or equal. Set screw type couplings may be used In dry locations, OZJGedney 5050 series or equal. 3. Connectors: Gland compression type With cast malleable iron body with male hub and insulated plastic throat 150 degrees C. temperature rated. OZJGedney 4050 series or equal. C. Flexible Metallic Conduit 1. Conduit Shall be fabricated in continuous lengths from galvanized steel strip, spirally wound and formed to provide an Interlocking design. 6' MAX. LENGTH Flexible conduit Is not permitted In walls. 2. Fittings: Connectors shall be made of the screw damp with cast malleable Iron bodies and threaded male hubs with Insulated throats. A. General 1. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric Co., Rome Cable, Southwire, Triangle, PWC Inc., orequal. 2. Conductor material: A0 wire and cable shall be Insulated copper conductors for all wire sizes. Aluminum wire and cable shall not be used. 3. Insulation: Insulation shall be THWN-THHN for wire sizes through size 1/0 AWG. For larger wire saes Insulation shall be THWN, XHHW, THW or as required to suit application. 4. Fixture wire: Type AF. 5. Minimum conductor size: Power and lighting branch circuits: #12 AWG Signal and control dradls under 100 volts: #14 AWG. Any 120VJ 20A. drcults over 75 LF. must be: #10 AWG. 6. Color code. Color code all conductors in accord with NEC as follows: 120/208V 277/480V Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutral White Gray OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS A. Standard Outlet Boxes: Galvanized, one -place, drawn steel, knock -out type of sae and configuration best suited to the application Indicated on the plans. Minimum box size, 4 Inch square by 1-1/2 inch deep. Switch Boxes: Two Inch by 3-Inch long. galvanized steel switch boxes shall be used only for the installation of single switches, Install multiple switches in standard gang boxes with raised device covers suitable for the application Indicated. B. 2.04 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A General: Color of devices shall be white unless directed otherwise. 1. All general purpose 20 ampere, 125-250 volt receptacles and 120-277 volt switches shall conform to NEMA WD 1 and applicable U.L. tests. 2. All device and covers colors at finished areas shall be approved by the architect prior to install. Receptacles: 1. Ground fault circuit interrupter receptacle: NEMA type 5-20R LEVITON #6898-HG or equal. 2. Duplex receptades: NEMA type 5-20R, heavy duty specification grade, side wired only, LEVITON 5243 or equal. 3. Device color and finish shall be white unless directed otherwise. All device and covers colors at finished areas shall be approved by the architect prior to install. 3. Flexible conduit shall only be allowed In the lengths and for applications as allowed by the jurisdiction and Landlord. Contactor shall be responsible for correctng installation that Is not In compliance with the jurisdictional and Landlord requirements D. Liquid Tight Flexible Metallic Conduit 1. Conduit Anaconda Type UA, Coleman Type llxt1 or equal. 2. Fittings: Connector body and gland nut shall be of cadmium plated cast malleable Iron, with insulated throat MAX. 24". T & B 5331 series, O.Gedney 40-38-1T aeries, 2.05 or equal. B. E. Minimum acceptable conduit sae shall be 3/4 inch. 2.06 C. B. C. D. 8. C. D. Switches: Twenty ampere, 120-277 volts, fast make -slaw break, quiet type switch with silver cadmium alloy contacts. binding head terminal screws, side wired only. Switch color and finish shall be white unless directed otherwise. 1. Single pole, single throw, LEVITON #1221 or equal. 2. Threelvay, LEVITON #1223 or equal. DEVICE PLATES Flush Device Plates: Plates shall be smooth plastic, color to match device, LEVITON #8600 series or equal. Surface Mounted Devices, Indoor. Galvanized metal to fit box. Outdoor, Weatherproof: Die cast aluminum construction, corroslon resistant heavy duty, hinged cover flap, and gasket LEVITON #6196, horizontal mounbng. All device and covers colors at finished areas shall be approved by the architect prior to IndI0. DISCONNECT SWITCHES Switch Interior. Dead -front construdlon with hinged am suppressor and switch blades which are fully visible in the "OFF- position and with door open. Switch Mechanism: Quick -make and quick -break operating handle and mechanism with dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door in the "ON" position or dosing the switch mechanism while the door is open. Ratings: Switches shall be horsepower rated for the operating voltage and with fused or non -fused arrangements as shown on the drawings. Enclosures: NEMA 1, code gauge sheet steel with hinged cover, or NEMA 3R es shorn on Drawings, and as required by application. e 414 • CALLI$ON E ,j r) O Cs m J= a; 4' 03 3 3 co CO 1- 0- O • m C a. < lQ m CO co N CO CO CO 0) 0 N es ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-301 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (continued) 2.07 Panolboards A. Prior to bid, visit site and determine condition of existing panelboards. In its event existing panels do not have physical rapacity to accomodate added circuits, provide new panelboad. B. Provide new typed panel directories for all existing pandboads. Directories shell accurately Oat the new and existing loads that an served from ever circuit 2.08 Not Used 2.09 PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Circuit Breakers: Mach existing manufacturer, type, and AI.C. rating B. Ratings: Refer to drawings and panel schedules for trip frame and poles required. Equipment shall be Ludy Ivied based on evadable cut current level. 2.10 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Conduit Straps: Hot -dip galvanized cast malleable bon, one hole type strap with oast clamp -backs and spacers as required. OZ/Gedney #14-50G abap and g141G spacer. Reim 6231 strap and 6131 spacer, or equal. B. Construction Channel: 1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 Inch 12 gauge galvanized steel channel with 17/32Inch diameter bolt holes, 1-1/2 alas on center, in base of the channel. IOndorf 905 series, Unstrut P-1000-HS, or equal. C. Fasteners (General): Wood screws for fastening t0 wood Machine stows for asteoag to steel. Toggle bolts for fastening to hollow concrete block, gypsum board or plaster wall. Expansion anchors for attachments to pre -poured concrete. 2.11 IDENTIFYING DEVICES A Pandboard Direoariea: Shall be typesnMen, arranged in numerical order and shall show the number of the circuit Is Indicated. The room numbers used shall be vented with the Owner and shad not necessarily be Lose used In the drawings. Mont directories In a 6" x 8" metal frame under plexlgless inside each panelboard. For each elected panel board, provide new typed directory. B. Wore 8 Temjnai Marken: Set"o4he4ng, pre-printed vinyl wilt sefdemMe8ng wrap ground strip Brady B191 series, Themes 8 6etla WSI series, or equal 2.12 Not Used 2.13 GROUNDING A. Enclosures of equipment, raceways, and fathom shall be permanently and effectively grounded. Provide code -sized, (unless othenvise aduated) copper, adulated green equipment ground with all branch and feeder circuit now. Equipment ground shag originate at paneiboard ground bus and shall be bonded to ell switch and receptacle brass and electrical equipment enclosures. B. 'Mated ground conductors shag terminate on isolated ground bus and receptacle coated ground lugs only. 2.14 Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY APPLICATIONS A B. c. D. Rigid Steel Conduit For ad exposed and U/G conduit exposed to mechanical damage. Minimum size Ls 3/4". Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Interior power end fighting brandy circuits when run concealed above suspended ceiling, In stud walls, tuned spaces, and where not exposed to mechanical damage, or above 6' from floor. Flexible Metallic Conduit In dry locations connection to transformers, (E MAX), vibrating equipment (24" MAX), and to recessed lighting futures. Liquid -Tight Flexible Metallic Conduit In damp and wet cations for connection to all pump motor, solenoid valves, HVAC equipment and similar devices shell be node using lguid tight flexible nelliic conduit. Provide separate ground wire independent of conduit, run Inside conduit end bonded at both ands to enclosures. Madmum length of 24 aches. 3.02 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A General 1. Conduit system shall be concealed unless exposed work Is deafly idled for on drawings. 2. Condone shad be tightly covered and well protected during construction using metallic bushings and bushing 'pennies" to seal open ends. 3. In all empty conduits or ducts, bead a 200-pound tensile strength polyethylene pulling rope. 4. Condon systems stroll be electrically continuous throughout. Install code size, Insulated, copper, green grounding conductor in all conduit nits pulled with phase and natural conductors. B. layout 1. Locations 01 conduit runs shell be planned in advance of the installation and coordinated with the ductwork plumbing, ceiling and wed construction in the same areas and shall not unnecessarily cross other conduits or pipe, nor prevent removal of ceiling or tiles or panels, nor block access to mechanical or electrical egdpment 2. Whore practical, Install conduits In groups, In parallel, for vertical and horizontal cos and at elevations that avoid unnecessary offsets. 3. Exposed conduit shall be run parallel or at tight angles to the centeriaes of columns and beams. 4. Conduits shall not be placed closer than 12 inches from a parallel hot water or steam she or 3 inches from such lines crossing perpendicular to the cos. C. Supports 1. Ad raceway systems shad be secured to the building structures using specified %stems, damps and hangers spaced according to code requirements. 2. Support single cans of conduit using one hole pipe straps. Where can horizontally on walls In damp or wet location, Instal "damp -bads" to space andut oft to surface. 3. Multiple condult runs shell be supported using 'trapeze" hangers fabricated from specified construction channel, mounted to 3/8 Inch diameter, treaded steel rods secured to building structoes., Fasten conduit to construction channel with standard are hole pipe damps or the equivalent D. Termination and Joints 1. Raceways shag be joined using specified cohpfag or transition couplings where dissimilar noway systems are joined. 2. Conduits shed be securely fastened to cabinets, boxes and gutters using two lookouts and an insulating bushing or specified insulated connectors. Install grounding bushings or bonding jumpers on all cnnduts terminating at ascentrc knockouts. 3. Condut teminallns exposed el weatherproof enclosures and cast outlet boxes shad be made watertight using specified connecters and hubs. 4. Install expansion couplings when any conaut dosses a budding separation or expansion joint. E. Penetrations 1. Al floor penetrations sell be sealed water4ight Maintain Me rating as required. 2. Free -safe ad rated wag penetrations using 3M listed fire.sefing sealants and assemblies. 3.03 CABLE AND WIRE INSTALLATION A General 1. Conductors shad not be installed In conduit unlit ap work of any nature that may cause damage Is mandated. Care shall be taken in pudag conductors that insulation is not damaged. U.L approved non-petmdeum base and insulating type pulling compound shall be used as needed. 2. All awes slant be Walled and tested In accordance with manufacturer's regl lo11ed4 and warranty. B. Splicing and Teominatng 1. Ad aspects of splicing and te000008 g shall be In accordance with cable manufacturer's published procedures. 2. Makeup all splices In outlet boxes with connectors as specified herein with separate tails of cared odor to be made up to splice. Provide at least six (6) Inches of tails packed In box alter splice s made up. 3. All wire and cable In panels, terminal cabinets and equipment enclosures shall be bundled and damped. C. MC Cable Installation 1. Instal Cade In eccodanoe with nanuactu sec intrusions and in strict accordance with NFPA 70, Amide 334 2. Use solid conductor for branch circuits 12 AWG and smaller 3. Bend cabs per NEC, Article 334 4. Grounding: All cable shell contain a green wire ground. The jacket shed not serve as the only grounding means 5. Suspension: 1. Cable shall be strapped tight to underside of deddng where practical. 2. Cade shall have Independent suspension and shad not be tied to ailing fled 3. sugpdl�prywiaCade shalleiouesepenafelow voltage cable systems. 4. Support cable may 6 feet. maximum. 5. Cade Mail be strapped every 6,0', at each tum, and within 12 Inches Man junction boxes using cable straps, not ties. 6. Bundling: oast no more than 4 cables together Ina single bundle 6. Routing: 1. Bending radius shall be approximately 12 times the e#omal diameter of the metal sheath. 2. Routing of the able shall follow the orthogonal grid of the budding sbuctunl elementa'of the building, suds as beams and puritrs. 7. Cable In ceilings shall run as light to structure as possible, and in no case (with the exception of drops) less than 12 fiches above accessible ceilings. 6. MC cable shall not be used in final homenm connection to the branch davit panel 9. Isolated ground drodts and normal ground dnadts shall be run In separate cables. 10. Cable snit be Installed using bushings or bushed fittings. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND WIRING SERVICES A General 1. All outlets atoll finish FLUSH with wall finishes and ceiling, except where exposed work Is ceded for. There shall be no gap between box and wad or ceiling material. Any opening between box and wad or ceiling shell be caulked eftighl 2. Install raised device covers on ell outlet boxes as required to finish gush with surface. Cowen stall be of a depth to suit the wall or ceiling finch. 3. leave no unused openings in any box Instal dosa-up plugs as required to seal openings. 4. Exposed outlet boss and boxes In damp and wet batons shall be cast metal with gasketed cad metal cover plates. B. Boxes Layout 1. Outlet boxes shall be Walled at the locations and elevations shown on to drawings or specified herein. Make edjusbrrena to ba8ons as required by strecurel conditions and to suit coordination requirements of other trades. 2. Outlet boxes In sad wag and partitions shall not be mounted back-to-back nor shall through -wall boxes be permitted. 3. Wien installation Is within or behind casework coordinate exact baton with casework contractor prior to rough -in to ensure accessibility. C. Supports 1. Boxes Wailed in dud walls shell be equipped with brackets designed for seedling directly to its skids or shall be mounted on heavy gauge gavanized steel box supports. 2. Fbdhre outlet boxes Installed in suspended ceilings of gypsum lead or lath and plaster consauc8on shall be mounted to 16 gauge metal darnel bars attached to train ailing rennets. 3. Fodue outlet boxes installed in suspended ceilings systems supporting mudded Woe or panels shall be supported directly from the structures above wherever pendant -mounted fhthres are installed from the box. D. Mounting Heights: Unless noted of henvise heights are from finked floor to center One of device box shall be as follows, and in asadence with hennapped accesald0y requirements of Sao Code. Doha: HelgN(anches) Convenience receptacle 18 Convenience receptacles above Counters unless otherwise noted 44 Saddles, light 46 Telephone seat 18 END OF SECTION (11 9 CALLI=ON 4.0.00110 J E Z0 O. p °e Joo 03 3 3 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-302 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 A SYMBOLS / ABBREVIATIONS RTU-1 SYMBOL DESIGNATES MECHANICAL TYPE & NUMBER FLAG NOTE CALLOUT ABV CLG AB AFF AHJ AL APD BAS BDD C CELSIUS CD CEILING DIFFUSER CG CEILING GRILLE CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE COMB COMBUSTION / COMBINATION CONT CONTINUATION / CONTRACTOR CH CABINET HEATER CU CUBIC DEG DEGREE DIM DN DB DH (E) EAT EER EF EG EXH ELEC EMS ESP F FT FD ABOVE CEILING ANTIQUE BRASS ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION ACOUSTICAL LINED AIR PRESSURE DROP BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BACK DRAFT DAMPER DIMENSION DOWN DRY BULB DUCT HEATER EXISTING ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST GRILLE EXHAUST ELECTRICAL ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE FAHRENHEIT FEET FIRE DAMPER FS FIRE SMOKE DAMPER FLA FULL LOAD AMPERAGE FLEX FLEXIBLE DUCT GA. GAUGE GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE HP HORSE POWER IE INVERT ELEVATION LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LBS POUNDS LVR LOUVER LL LANDLORD MBH THOUSAND BRITISH THERMAL UNIT/HOUR MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MCA MINIMUM CURRENT AMPS MOP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MUA MAKE UP AIR (N) NEW OA OUTSIDE AIR OC ON CENTER PH PHASE POC POINT OF CONNECTION (R) RELOCATE RA RETURN AIR REG REGISTER RG RETURN GRILLE RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RTU ROOF TOP UNIT SA SUPPLY AIR SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO SG SUPPLY GRILLE SL SOUND LINED SP STATIC PRESSURE SS STAINLESS STEEL TG TRANSFER GRILLE TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE UL UNDERWRITER LABORATORY V VOLTS WG WATER GAUGE WB WET BULB MECHANICAL LEGEND T'STAT C.D. THERMOSTAT REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR CO2 SENSOR SECTION THRU SUPPLY AIR DUCT SECTION THRU RETURN, EXHAUST OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT SECTION THRU EXHAUST DUCT CEILING DIFFUSER 0-1r- R.R. / E.R. RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR GRILLE 0 D } 20x10 S - FLEX FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK ROUND DUCT UP ROUND DUCT DOWN RECTANGULAR DUCT DOWN TO EXHAUST GRILLE OR DUCT UP DIAMETER SUPPLY AIRFLOW RETURN / EXHAUST / RELIEF AIRFLOW RISE IN DUCT (D = DROP IN DUCT) DUCT SIZE (CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS) FLEX CONNECTION • ♦ C >1 ♦ 10" 8"0 VOLUME DAMPER BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER FD FIRE DAMPER - MOTORIZED DAMPER _ TRANSITION - RECTANGULAR TO ROUND COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER (REMOTE TEST SWITCH SEE SHEET E-001) SMOKE DETECTOR TRANSITION (10" ROUND TO 8" ROUND) 20x1oSL SOUNDLINING OR (SL) (CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS) / 4 1 SIDEWALL GRILLE P.O.C. POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING UNDERCUT DOOR (FOR RELIEF / RETURN) TYPICAL DUCT FITTINGS (LOW PRESSURE DUCTS) NAME SINGLE LINE DOUBLE LINE SERVICE SUPPLY 90^ ELBOW (45" EL. SIMILAR) / *M SUPPLY � R=W R EXHAUST OR RETURN 90" ELBOW (45^ EL. SIMILAR)SUPPLY, � a R= 1/2 W EXHAUST OR RETURN (MIN.) R RADIUS TAP -IN (LATERAL TAP -IN SIMILAR) EXHAUST OR RETURN / 1 / L EXHAUS SUPPLY: R= 1/2W R=W (MIN.) R W RADIUS TAP -IN W/ REDUCER (LATERAL TAP -IN SIMILAR) TAP -I N BEFORE TAPER SUPPLY, EXHAUST OR RETURN COMBINATION TEE I f I ~ l ila SUPPLY, EXHAUST OR RETURN W.0 / REDUCER W/ REDUCER SQUARE ELBOW (AVOID USING WHERE POSSIBLE) I( D DOUBLE WIDTH SUPPLY, EXHAUST OR RETURN TURNING VANES (TYP.) STRAIGHT TAP -IN (AVOID USING WHERE POSSIBLE) r =WM AIR EXTRACTORS SUPPLY / 1 IN AIR FLOW MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT, ROOF PENETRATIONS, DUCTWORK AND PLUMBING LOCATIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING. 2. THESE NOTES APPLY TO ALL MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 3. DO NOT RUN ANY PIPES OR DUCTS OVER ANY ELECTRICAL PANEL OR SWITCHGEAR. COORDINATE PIPE AND DUCT LOCATIONS TO AVOID ELECTRICAL PANELS. 4. DIVISION 20, 21, 22 & 23 SHALL COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES. REFER TO ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECS. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE FOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN, PROPER OPERATION, SERVICING OF EQUIPMENT & LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 5. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED AND CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES AROUND ALL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT. PIPING AND CONDUIT SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH REQUIRED ACCESS. 6. EQUIPMENT LAYOUT IS BASED ON EQUIPMENT LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT USED IS SUBJECT TO MEETING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF LISTED EQUIPMENT. DIVISION 20, 21, 22 & 23 SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO ASSURE OTHER EQUIPMENT WILL FIT IN AVAILABLE SPACE AND WILL NOT EXCEED WEIGHT AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 7. NOTE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFICATION SECTION 200513. 8. UNLESS NOTED TO USE LARGER SIZE DUCT, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM SIZE BRANCH DUCTS TO CEILING DIFFUSERS. 8" DIA. FOR 100 - 200 CFM 12" DIA FOR 376 - 550 CFM 10" DIA FOR 201 - 375 CFM 14" DIA. FOR 551 - 750 CFM 9. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SEISMIC RESTRAINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIRED IBC SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. DIVISION 20, 21, 22 & 23 SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE (AT DIVISION 20, 21, 22 & 23 EXPENSE) A LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER IN THIS STATE TO DESIGN ANY NECESSARY ANCHORAGE, BRACING, ETC. FOR MECHANICAL COMPONENTS TO COMPLY WITH IBC SECTION 1621 AND ASCE 7-02 SECTION 9.6.3. 10. THIS BUILDING AND ENERGY SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH STATE ENERGY CODE. DIVISION 20, 21, 22 & 23 IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES. 11. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALLOWABLE METHODS/LOADS FOR HANGING PIPING/DUCTS FROM STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 12. IN GENERAL, LOCATE CEILING DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. ADJUST LOCATIONS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS TO FIT WITHIN CEILING GRID AS REQUIRED AND FOR GOOD AIR DISTRIBUTION. 13. IN GENERAL, LOCATE DUCTWORK IN CEILING SPACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TRUSS AND BEAM LOCATIONS. DUCTS MAY HAVE TO BE OFFSET FROM PLANS DUE TO TRUSS LOCATIONS. ADJUST DUCT SIZE TO FIT WITHIN TRUSS SPACE. 14. PROVIDE DURABLE FLEXIBLE NEOPRENE COVERING AT ALL MECHANICAL DUCTS, PIPES, EQUIPMENT OR SUPPORTS THAT COULD BE CONSIDERED "HEADBANGER" OBSTRUCTIONS (LESS THAN 6'-8" AFF) LOCATED IN THE ACCESS PATHWAY AT MECHANICAL PLATFORMS. 15. ALL PLUMBING VTR'S SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5 FEET FROM FIRE RATED WALLS. 16. DIVISION 20, 21, 22 & 23 SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ALL DETAILS ON M-301 TO EQUIPMENT INDICATED. REFER TO TENANT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. 17. COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH STRUCTURAL BEAMS. 18. PROVIDE FILTERS AT ALL RETURN AIR INLETS DURING CONSTRUCTION. REPLACE FILTERS AS REQUIRED AND WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. 19. ALL DUCTWORK IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS (THAT WILL BE PAINTED) SHALL BE UN -INSULATED, SPIRAL DUCTWORK. 20. DUCT SIZE NOTED IS CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSION; INCREASE METAL DUCT SIZE TO ACCOUNT FOR DUCT LINER (TYPICAL). 21. START UP, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DONE BY DIVISION 23. WHEN THE EQUIPMENT IS READY FOR START UP, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND COMPLETE THE START UP AND AIR BALANCE FORMS. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ON SITE DURING TESTING AND BALANCING AND SHALL PROVIDE ALL CORRECTIONS AND WORK NECESSARY AS DETERMINED BY THE T&B AGENCY. 22. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. FIELD VERIFY CLEARANCE'S PRIOR TO FABRICATING DUCTWORK. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL DUCTWORK AND OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. 23. SUPPORT THE DIFFUSER'S, GRILLES AND DUCTWORK TO CONFORM WITH ALL LOCAL CODE AND SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. 24. AIR BALANCE OF THE HVAC SYSTEM SHALL BE DONE BY CERTIFIED BALANCING CONTRACTOR AT DIVISION 01 EXPENSE. PROVIDE A FINAL COPY OF AIR BALANCE REPORT TO BUILDING OPERATIONS DIRECTOR. NOTES: DIVISION 01 = GENERAL CONTRACTOR WORK DIVISION 20, 21, 22 & 23 = MECHANICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR WORK DIVISION 26 = ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR WORK 0 CALLISON 4::::) own 1110111.01111 10 J J m U3 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/26/11 LEGEND, NOTES M-001 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B DIFFUSER FRAME RADIANT DAMPER FOR RATED CEILINGS ONLY CEIUNG DIFFUSER GALV. STEEL TIE STRAP FLEX DUCT UL 181, CLASS 1 (MAX. 5' LONG) SUPPLY DUCT THERMAL INSULAT ON BLANKET FOR RATED CEILINGS ONLY. FRAME CLIP DIFFUSER FRAME BORDER SECURED TO CEILING LOCATE DAMPER WITHIN REACH OF THE CEILI G DIFFUSER OPENING CEILING DIFFUSER CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: NONE OBSTRUCTION ABOVE ALLOW SPACE FOR MOVING CD FOR ACCESS TO CEILING THERMAL INSULATION BLANKET FOR RATED CEILINGS ONLY. DIFFUSER FRAME RADIANT DAMPER FOR RATED CEILINGS ONLY CEIUNG DIFFUSER SOUND LINED SHEET METAL PLENUM, SECURE TO DIFFUSER FRAME (PLENUM TO MATCH C.D. NECK SIZE) RUN OUT DUCT - SEE PLANS FOR SIZE %JJ FRAME CUP SUPPLY DUCT DIFFUSER FRAME BORDER SECURED TO CEIUNG CEILING LOCATE DAMPER WITHIN REACH OF THE CEILING DIFFUSER OPENING NOTE: CEILING DIFFUSER IS USED FOR ACCESS TO CEILING SPACE AND DAMPER. CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL (W/ PLENUM) NO SCALE AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER SUPPLY/ RETURN/ EXH TYPE NECK SIZE (L" X W") FACE SIZE (L" X W") CFM RANGE < 25 NC FRAME TYPE FINISH MATERIAL ACCESSORIES REMARKS A TITUS OMNI SUPPLY BORDER TYPE/HARD OR LAY -IN 8" DIA 24x24 100 - 200 3 WHITE STEEL FOUR WAY 1 A TITUS OMNI SUPPLY BORDER TYPE/HARD OR LAY -IN 10" DIA 24x24 201 - 375 3 WHITE STEEL FOUR WAY 1 A TITUS OMNI SUPPLY BORDER TYPE/HARD OR LAY -IN 12" DIA 24x24 376 - 550 3 WHITE STEEL FOUR WAY 1 A TITUS OMNI SUPPLY BORDER TYPE/HARD OR LAY -IN 14" DIA 24x24 551 - 750 3 WHITE STEEL FOUR WAY 1 B TITUS 350RL RET/EXH BORDER TYPE/HARD OR LAY -IN 10x10 12x12 UP TO 300 2 WHITE STEEL PLASTER TRIM 1 B TITUS 350RL RET/EXH BORDER TYPE/HARD OR LAY -IN 22x22 24x24 UP TO 1500 2 WHITE STEEL PLASTER TRIM 1 02x12 MARK, GRILLE, NECK SIZE (INCHES) REGISTER OR DIFFUSER TYPE REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE WITH RAPID MOUNT PLASTER FRAME MODEL TRM. & RETURN CONN. DETAILS) (CFM) - 500 (SEE SUPPLY AIR QUANTITY 4111 CALLI$ON 210251.02 ISSUED 1 REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02125111 SCHEDULES, DETAILS, NOTES M-002 2 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 KEY BANK DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. COORDINATE AND VERIFY ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH LANDLORD. 2. COMPLETELY REMOVE ALL EXISTING UN -USED SUPPLY & RETURN DUCTWORK SERVING THIS SPACE. CONFIRM WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO DEMOLISHING ANY EXISTING DUCTWORK. 3. DO NOT DEMOLISH DUCTWORK OR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS THAT SERVE ADJACENT SPACES. st DEMOLISH EXISTING DIFFUSERS AND, REPLACE WITH NEW (TYPICAL) 40. 0 Txi V 4 ti CALLISON i row J = J w t � 3 3 3 02/25/11 Ceiling Plan - HVAC DEMO M-101 0 to N 2 FLAG NOTES: 3 4 1> REPLACE EXISTING DIFFUSER WITH NEW. MAINTAIN EXISTING CFM. 2> MATCH EXISTING DIFFUSER NECK SIZE AT ALL LOCATION WHERE EXISTING DIFFUSERS ARE BEING REPLACED WITH NEW. / // A NEW FACADE /` NEW METAL CAN 5 6 7 8 r4 . Le.�II 410.4M A _ E)CDUSTING SOFFR Ad 1 OPY METAL CANOPY SUPPORTS 9 10 Y tr4t • CALLISON CO 0 0 PERMIT SET CO CO CO DATE 02/25/11 Floor Plan - HVAC M-111 O DIVISION 20 - COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING, AND HVAC This Division applies to all Division 20, 21, 22 and 23 sections. General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions end Division 01 apply to work In these sections. SECTION 200500 - GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Description: Work Dudes materials, equipment labor, supervision, toots and items necessary for the construction installation, connection, tesacg and operation of mechanical work 12 CODES AND STANDARDS A Perform work in accordance with requirements in the state In which the work is performed. B. Conform fo applicable industry standards. C. Notify the A/E of deviations in Contract Documents to applicable codes and o dInences prior to Installation of the Work 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: 1. Submit prior to fabdcatbn of assemblies end delivery of purchased Items. 2. Clearly mark catalog pages, equipment, model number and accessories. 1.4 STANDARDS OF QUALITY A. Equipment shall be manufacturers regularly catabp Items and shag be supplied as a complete unit in accordance with manufacturers standard a6o is and any optional items requimd for proper installation for equipment unless otherwise noted.noted. Equthment in and materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and best trade practices. B. Products shall be new unless Indicated otherwise In the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS A Where'Manufacturer' paragraphs include the words 'or approved', prior approval of the proposed rinse A/E Is required. the . B. When the approves a gon request, the approval is given with the understanding that the Bidder. 1. Has detemdned that It meets oror exceeds the quality level of the specified Product, will provide the same wanenty, and will coordinate Installation and make changes with no additional cost to Owner. C. Whenever a Product Is described by detail, specification, trade name, manufacturers name or catalog reference, use only such Product 1.6 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A General: The mechanical drawings are diagrammatic. h late details of building feahrres whit affect fire suppression plumbing,.and HVAC bah cos may not be shown. For additional dete85, refer to other Contract Documents. Report any dLscrepancles to the NE along with suggested revisions. 1.7 RECORD DRAWINGS A Prepare Record Drawings Record Drawings shell be new red Fired prints and show the measured lacetions of portions of the Work and changes the Contractor has made. B. Record Drawings shall show addendum items, change orders, clarifications, supplemental Instructions, and deviations from the Drawings. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 wort( with other trades. B. Be aware of restricted space for Installation of fire suppression, plumbing, and }NAG systems. Include offsets and perform reroWng and coordination to fit dements In avalable space. Include provisions for such requirements in bid. C. Equipment ductwork and piping shown are based on existing drawings its available and on ginned prajed site observations to the edam possble under current conditions. Field verify existing conditions prior to commencement of work D. Coordinate attachments to anuaura to verify that attachment points on equipment and structure am accept sefsmk, coei ht and other bads Imposed. 1.9 WARRANTY A Warranty periods within Divisions 20, 21, 22, and 23 shall not commence until Substantial Completion Minimum period shall be one year. Comrector shall extend longer warranties specified in other sediore. 1.10 DEMONSTRATION A Following nstalla6m of fire suppression, plumbing, and HVAC work and prior tofinal acceptance, that at equipment and systems operate as indicated inD the Contract Documents and in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. END OF SECTION SECTION 200505- PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND SYSTEM START-UP PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES &Description: Work includes material and labor required to perform start-up of equipment and systems Installed in project, to perform checkout of systems end to verify completeness of project requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Complete Work described in this section prior to time of Substantial (hso n e8o B. Mechanical subcontractor shall bear prime responsibility for startup of heating and mobil and plumbing C.Include documentation required by the governing g codes. 32 SYSTEM START-UP PROCEDURES A. sp plate start up eutl� fclertory aning mechanical items erme �.durer's nemmmendatione prtoe rt up. 3.3 FlNAL C8fACCEaPTtrA 10EE A Final acceptance of Work will not occur until functional testing is complete and outstanding tastes resolved. END OF SECTION SECTION 200510 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A p Work Includesequipment suppods sleeves identification, appurtenances. end miscellaneous12 wool 71tie eshon applies pCli to all Divisions-20, 21. 22, and 23 sections. TY A UL Compliance: Where UL fire-reshtance rating is Indicatedfor oonsbudbn penetrated by amass units, rfau0mishh UL listed and labelleoddeunits, except for those units which are smaller than minimum size requMng as recoghc. B. ANSI Compl'ianncerning utI : Comply with ANS. A1131 for Iettadng she, colors and instilled viewing angles of Identification devices unless other requirements are specified. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Pipe markers. Access doors, Valve taps 1 A PRODUCT DELNEtY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Dellver, store, and handle products In accordance with manufad urera recommendations, using means and methods to prey t damage, deterioration, and loss, Including theft. B. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's odginel containers, complete with labels. C.Inspecl products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and property protected. gg D.Store enclosupre with veucts ntilatiect on adequatemage tweather conditions above o prevent condensation Maintain eamperah�enndd hhuather midity�hwAWn range required by manufacturers Instructions. E. Close open ends of equipment and work with temporary coves or pegs during storage and construction to pavah� entry of foreign material. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A Matedds shall be new and of manufacturers apedfled herein. They shall be U.S. made and bear the UL. Eft or CSA labels where 22 EQUIPMENTSUPPOR A Select and stir supports, expansion shells and bolts, concrete breeds, and anchor bolls per requirements for seismic restrants specified In Section 200548. Hot dipped or mechanically galvanized where installed outdoors unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. Damaged galvanized surfaces repaired with 2RC Garrlhe. 2.3 SLEEVES A Materials, General: Schedule 40 geNanized steel pipe with unthreaded ends, cost Iron pipe. or minimum 26 gage sheet steel. Use steel pipe for reeves at floor slabs. 2.4 PIPE AND COLOR BANDS &General: Manufacturers standard preprinted, flexible or semt-dgld. permanent color coded, plastic sheet pipe madam. Comply with ASME A131. Salon, Brady, CrdMrerk, Marling Services or approved. B. Pipes: Fug land pipe marker. C.Lettering: Manufacturers standard pre-printed nomenclature which bed describes piping system in each Instanceas selected by the NE in cases of variance with names shown or specified. 2.5 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A General: Engraved stock melamine pleats laminate. Comply with FS L-P-387. Engraved with engravers standard letter style of sizes and wording, blade with white core (letter except as otherwise Indicated. 8. Thickness: 1/161nch for units up to 20 sq. In. or 8 inch length and 1/81nch for lager units. 2.6 VALVE TAGS &General: Manufacturers standard solid pestle valve tags with printed enamel lettering. piping system abbreviation I 8. Fasteners: Manufacturers ss standard solid h Mrass beaded type chain. length es required for proper attachment of togs to valves manufacWsd specifically for that purpose 2.7 ACCESS TO FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING. AND HVAC EQUIPMENT A.General: Unhremal 1-pIeoe frame, flush type, welded steel ground smooth rounded safety comers. l spring hinge, slot screwdriver type cam latches, shallow 1-1/4 inch mounting flange. Where located In a ap oth ertyurface pe idea. Is rid pn� for painting; otherwise, polished chrome or stainless steel units, unless B. UL Compliance: Where ULcfire-resistance rating is indicated, doors UL fisted and labeled except for those doors which are smaller than minimum size requiring fire ratings as recognized by governing authority. 2.8 PERSONNEL PROTECTION &General: Where support angles, hangers, equipment supports and appurtenances, and similar Items am xpos exposed eabove floors, protective w ys, and maintenance access ways, cover such protrusions less than 6'E' g. 29 PAINTING A General: Painting of work specified In mechanical sections which Is exposed, Ducting exterior exposed mechanical work, is in Division 09. 2.10 ROOF PENETRATIONS A Roof penebatkns shall be done by the Landlord's roofing contractor at Div 20 contractors expense unless noted otherwise on plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MEASUREMENTS &Verify measurements atjob site. Locate equipment and 6xhres on centers of walls, openings, spaces, and similar locations except where noted otherwise. Chock that piping, duds, and similar elements dear openings. 32 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Equipment Installation: 1. General: Install support. for equipment and appurtenances. 3.3 ACCESSIBILITY A General: Locate valves, dampers, controls, and similar components to be readily accessible. Instal access doors to achieve accessibility. B. Equipment 1. Install equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs to be -sadly accessible. P'r 2. p �g with ducts,and conduit shall not Interfere with required access. 3.4 PIPE MARI�RS AND COLOR BANDS A Install ideniMwtiun after completion of covering and painting. 3.5 VALVE TAGS A Install valve tags on valves and control devices in each piping system. 3.6 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A Install nameplates on or near each major Item. 3.7 PAINTING AToudwp: Cover dscratches, abrasions, and similar damages to equipment with factory finished surfaces usinB. Grtl matching Registers s aandpDlory ftissa�rs Paint bride surface of dumb, visible through grilles, registers, diffusers, and other 3.8 bend. i D 5 paint 1NG OaFndSLonndduES visiings with 1 coat of flat blackble throughnmlinp lief grilles.ag on straight ducts a around A Inretal sleeves for pipes for penetrations through cast -in -place concrete floors. Seal air and watertight 3.9 EARTHWORK A Perform earthwork required for Installation of mechanical work below grade. 3.10 CLEANING AND HOUSEKEEPING A.Re debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, and similar items, at regular Intervals. B. Beforeem SSubstantial Completion carlabels, 45 y dean equipment, faNres, exposed ducts and piping, and similaritems. Remove construction labels, dirt dust outings, Paint plaster, mortar, concrete. and similar kerns. END OF SECTION SECTION 200513 - ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES a p Work includes factory installed motors and motor starters and associated appurtenances. 12 QUALITY ASSURANCE &Codes and Standards: 1. IEEE 112 IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors end Generators. 2. NEMA MG 1, Motors and Generators. 3. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Suburb manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data form Biers. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTORS A Motor Characteristics: Except where more stringent requirements are indicated, and ex apt where required item of plumbing and HVAC equipment cannot be obtained to meet requirements in this abide, comply with the following requirements for motors for plumbing and HVAC work 1. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless of emwlse Indicated. 2. Temperature Rating: Rated for 40 C ambient temperature and at 3300 foot elevation with maximum 50 C temperaturerise for conks nuaduty al ell bad (Class A Insulation). teaccelerate. and 3. at installed altitude and environment, rronmentt vri h Indicated operating sequence, but without exceeding .peed., nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 4. Phases and Current Characteristics: Squirrel -cage Induction polyphase motors for 12 hp and lamer. Permanent -split capacitor or cepacitorutart single-phase motors foorrbon, be e1t/33phhp and smaller, except 116 hp and smaller current characteristics wiet th power ostippeedd0readaDivision 26 oa io and with hidividuale. .q pm ent requirements. 6.5. Do Service Factor:�aset atfor polyphase mopower tors characteristics r.0 single-phase ionthation direction av been confirmed. B. Motor Construction: General purpose, continuous duty motors, Design'B', except'C' where required for high staring torque. 1. Frames: NEMA standard. 2. Bearings: Antitrlctlon bag or sleeve beadwith Inner and outer shaft seals, greaseabe except permanently sealed where motor Is normally inaccessible for regular maintenance. Where bek drives and other drves produce lateral or axial thrust in motor, beartr. designed to resist thrust loading. Refers Divisions 22 and 23 sections for factional -hp light -duly t rs where sleeve -type bearings are permitted. 3. Enclosure Type ore atlotwtse open dripproof motors for Indoor use where satisfactorily housed and guarded motors where exposed to contact by employees and building occupants. Totally enclosed fan for outdoor use. 4. ppOverl oad Protection: Include for each motor. BulNn (manual reset) for 120, 208, and 277 Volt single 5. Efficiency: Motors are to be 'Energy Efficient' having minimum efficiency as scheduled In accordance with IEEE 112, Trout Method B. 6. Power Factor: Minimum 85 percent under full bad conditions. Where less than 85 percent include power factor correction to minimum 90 percent C. Manufacturers: Except where item of plumbing and HVAC equipment which otherwise complies with requirements in section) is integrally equipped with motor produced by another manufacturer, include motors by one of the following manufacLxers: Balder Secek Co., General Electric Co., Reliance Electric Motors, or Square D. 22 MOTOR STARTERS A General: Comply with requirements In Division 26 for factory Instated starters. Field instated starters are specified in Division 26 work PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MOTORS A Where motors are furnished tor field mounting, install motors on motor mounting systems In accordance with motor manufacturers instructions, securely anchored to resist torque, drive thrusts, and other external forces inherent In mechanical work Secure sheaves and other drive units to motor shafts with keys and Alen set.crews, except motors of 1/3 hp and less may be secured with Allen screws on flat surfaces of shag Unless otherwise indicated, set motor shafts parallel with machine shale. 32 STARTERS aCoordi ore with Division 26 work to install starters and wiring devices near motors or as Indicated an the Drawings. Securely support and anchor in accordance with manufacturers hate/ration instructions. Locate for proper operational access, Oche:ling visibility for safety. 3.3 EQUIPMENT AND MOTOR CONNECTIONS A install flexible -conduit Comply connection a m-motor and equ'perd for co end n-packaged equipment that is factory assembled. Compy with applicable provisions of Division 26 sections for wiring materials and B. Refer to Division 26 sections for Installation requirements. Divisions 22 and 23 shall provide work not indicated In Division 26 fora complete and operating system. Where a conflict occurs between Divisions 22 and 23 and Division 26, Division 22 or 23 aubmntradur shall provide work fora compete and operating system. END OF SECTION SECTION 200548 - VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A -Description: Work Includes products to isolate balding structure and occupied spaces from vibration transmission and ndudes seismic restraints for plumbing and HVAC equipment and distribution systems. 12 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data and installation Instructions for each vibration Isolator, base. sseei4shmoic restra and li gnt and appurtenance.B. Calculations: bases.on Isolators, C. Vibrattiioon Isssoolaaiioon Base Details: Detail hhicationdistributkm for �duding anderages and aOechmen to stmd ure and nt D.Seims, ReWahrt De : Deal foGbation and attachment of seismic restraints. E. Isolator Schedule List Ust size, twos, load, and static deflection of each isolator. 1.3 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A -General: A single suppler shall select and furnish Isolation mounts, pads, seismic restrains, sway braces, PART related- P14w re, and tebrlcate Notation bases for the project unless otherwise specified. 2.1 GENERAL &Manufactures: Mason Industries, Amber/Booth, Kinetics Noise Control, Vibration Mountings & Controls, Vib �ynamicscs, CaliforniaCalifomla Dynamics Corp (Cadyn),Industrieso, or approved. Mason Industries model numbers arePART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 INSPECTION ADesolption: Verify Installation conditions as se to receive work of this section Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are caneded. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as 32 EQUIPMENT A Spring Mounts: 1. Mack vibration isolators to show undetected height to verity proper isolation after installation. Install Isolators for single piece of equipment with appproximatey equal deflection. Mount equipment level. 2. Coordinate with general contractor and atrudaral engineer to ensure proper mounting attachment points for seismic restrained springs. 8. Spring Hanger Rods: Align Isolator to dear Isolator housing. Install housing as dose as possible to structure. C.Bases: 1. Install floor -mounted bases wits 1 Inch deasnce between floor or housekeeping pad and base. 2. Attach curb mounted Isolation base and rigid roof curb to roof structure and attach rooftop HVAC unit to curb in accordance with engineer, specialty consultant or seismic restrain device manufacturer's design 3.3 DUCTWORK A Medium Pressure Dumb: Isolate within mechanical rooms or for fist 50 feet from vibrating equipment whichever is greater. 8. Dud Clearance: Install vibration -isolated ducts to allow minimum 2 inch gap between top of duct and underside of floor structure above. C. Vibration Isolator Housing: Install as dose as possible swcture. D. Flexible Connectors: Instal in duds at connections to equipment that is externally Isolated. E. Ducts within Shafts: Install without contact with walk. Mdwr to building structure at floor only. 3.4 PIPING A Equipment Supports: Coordinate piping supports volth equipment supports to maintain uniformly efficient portion of latat expansion and contraction, bra vibration I olattars afterpipingsystems ive have beetresses n filled a ulppipmeM noni is at on or m operating weight B. Vibration Isolator Housing: Install as dose as possible to structure. C.Flexible Connectors: Install in piping at connections to equipment that is externally isolated. D. Risers: Isolate at prim of contact wdh floor sin1Wre. 3.5 EQUIPMENT, PIPING. AND DUCT SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A General: Comply with requirements in IBC and ASCE 7-05 unless otherwise indicated In the Contract B. Coordination: Coordinate with submittals and Shop Drawings of plumbing and HVAC equipment such as pumps, aitoensure units. ma, and similar Hemattachment pdnb�lnate with general contractor and structural C.Vlbretlon-Isolated Equipment Piping, and Duds: 1. Install seismic restraints with factory set dearances. Install seismic restraint to avoid short circuiting of vibration Isolators. 2. Isolate bolts from direct contact with stuct ure. 3.6 ROOF MOUNTED HVAC AND AIR HANDLING UNITS A General: Install cement board and sendfMid fiberglass Insulation material to fill void within curbs of HVAC and air handling units including spaces between and around ducts that penetrate roof. B. Install both layers of cement board with seams overlapped. C. Seal eeddaqaesy and seams of both layers of cement board with resilient sealant 3.7 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATION ISOIATE0 EQUIPMENT A.Compty with requirements in Section 200513. B. Do not install conduit damps or hangers between flexible raceway termination and equipment connection. C.Recommended minimum flexible raceway length is 6 feet END OF SECTION SECTION 200593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Descripnph: Walk includes testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) of mechanical systems. 12 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 2. UL 873, StandeM for Temperature - Indicating end Temperature -Regulating Equipment B. TAB Subcontractor. 1. General: TAB work performed by en Independent subcontractor, not affiliated with the Contractor. Landlord may requite spathe contractor for balnnanp 2. Qualifications: Certified by National Environmental Belandng Bureau (NEBB) or Associated Ale Balance Council (AAB. xp�ccee M. 3. EEeeri�e�n�3 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Balancing Report 1. Provide complete balendng report In accordance with NEBB requirements: PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUMENTS A. General: Furnish materials and equipment necessary to petfortn the work B. Instrumentation: Use In accordance with manufacturers instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A Description: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 32 WORK BY TAB SUBCONTRACTOR A General: Adjust quantifies to within 10 p m of design values: B. For rooms and terminal units that ere . per ed to design in negative pressure relationships to adjacent rooms adjust alr quantities to wkhln the percent of design values. C.Sysems: Include, but are not limited to supply, room, exhaust, vemlation air systems, and domestic hot water circulating systems. D. Existing Systems: Perform TAB for existing air handling systems (noted on plans), work shalt Include same activities as for new syetem. E Filter Pressure Drop: Following proportional adjusbnem of supply air outlets, measure initial dean finer proms re drop. Simulateeffilteerr re loading by covering facegof filters a increase niter pressure drop. ns clean filter p.F. F ustnt Ddve Charges: MeclraaWdrop at final fanaS b Contractor shall provide motors, sheaves end bells G.01 as terAnd supply rAl alr outlets and return air Inlets are in balance and ale cared, oCycles: quantities eadjust outdoor damper to air quantity indicated on the Drawings for each sysem. H. Marling of Adjustments: 1. After Mal Inspection and recheck permanently mark dampers, valves, and other adjustment devices to allow ad)usbnent a be restored if disturbed the x rbtl e future. END OF SECTION SECTION 200700- MECHANICAL INSULATION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 12 DDeUsorigion: Work kthudes Insulation for plumbing and HVAC pipag. duchvork and equipment NCE ACodes and Standards: 1. cable ereryy axle 2 E 94, Standard Toot Method for Surface Burning Transmission Characteristics of Building Materiels. 3. ASTM E 96, Standard Ted Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 4. NFPA 9OA, Standard for the haalladon of Air -Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. 5. NFPA 255, Surface Bunting ring Characteristics Building Materials. 6. UL 723, Ted for Surface Burning CharsctertsOce of Building Materiels. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Submit CHARACTERISTICS TICS al product data for each type of required Inauiatian. 1.4 SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS AProvide composite or m aanen.550 per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, and UL 723 as follows: Fame spread rating not greater than 25and art developed Ming not grader than 50. B. Composite bdudas insulation, jacketing ad adhesive used to c, csecure cement, jacketing a wino. C.Componenb include PVC jacketing and likings, adhesive, mastic, comem, tape, and cloth. PART 2 MA PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALSA. Type 1. B. Fiberrgglass Piplass pee FittingInsulation: insulation: ASTM T Mannar blankeASTM C 533,ett,,aASTM C 533, Type 1 or II. C.Caldum Silicate1. D. Fberglass Dud nIrhsulation: ipeinsulatioASTM C 553 Typo 1 II or Ill, ASTM C 1290, ASTM C 1139, Type III (faced), ASTM E 84, and ASTM C 1136, Type (1 for FSK}acket E Adhesives, Sealers, Staples. Binds, Wires, and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for apali atolls Indicated. 22 iberggllaass Pipe and Duct !mutation: CertaKneedTeed, Kneed Insulation, Johns ManvEle, Owens -Coming, or p 2.3 PI PINCa SYSTEM INSULATION A. Insulation materiels and thicknesses shall meet or exceed the insulation requirements of the applicable energy code. Where insulation thldoress specified Is larger than those listed in the applicable energy code, usethe lamer values. B. Insulate cold plumbing and cold HVAC piping with fiberglass, 1 inch Mick for all sizes. C.Insutate hot plumbing piping with the 1 boh O11dk to pipe saes 2 inches and smaller. D. Insulate da t suction and liquid piping with elastomerkthick , 1 Inch for all sizes. E. Increaseerby 12 inch where piping Is located outdoors or otherwise exposed to ambient air. F. Include factory applied ASJ/SSL on fiberglass piping Insulation. 2.4 DUCT SYSTEMINSULATION A Dud Wrap::Flexible Flexible fiberglass dud wrap insulation with factory applied FSK fernsg (vapor banter) consistng of aluminum foil reinforced wuntilfiberglass scrim laminated to UL rated beft. B. Insulate at nippy, return and outside air duchvodc with FSK glass fiber Insulation having a minimum R-Naha of 7 and vapor barrierjacket Unless indicated with dud lining. Do not use exterior insulation in areas where the ductwork Is visible in exposed ceiling from sales floor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. General: Very Installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work or this section. Do not install until unsatisfeekry conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as esOsfadory. END OF SECTION SECTION 200820 - SYSTEMS OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Dpe�s�crcciipption: Work includes preparation of mechanical systems Operation end Maintenance Manuals. 12 SCOPE OF WORK A Product Data and Parts List Include loocgal source of supply for pads and replacement List parts and comporantsB. she equipment used in stating on equipment number (serial number and ratings, such as HP, voltage, and GPM.) and s ng Guide. C.Manuradurers'Installation and Service Instructions. D. Manufacturers Service Instructions. E Start-up tasWdtions with Certificates of Start-up and Verification. F. Final approved submittals. G.WamanPes. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMAT • &Assemble Operation and Maintenance Manual In 3-ring blnder(s). END OF SECTION SECTION 202110 - PIPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A Description: Work includes piping and associated appurtenances for piping that apply to multiple systems. PipbnGhpp sppeecidfific to a.Milgle system is specified In that particular sedton. 12 Codeu YASan ads: A1. and Standards: ASME B31.1, Bawer Piping. 2. ASME B31.9, Building Mau Piping. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A P Data: Submit manufacturerstechnicalurer'stechnical product data end maInlenence data for each type of piping, Mathsand associated appurtenances. B. Testing Reports: Pressure testing records. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A Pressure Ratings: Provide components with minimum pressure rating of 125 prig working pressure. 22 MANUFACTURERS RERS A Pipe: U. Pipe: U. S. Steel, Sharon Tube, Vision Metals, CSI, Manddhi American National. B. Copper Tubing: Cerro, Mueller, Wolverine. C. Steel Pipe America, : Anvil International, MITI Iron Wass, Hackney, Ward, Phoenbc, Allied, Moo, Tube Fagpnegs of AmeeTube aringgsVogt, Bonney Forge, StodOent , Elkhart E. D. Copper saskets: Qorre, Garlock. U. S Rubber Anchor, Flerdteite. F. Shaped Nipples: Allied, Bonney Forge. 2.3 Pipe: PIPING A Pipe Black steel, Schedule 40, standard weigh for 10 itch and smeller, ASTM A 53, Grade A or B, or ASTM A 106, Grade a B, or C. B. Fittings: 1. 2 Inch and Smaller. 150 pound WSP, blade malleable Iron, screwed, ASME B16.3 and ASTM A 197; 3000 pound failed steel socket weld, ASME B16.11 and ASTM A 10511. 2. 2.12 Inch and Larger: Standard weight seamless steel. butt welding, ASME 816.9, Grade WPB. C. Unions, 2 inch and Smaller. 150 poundWSP, black malleable bon, screwed. ASME 16.39, brass seat D. Pipe Nipples Same piping material as connecting piping; Schedule 80 for 1-12' unthreaded length with p�pee shoe less than 1-1/4'. Close apples not acceptable. E.1.1. 2 Inch and Smaller: 125 pound WSP, cast Iran screwed, ASME B16.1 end ASTM A 126, Class El; 150 pposocket weld, ASM B d.n end ASTM P,n, 181,ASME B16d nd .5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I; 150 pound forged sle 2.2-12Inch and Lerner. 150 pound forged steal weld neck or slip on, ASME B16.5 and ASTM A 181, Grade I. Flanges facing flat faced oast iron Ranges with flat face finish. F. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick compressed non -asbestos material selected for applicable temperature and presaasroof systems I Fug face gaskets for flat faced flanges. G.Joint 2.4 COPPER TUBING A.Tubing, Above Grade: Type L copper water tube, hard-drewn ASTM B 08. B. Tubing, Underground: Type K copper water tube, soft -drawn, ASTM B 88. C. Freings: Wrought copper solder fittings and screwed adapters. ASME B1622; cad bronze solder joint fittings and screwed adapters. ASME B16.18. D. Unons: Wrought copper solderJolm unions, ASME B 16.22; cast bronze solder joint fittings, ASME B 16.18. F.Gasktsand 6 ,ged Castd1pou0A Class, ASME Gaskets'11/1dMick ramresseionsomaselectedr applicable temperature and pressure of systems Metalled. Full fare fagaskets for Bat faced flanges. G.Joint Compound:taps. H. Solder Material: 95 percent tin, 5 parent antimony solder or 96 percent Rn 4 percent silver conforming to ASTM B 32. J.W. Harris 'Bddslr. Hardy & Haman, Allstate or approved. 2.5 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) AP',ppee: PVC, ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40, made to ASTM D 1784 meeting Ceti Class 12454. B. FOtings: Socket pressure type, ASTM D 2466, made to ASTM D 1784 meeting Cell Class 12454. C. Joints: Solvent cement for use with PVC pipe, ASTM D 2564 and ASTM D 2855 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install ppepipiannarently lealgros, and eoof piping aIn ppurtenances capabnce le blele of perfootminggeeach Indicatedary servivicee wes ititleW piping failure. 8. Install pipe generally sloped to permit drainage et low points, free from sags, bends, and traps, and In a manner to conserve space for other work. 32 FLUSHING a� grayAM dean wafer pia to connecting to existing systems and pressure testing. TESTI32A. it Test PiPingRE� N�ore insulation has been applied and before beddLing. B. Ted Pressures and Duration: Ted piping systems atpressure of 1-12 design the den waking or at 100 psi9, whichever Is greater. Maintain test pressure for sulfident time to perm* complete edian of system under test Minimum 2 hour duration. Test in sections and test entire system when C.Test Repairs: 1. Remove materials such as gaskets and bolts damaged during tests and flushing and provide new com2. Use w gaskets cad. time a flanged joint is made up. 3. Repair defects which develop during gg and retest piping systems until they no shay/defect or weakness and are tight Do not use dsaeMmicals, stop -leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary D.Test sRecords: Make end submit records for each piping installation. Include copies in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. END OF SECTION SECTION 202115 - PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ADescription: Work includes pipe hangers end supports, strainers, thermometers, pressure gages, temperature/pressure teal ports ted (Pete's Plugs), air vents, alignment guides. and associaappurtenances for piping that apply to multlle systems. Spedalty components specific toe single system are specified In that Particular se,'!(on. 12 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Codas and Standards: 1. ASME B31.1, Power Piping 2. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. NFPA 255, Surface Burning Characteristics Building Materials. 4. UL 723, Ted for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. MSS Compliance: Comply with MSS SP-58 for materials, design, and manufacture of pipe hangers and supoats Comply with MSS SP-69 for selection end hangs aWication of pipe hangers and supports. Comply MSSVilth P for installation of pipe and supports. Refer to MSS SP-90 for terminologya cep. herge C.Pipe hangers and damps and related components installed In ceiling spaces used as a retum air plenum strait have ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E 84, and UL 723 with Barre spread rating not greater than 25 and smoke developed rating not greater than 50. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Furnish factory-febdcaled piping spedalties, pipe hangers, pipe supports, anchors, dielectric unions, thermometers, pressure gauges and pipe escutcheons recommended by manufacturers for use In seMces indicated. B. Materials: Match piping material at point of contact with piping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A General: Instal building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structure steel for proper piping support. Install etlditional supports at concentrated bads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints and at changes In direction of piping. B. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary insert boos, rods, nuts, washes and other Ia CfR 32 DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND NIPPLES A. Instal at the Following Locations: 1. At black and galvanized steel piping connections (0 copper tubing. 2. At black steel piping connectons to bronze valves and similar devices. 3.3 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS A Instal escutcheons et wail, floor. and ceiling penetrations In exposed finished locations and within cabinets end millwork. Use project above f required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. Escutcheons not required where sleeves w END OF SECTION c w CALLISON -13 s° 0 b o J To 0 3 3 3 ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M-301 DIVISION 23 SECTION 230900 - TEMPERATURE CONTROLS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description: Work includes design, components, hardware, end construction for complete installation of an opantionel control system. B. Coordinate carefully with Landlord requirements end connect to building system when applicable. 12 QUALITY ASSURANCE &Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. &MCA Ste energy code. Lamm Methods d Testing Dampers for Rating. 3. AMCA Publi ati n04D Laboratory ng 3. AMCA Publication 511, dsAsso Ratings Program for Alr Control Devices. 4. FSC, CanadianrtSubpart J, AssoClass ciation. Computing m. 56. NFPA 70, 15,atonef RFleddcal Code. 7. UL 873, Standard for TemperatureIndicating and -Regulating Equipment 8. UL 916, Standard for Energy Management Equipment. C. Control System Subconbadors Qualifications: Subconbedor that will perform this work shall have a minimum dal least 3 control systems of same type and design as required by the contract Use Landlord's control subcontractor when required per Tenant Cdterfe. D. Installation: System designed and constructed by authorized representative of product manufacturer. Carefully Investigate rredenical, electrical, and finish conditions that could affect work to be performed and furnish materials and labor necessary to neat such conditions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Submit spedficetion data shed for each component identify components by tag numbers. B. Shop Drawings: After approval of product data, submit Shop Drawings. Label components with tag numbers. Do not commence Instalatbn until Shop Drawings are accepted by A/E. C. Record Documents: Subma Shop Drawlnpe for each control system showing Installed condition. As a minimum, include diagrams and down enb listed in Paragraph 'Shop Drawings' with sequences of 1A d PERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL & Fouenctioonal Design: Operational requirements of system, theory of operation. design philosophy, and B. Hardware: General description and cpedfimations and installation and checkout procedure. C. Operation: Procedures end instructions for operation of system. D. Maintenance: Descriptions of maintenance for mammon monf including inspec8m, periodic preventative 13 min Mopeds.fault eds. and repair or replacement ofdefective components. A Include services, materials and equipment necessary for the successful operation of Control System for period of one Year sifterSubstantialcompecon date. B. Adjustment, required tstino, and repair of the system Includes computer equipment, transmission °d eement and sensors and control devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BASIC SYSTEM A General: Provide thermostats, swore, wiring, conduit, relays, transmitters and other control devices required to make a complete and operational control system. Materiel and equipment standard products of manufacturer ularly engaged In manufaddng ofsuch products. 22 CONTROL WING A General: 1. Include wire and cable, transformers, circuits. casing protection and labels, drawings as required for 2. Contrn, to NEC anand d Division 26 regal meC0113101 system ents wrong to transformer primaries. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTROL SYSTEM, GENERAL A.= oz Install Adevicesand hardware required to insure a completeoperating system inwit h ttethseq sequences of shag be easily accessible. 32 SEQUENCES OF OPERATION A General: Provide sequence of operation as indicated on the drawings. 3.3 FIELD TESTING AND VERIFICATION A Field Tests: Calibrate field equipment end devices and verify equipment and system operation before oledna rmthe eutometcion erehum control system on -tine. B. Perfoance VerificationTests: 1. Conduct performance verification tests to demonstrate that system maintains setpoMb, control loops are tuned, and controllers are programmed for correct sequences of operation. END OF SECTION SECTION 233113 -AIR DISTRIBUTION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 12A p Wok indaRANCE d des shemetal work, ale distribution accessories and associated appuden ences. QUAUTYAASSU AReaulamry Requtertertts: Comply with applicable dty. candy and state codes and ordinances. B. Coeddss and standards: 1. AMCA 5000, Laboratory Ratings PrMethods aof m for Dampers for Rating. 2. AMCA 511, Certified Ration p xmroagrem 1orMr Control ng Coils. 3. ARI 410, Forced -Circulation tWh Arr oolIng and Ale -Heating Colts. 4. ARI 880, AI TProcedures f. 5. ARI 885, Precedures for Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels In the Application dAFTanhtets end Air Outlets. 6. NFPA BOA. Standard for the Installation dAirLondtlbrdng and Ventilating Systems. C. Dud Cent damage Requirements: ducts during 1. Freest damage to cover. Plastic transportation gn of us trading. Dell ony when duds can be aimed under permanent Dover. len tarpd with minimal duds 0 ure to not accepabb. 2. Keep site storage axes dean ya dry rot mmInrexposure to dual 3. Keep ltg area at lend and dry and protected frompec wester aelements. 4. Prior rat metal d individual dud sections, inspect to ensure they are free from debris and Woe Memel metal ers to pr. 5. Cover duct risers to ducts and ndebris. 6. Cover open ends of duds and downward facing and horizontal duct opens 7. f, in the opelon of the A/E, duds end fittings are not kept clean or complete dry, replace duds and fittings or dean interior of affected duds and fittings tosatisfadlon of the at no additional cost b the Owner. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Submit menufadurera technical product data and mebdenance data for each clam specified In this section. B. Test Reports Pressure test for 1A PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FU ISHED UNDER THIS SECTION ASedlan 200548 - Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control: Flexible dns o. B. Section 230900 -Temperature Controls: Motor operated dampers and and actuators. C.Sedion 283111- Fire Alarm and Detection Systems: Dud smoke detectors. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL WORK GENERAL A Dud Construction: 1. Comply with SMACNA HVAC Dud Const dmn Standards. Metal and Flexible (SMACNA), Third &Non, 2005. Standing seams not acceptable for expol *tit G-90 zinc sed duds. 2. Galvenked steel in 3. Galvanized steel preppedpeor duds firdshed with Paint field painting where exposed In Twisted spaces as B. Pressure Ge nsle a: Division 9. 1. Return and Exhaust Duds: Plus 2 Ind downstream d fans and minus 2 inch w.g. upstream of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at 1.0 Ind w.g. and above. 2. Return, Relief, and Exhaust Ducts: Plus 1 inch downstream of fans and minus 1 Ind w.g. uppabeam of fans for fan design static pressure scheduled on the Drawings at less than 1.0 inch w.g. Plus 1 inch w.g. for relief duds. 3. Supply Duda not Listed Above: lid w.g. 4. Transffir Duds: 0.5 Inch w.g. C.Raund Duda: Spiral seam with beaded sleeve at transverse joints. D. Fittings: 1. Comply whip SMACNA as follows: a. Round Elbows: Full radius (2ID=1.5), 5 piece segmented or stumped per SMACNA Figure 3-4. b. Rectamular Elbows: Full radius (RAW=1.5) where minimum 5 dud widths is available dovmstream of Iunelbow ng prior to branch notbrantake of. t daight length available, use square throat elbow with RcathM Tres and Laterals: Comical fitting or tap per SMACNA Figure 36, 90 degree tee with oval to round tap, 45 degree lateral fitting, tap, or saddle tap. or 45 degree rectangular lead-in per SMACNA Figure 36 degree is not acceptable. Saddle tap connections for exposed ducts in fmiahed acceMble d. Spin -lit Fittings: Conical type, with volumeining. e. Redaar Laterals: 45 degree endamper.par quadrant and accessories. Include insulation guard for SMACNA Figure 4-6. f. Offsets: installation radius (MR/D=1.5fordud withlround and flat oval and W W=iS to rectangular) where space allows. Mitered offset (Type 2) wth 30 degree maximum offset angle per SMACNA Figure 4-7. Angle offset ype 1) rot accepteNe g, elided flow Potngs acceptable per SMACNA Figure 46 except for branch connections to outlets and 2. Screened Openings: 1/2 inch mesh screen, 14 gage gatvanized steel wire. Enclose mesh screen with 20 gage gelvanRed removable sheet metal frame around perimeter. 3. Duct Collars: 2 inch wide galvanized oteel for galvanized duds, 20 gage. Mitered comers for square and E.Tumin rectag Vangular Cutts. Escutcheon type for round and flat oval duds. nes: 1. Description: Airfoil deign smoothy -rounded entry nose, extended trailings internal edge, continuous bolos for stiffening and ng(dity of section, adaptable to duct styes. Maximum generated sound power level 54 dedbem In octave band 4 at 2000 fpm velocity M 24 Inch by 24 Ind dud size. 2. Assembly Fabrication: Side rails by sane mow per rer as turning cans. Vans to installed on 2.4 inch centers across full diagonal dimension d elbow per SMACNA Fgure 4-3. Rat systems with non-standard table sparing not aadjust m le. 3. Unequal Elbows: Fabricate and adjust set vans In assembly at coned angle of attack, resulting in loading and trailing edges M parallel to duct surfaces. 4. corer app. H P. - High Efliderwy Profile - as manufactured by AerolDyne Co. (1600.522-2423) or 5. ACoontrraactors option, double wall timing vanes fabricated from same material as adjacent duct acceptable. Include mounting rails with frldon insert tabs that align vanes automatically. F. Acoustical Turning Vanes: 1. Double tticloess, perforated, glass fiber fib, mylar finer. 2. Manufacturer. Dudmate Industries or eppmved. G.Uned Dude: Fabricate with duct fining such that no gap will result between sections of duct lining after assembly of dud sections. Fabrication and installation stall result In adjacent Ming sections butted together without gaps, bulges. or other discontinuities. H. Dud Sealer. 1. Indoor Locations: UL 181 listed and labeled. Low odor, non-tordc vapors, surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50 when in a dry state. Rated for air temperature range of minus 20 F to plus 150 F. Rated to 10 inches w.g., minimum 65 percent solid content McGill Arnow LLC, ArSeat United Dud Sealer (Water Based), Biddle MorcaHVACC,, HHardcast Irongrip 601, Design Polymedw DP1010, Dudmate Industries Pmseal or 2. Outdoor Locabons: UL 181 fisted and labeled. 3 Inch minimum width. Surface burning characteristics of 25 maximum flame spread and 50 maximum smoke developed. Rated for air temperature range of minus 40 F to plus 200 F. Sealer with UV inhibitors. McGill Airflow LLC. ArtSeal UNI-WEATHER, Dudmate Industries Pmseal or approved. 22 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A Desc iption: Factory -insulated with low permeability vapor barrier jacket constructed of reinforced metallized laminate film, suitable for mecum and low pressure applications. 2 inch Odd( fiber Insulation, coated steel spring helix reinforcement bonded to fiber glass Both. polyester or m r Yner. 1. Ratings: UL listed and labeled per UL 181 as a Class 1 flexible dud with maximum Bane spread rating 25, mandmum smoke -developed rating 50. 2. Length: Assemblies in 5 rod length with galvanized male and female fittings attached to liner and vapor bamerJadet acceptable. B. Manufacturers: Ttonnafex MK-E. Wiremdd 57K, Flean aster 8m, or approved. 2.3 DUCT UNING A Description: Fiberglass acoustical and thermal insulation, 2 ioh thick unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. nit Typdo d) liners. aK-svalue 024 B4dhr ls( Its at71 F meean osAbleiare { r AB(TIlid,177PA 90A for preformed dud B. C. Composition: 1. Semi -rigid borosificate fibers bonded In thermosetting resin. 2 Density 1-1/2 lb. per W. ft. 3. R-value 5.6 hr/sq tl/FBtu per ASTM C 518. 4. posite surface bu rg MW of 50 per ASTE ar84NtePA 255, 10 end maximum ionUL 7 flame spread of25 and maximum snake 5. Temperalune limd 250 F. M 6. Velocity rated at 6000 fpm.7. Airstream surface protected roth acr1,1 coayhp EPA -registered aged. 8. Factorr spppked edge coating with Johns Manvt'ne SuperSea[Duct Bum opperrSeal Edge Treatment, or D. Due ing Adhesive: UL tided and labeled, surface burning characteristics for maximum flame spread of 25 and maximum smoke developed of 50. Water based and non-flammable in wet or dry state. McGill Airflow LLC, AlrSeal UNI-TACK, Hankasl Glas-Grip, Design Polymerics DP5050, Foster 8565, or E 1. Redangular Dud Johns Manville Unacoustic RC, Knauf EM, Certainteed ToughGuard Ron approved 2 Redargcum ar Plenums: Johns Manville Unacoustc R-300 rigid plenum finer board. Knauf Id Plenum • Liner, Certeinteed ToughGuard Rigid Uner Board, or Bp roved. 3. Round Dud Up to 16 inch Diameter. Johns Manville Spbecousac prefomned cellsupporting'sfWe-in' duct finer or approved. 2.4 FASTENERS A Description: Use bend rivets, sheet metal screws, or batted connections where required by SMACNA for attadment purposes for sheet metal. Sheet metal mews and rivets minimum length required for secure fastening. Where rivets are specifically called for in this sedon, sheet metal screws maybe used. B. Locations: For duds, grils, and accessories exposed to view In finished rooms, include finish -type fasteners. 1. PemeraM Work Blind stainless steel pop rivets. 2. Removable Items and Griner: Cadmium -plated pan head orcountersunk tapping screws. 2.5 HANGERS FOR SHEET METAL WORK A Description: Hangers, supports, and anchor bolts for sheet maid work and equipment, same material as for dud mnstrudon. B. Bundrq Attachments: Concrete Inserts and sbudurgdeel fastenens ap te for construction materials to which hangers are being . Comply with requirements in Section 200515. C. Duct Sixes: Rater to maximum um rzaceoaasedon dimension at location of hangers. D. Horizontal Rectangular and Routs Duds: Comply with SMACNA Standards, Wire hangers not acceptable. E. Vertical Duds: Angles attached to sides In pate. Comply with SMACNA. 2.6 FIRE Denton: RS and Comply A Sesa1MACNA Fire. Fire dampers, and Radiation DappeInstallation Guideach Mth frame and sleeve for e..mcude ULYFi elRsistance Classified Ceffirog Diffuser Radiation shields where tretaled at ceiling diffusers and grills In fire rated ceilings. UL 555, NFPA 90A. UL ed and labeled amic systems with airflow In B.direction. Include label driven air flow installations andcBdMemum ft allowable for n erdid1 m/sqsfer fat 8anUars either hour fire rated in gannet Refer to Architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction. C. Type: Mani curtain folding type wan replaceable 165 F fusible lids steel: spring closing for horizontal Installations. Blades recessed out of airstream for 100 percent free area D. Sleeves: Galvanized steel. gages required to meet manufadrrera installation instructions. factory mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper. E. Manufacturers: Rusldn FD60, Air Balance, Nailer industries, or Greened(. 2.7 SMOKE DAMPERS A Description: Smoke darnpam. each with frame, sleeve, airfoil blades, and actuator for wag, floor, and cagingg kntallations, 250 CompIv. with SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation pier installation Guide. Include UL Fire Resistance Olmstead Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where kstalled at caring dtttusers end grilles b fire rated ceWngs B. Ctaslficatlon: UL 555S, NFPA 90A Leakage Class 1. UL listed and labeled for dynamic systems with airflow M either direction. Include label indicating maxdmum allowable air quantity of 11 cfrrdaq ft at 8 inch w.g. for fan driven air flow installations and 8 dm/sq ft at 4 inch w.g. for relief and transfer air Installations. 142 has fore rated In general. Refer to Architectural drawings for fire ratings of general cons1don. C.PerifaoamnMICA Rating: CA listed and labeled meeting AMCAle lea511 certifytg air performance and a D. Size: Free area inside sleeves and within damper stop minimum 90 percent of area of connecting dud. Provide larger damper size to maintain 90 percent free area. Increase size of damper if dud sires Indicated on the Draws are smatter than manufacturers available sizes. E. Blades: Airfoil type, double skin, 6 Math maximum width. Single airfoil shaped blade for blade width F. Smoke Detector: Integral, factory wired for single -point connection. G.Sleevea: Galvanized steel, gage s required 10 meet manufacturers Installation instructions, factory mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper. H. Aduata: Fadory Installed, electric, 120 Volt, 60 cycle, 1 phaseactuator and linkage mounted out of air stream, normally dosed (damper doss when power is interrupted), maximum 0.18 amp when mmntng 0.11 amp at full open, and dose In 15 seconds. Electric actuators rated for energized hold open positlorr d 6 months or more, Ruskin H2000 Series as manufactured by Honeywell or equivalent to actuators manufactured by Honeywell for other acceptable manufacturers fled above. 2.8 COMBINATION RFIsldn 5D60 DAMPERS Natter Industries, or Greenheck. A.Descrlpfon: Combination fire/smoke dampers, each with frame, sleeve, airfoil blades, and actuator for wall, floor, and ceiling Installations, 250 F. Comply wrih SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide. Include UL Fir Resistance Gasified Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where installed at ceiling diffusers and grilles In fire rated ceilings. B. ClasdB®tlon: UL 555, UL 555S, NFPA 90A, Leakage Class 1. UL listed and labeled for dynamic systems vdth airflow in ether diradion. Include label indicating maximum allowable ek quantity of 11 dmlsq R at 8 trtdh w.g. for fan driven ale Bow installations and 8 dm/sq ft at 4 ind w.g. for relief and transfer air ktetallegms. 1.12 hour fire rated In genereb. Refer to Architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction. C. Performance Rating: AMCA listed and labeled meeting AMCA 511 certifying air performance and ale leakage performance. D. Sae: Free area inside sleeves end within damper stop minimum 90 percent of area of connecting dud Provide larger damper size 10 maintain 90 percent free area. Increase size of damper if dud sizes indicated on the Drawings are smaller than manufacturer's available sizes. E. Blades: Airfoil type, double skin, 6 inch maximum width. Single airfoil shaped blade for blade width F. Heat -Actuated Device: Electric fuse link for controlled dosure and automatic reopen after test, smoke detection, and power failure. 165 F activation temperature for dud air temperature less than 115 F end 212 F for dud at temperatures 115 F and higher, 250 F elevated temperature rated. G.Smoke Detector. Integral, factory wiredtor single -point connection. H. Sleeves: Galvanized steel, gage as required to meet manufacturers Installation instructions, factory mounted to damper with sealant leeve and damper. 1. Actuator. Fa M y installed, elecbcD0 Volt 60 cycle, ii, actuator and linkage mounted out oink stream, normally dosed (damper doses when power is tad), maximum 0.18 amp when running, 0.11 amp at fug ctra open, and dose in 15 seconds. Eleads rated for energized hold open position of months or eeyn H2000 Series pbeHonednuivalent to actuatorsma red by Honeywell other acceptable manufacturers lst J. Manufacturers: Rusldn FSD60, Air Balance, Nailer Industries, or Greenhed(. 2.9 VOLUME DAMPERS AND QUADRANTS A General: Fabricate B. Remote Cable ControlInSystem accordance Quadrants where dudss with SMACNA same aft n accessible. for construction. em far remote and operation gear volume drivropernd consisting mounted control Bowden 0.054 inch sheathed stainless steel control wire, rack C. Manufacturers: Young Regulator, Eroded, or approved. 2.10 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A bladeaedge. Blades with fold aluminum tabe adzinc extruded counterbalance weights edge seals ell ow pressurecally rerelief. to start opening at 0.01 inch w.g. and be fully open at 0.06 inch w.g. Corrosion resistant bearings, synthetic type. Unkage conceded in frame. Dampers deigned for maximum 1500 rem spot velocities and up to 4 inch w.g. bad( pressure. B. Manufacturers: Ruskin Model CBD2, Greenhedr, American Waning & Ventilating, Air Balance, Duro Dyne, Pacific Air Products, or approved. 11 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 2y reaching or' Aconstrudbn, hemmed edges (no sharp edges), 0gM Being whh et. hinged, with latch. Insulation oror lining equivalent to that ofadjacent duct Steel angle frame. Access panels wait shed metal fasteners not acceptable. B. Latches: Dlecast, Ventfabri s No.100 for doors 2'-0' high and smaller. Cat. No. 260 for doors up to 3'-0' high. Cat. No. 310 for doors higher than 3'-O . Use 2 for each door. Cam tattles acceptable. 212 MISCELLANEOUS DUCT ACCESSORIES A Instrument Test Holes: Cad iron or cad aluminum to sue dud material, including BOW cap and gasket Size to allow insertion of pilot tube and other testing Instruments and of length to sue dud -Insulation thidaress. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION &General: 1. Install In workmanlike manner. Fabrications, fittingsjoints, tare -offs, attachments, turning vanes, dampers, and sealing In accordance with required SMACNA as speceed in this section and as Indicated an the Drawings. 2. Comply with requirements In Section 200548 for seismic restraints of ducts. 3. epedfHanggdus from rod sructure and not from the roof deck itself. Provide supplementary steel framing as eddof in Section 200515 to span between roof aauctrral members. 4. Locale duds with sufficient clearance around equipment to allow for inspection, repair, replacement, and service. 5. Cap inoompided dud ends with temporary closures of taped polyethylene to prevent construction dust from entering duds. 6. Install dud collars where exposed duds pass through non -fire rated walls and ceilings. Fasten tight to duds. 7. Dud sizes may be damped as long as the new dimensions are equivalent to those indicated and do not exceed 4 to 1 aspect rebo. 8. Transitions: a. Fabricate and install duct transitions for connections to equipment such as fans, heaters, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, motor operated dampers, where to connection sizes are different from dud sizes Indicated on to Drawings. b. Where transitions are required to fa into available space, fabricate to maintain equivalent free area of duct sizes with angle less than 15 degrees. 9. Drawings do not show offsets whirl maybe required. Make offsets with fittings with as small an angle of offset as possible. Install turning vans In square comer elbows. 10. Install acoustical bmMg vans in realm air square throat elbows. 11. Install flanged connections to equipment with neoprene gaskets. 12. Install duds enough roof to be watertight. Coordinate with any details on the Drawings as to flathings and curbs. 13. Install duds, unless otherwise Indicated on the Drawings, vertikaily and horizontally and parallel and perpencticsdar to building lines. 14. Install test his at fan inlets and outlets end elsewhere as indicated on the Drawings. Locate where required for testing and balancing purposes as directed by the TAB subcontractor specified in Section 200593. 15. Install return ale and transfer ale openings above ceilings with minmum 2-0' clearance to 16. Where louvers are shown on the Drawings to be blanked off, cover backside of unused portion of louver rrh galvanizedsheet metal end caulk *watertight. Paint outside surface of blank of material flat t° installation. B. Exterior Ducts:: 1. General: Install duds located outside of bullrings in weatherproof manner. 2. Fabrication: Fabricate and us page s required by SMACNA Galvanized steel with 4-bolt or comer -clip dud connedons or flanged Idhfs. Slope top d duds for drainage. . Sup hot galvanized after fabrication. Seal seams and Joints externally for watertight ta0atlon workmanlike manner. 3. Claming: Thoroughly dean dud surfaces, such that ducts may be primed and finish painted. C. Flexible Connectors: 1. Install flexible-mountcttod)rs furnishedunderSection 200548 at connectionsand Midler tovibration-isolated (spring and 2 SSuupppoort isolator-mounted) uct onnboth aides d texiblecocomnectoCr towers a alignment arN to avoid binding connector. 3. Install with sufficient stall to ppeerms 2 NM hodzonml or vertical movement without stetddng fabric and to efficiently isolate vibration offans from duds. D. Dud and Plenum Sealing: SMACNA Seal Class A Apply dud sealer to transverse Joints, to gltudinal Beams, Mang connections, comers of four -bolt or comer dip dud connection system, and fitting seams except continuos welded type. Spiral seams, continuous welded seams and transverse knits for4-bolt or comer dip dud connection n b.,, are not remised to be sealed adess viknitssible and audible leaks exist or dud leakage exceeds get snowed by leakage test specified in this salon. Comply wth manufacturers 32 ROUBLE DUCTS & Install per SMACNA Figures 3-10 and 3-11. B. Conned to metal duds with sly joint made using fire-resistant mastic end stainless steel or plastic machine -applied damp. C.Five foot maximum le filly extended. Generally Install with straightsection, seons, without bends. If bends wiwith are rewired, Install wmaximum one-90 degree bend, WD=2.5 or grader. No kinks allowed. Sheet metal elbows to result in straight flexible dud cons acceptable. D. Hang flexible duct on 5-0' centers and at 90 degree bend with 1 inch wide fiat steel strap. Maximum 1/2 Inchsa9 per foot Supportahatl not cause outof ound shape. E. MatdlaIn oonidor ceiling spaces whore fire rating Is required not slowed. 3.3L1N DUCT UNING As General: coverage. inssAtappqylldyud dnhng per SMACNA NANdud finer adhesive for 103 A ontt DDuct LinernSecure liner s Liner installation and uteri by this article. max/mourn oures l 15 Inch g centers..Start tff nts fasteners vein inches ing edglenndp matins of each dl05 and within 3 incedgeand worms to I e D.owingsass f are net inside tail sddTel nnions. Increase etal nonslip at shheetet .1.i0Ldlnwnsions b accommodate rminations. Duct dimensions dud liming thicknDessasv. ahBs B. Extent 1. Low prssure rectangular supply ale duds, a minimum of the first 15 feet Tom unit dkdarge or per plans (Gw1lte an elf greater). 2 rifle and diffuser boxes and boots. 3. Transfer ducts. 4. Return and exhaust air duds for the first 10 feet from the glee. C.Trasporta8m and Handling: 1. Transport and handle M accordance WMh manufacturers instructions. 2. Promptly Ywpeet shipments to ensure that materials comply with requirements and are undamaged. 3. Provide equipment and personnel to handle materials by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damaD. Storage and Protection: 1. Store and protect In accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 2. Store with seals and labels Intact and legible. 3. Store M weettertlght, d4nete controlled endosures Man enntronment favorable to materiels. 4. Exterior storage not acceptable. 5. Use a0dfe storage and protection when site does not perm0 on -site storage or protection. 6. Use equipment and personnel to store materials by methods to prevent soling, disfigurement or 7. Arrange straps of materials to pent access for Inca lion Periodically inspect to verify materials we undamaged and are maintained in acceptable conditbn. 8. Avoid Installation of tined dud In exterlor conditions (prior to enclosure of buiknng exterior envelope). If it is absolutely necessary to Install lined dud M exterior conditions, provide temporary endosures with impervious shed covering arranged to shed water, anchored securely against the wind. Ventilate budding to prevent condensation and degradation of materials. E. Protection of Installed Work 1. Provide eciv'dy trvrlymte work area rea toolpn re for Installed use durable clod materials. ge. 3. Instal pyrotedNe coverings at openings. 4. Rehire traffic or storage upon Installed surfaces. F. Moisture: Do not allow tinbg to get wet or absorb moisture. Promptly remove and dbpose dwelled or eme000ciisesttp lining material and replace with new, dry material. Drying out wetted duct lining material not G.Inshalietion: For tined duds, use care during Installation to Insure that lining remains dean and dty, and that nol,gggap will result between sediopnpoyd dud Iming ebutted together without eftteer assembly of dud lsections..ps, bulges, or other .Installation shell result in ad3.4 ties. Ensure that mating edgesE am sealed Iacent fining Inn the field. DAMPERS, additional sealant to re ItFincomplete DAMPERSencapsulation offiber . &General: Install per manufacturer's installation instructions. Install to prevent rattling and vibration. Utilize sleeves, angles and other materials so that installation is equivalent to that used by manufacturer when tested by UL B. Actuators: Install smmoke and combination fire/smoke dampers so that rs other actuatoand oer components 3.5 Vmounted extemal to the OLUME DAMPERS ce nUr are accessible. Install dampers so that actuators can be removed from damper shalt for A General: Volume dampers may not be shown on the Drawings. Install damper In dud to each supply. return, and exhaust opening and for brand mains serving more than 1 opening. B. Construction: TIgM felting to walls of dud when m6y dosed. Install beamg on each end and sealed airtight C.Location: Install dangers in accessible locations. In general, arrange with ads of blade in long dimension of duct. Locate as far from outlet and Inlet as possible. D. Settlng: Set and lock In full open position, prior to TAB work E. Install 12 Ind long orange colored 12 Inch wide surveyors tape on quadrant of volume dampers located above ceiGngs. 3.6 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS &General: Install at exhaust and relief air duct terminations to atmosphere that do not have motor operated dampers. 3.7 ACCESS DOORS A General: install at dud smoke detectors, humidifier absorption manifolds, baddraft dampers, motor operated dampers, fire dampers, smoke dampers, combination fwefcmde dampers, both sides of dud s maggeoaunted heattearss,, airflow measuring units, and plenums. Arrange door swings so that access doors open air 3.8 DUCT tSMOKE DETECTORS A.Coordtnate location requtrements with Division 28 work prior to preparing and submitting sheet metal Shop Drawings to ensure w0h detector manufacturers Installation requirements. 3.9 PRESSURE TESTING FOR LEAKAGE A Description: Ted supply, realm, and exhaust duds. B. Ted Standard: SMACNA HVAC Air Dud Leakage Test Manual,1st Ed., 1985. C. Ted Apparatus: Portable blower with volume adjustment Bow measuring assembly for determining dm of air being added to duct consisting of calibrated orifice mounted in straight tube with straightening vane and pressure taps. U-tube manometer, and calibration curve for orifice assembly. D. Ted Procedures: 1. Ted duct before insulation is Installed. 2. Close off and Beal openings In dud section to be tasted. Conned test apparatus to dud by means of fiwdble dud. 3. Ted for audible lads. ealed, _ 4. After ss than 22ppercent oleaks off design aive been r quantity of system has been achbSeal and retest as .ry until maximum leakage Is END OF SECTION SECTION 233410 -AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A i pp Work includes VAV boxes, farts, fan drives, and associated appurtenances. 12 QUALITYQASSURANCE A Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable dty, county and state codes and onfinances. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AMCA Compliance: Ted and rate air distribution equipment in accordance with ASTM Standards and pmvlde AMCA ceNfied ratings seal. 2. UL Combbpylliance: Provide electrical components of air distribution equipment which have been Gated and labeled 1.3 SUBMITSU E A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers tednkel product data, and maintenance data aintenanncdabo for and fan end appurtenance. Indude dimensions, weights, capacities, certifications, component coSunletc a. and finishes d B. P rformance Data: Submit fan peifomaceInterconnections, for east fan. Indicate on separate graph for each fan, static pressure versus volume flow, • nnccyy. and brake horsepower,with scheduled deslgn pond shown and labeled. Performance oarefied in accordance with AMG210. A single fan save not acceptable. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT A Provide equipment with all features and options listed and as scheduled on the drawings. B. Provide ben driven equipment wherever possible with all options required to meet performance data PART - Wadded. 3.1 INSTALLATION OF AIR H NDUNG EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS A Install equipment with clearances for service and maintenance end in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions. Coordinate requirements for night hand or left hand access to suit fold conditions. B. Units located above Inaccessible ceilings will require access tvou h access doors. C. Wine Exhaust Fens: Provide hanger rods to support fan from roof structure. Provide flexible dud connections. D. Roof Exhaust Fans: Attach manufacturers rod curbs to rod and mount fans on roof curbs. Refer to a,ditedpal drawings for mad E Exterior Installations: Hot dip salsa hardware and steel support frames for rod mounted fans. Install weadedhood over fan motors and drives. 32 CLEANING &Ale handling equipment shall rennin sealed except duringg Installation. When dilly activities have been competed dean and seal una. Do not use (ompadments for storage. 3.3 START-UP SERVICES A Services shall Include a check of proper Ihdalo5oo. system Bradt -out, ed)usirthartt, end complete start-up ppeerr ude sta curers recommeorts in s. B. tndude start-upend test reports in Operation end Maintenance Manual. 3.4 ADJUSTING A Tighten bolts to proper . Adjust fens end de dine changes. deliver design airflow. C.Wdjbust damper linkages damper operation.d by manufacturer. END OF SECTION SECTION 233713 - OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A pesa115m Work inducts gri s, diffusers. louvers, roof hoods and associated appurtenances. 12 QUAIJIYASSURANCE ARepu Renl equlremn: Comply with applicable sty, s , county, and state codand ordinances. B. Cedes ant Standards: 1. ADC 1062R4,LAir DAmftuasv EYg gods 01 GNficatlon, Rf r end Ted Manuel. 32. AMCA 5CA 11 Certified Ray .gs Program sortie Control DeRes.hgs. 4. ASHRAE 70, Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Idaho. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each type and PART2 associated 2.1 GRILLES , REGISTERS. DIFFUSERS. LOUVERS, ROOF AND WALL CAPS A. Except as of envise indirated, furnish manufacturers standard grills and diffusers of size, shape, rapadty and type as indicated on the Drarorms for complete installation. B. Performance: Furnish milles and Musens that have, as minimum. temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and nase alteria ratings for east grille end diffuser type and size as listed in manufacturer's current data C. Cellyywo Compatibility: Furnish with border styles compatible with adjacent wing systems specifically nanafare ed to fat Me ceffing m od ule with accurate fit and adequate support Refer to mditedd u D. Seismic drawings and to Grilles and Diffusers Weigh types g Less than 20 Pounds: Include means to positively attach grilles and diffusers to calling grid system: E Louver -Performance: Maximum free area and minimum pressure drop for each type as listed in manufadsers current data. F. Manufacturers; Grilles, Registers, Diffusers: Talus, Kreger, Aner ostat, Met labs, Kees, a approved. G.Manufadrrers; Louvers: Ruslm Greedck a oAmericane, American Warming and Ventilating, or approved. H. Manufacturers' Roofand Well Caps: Pe n8arry, Greenback. Cook or approved. 22 ROOF HODS AND CAPS A Louvered Type: 1. Description: lowered penthouse, led,ed, cd timi 0.081 inch extruded aluminum blades at 45 degrees with step, comers mitered and wattlrb cap, roof sloped to drain, 1 inch tick insulation on Modersurface ofrod. Interior aluminum bracing 1/2 inch mesh 19 gage aluminum bindscreen; counterbalanced mi ed bkdraf de el baked acrylic enamfinish, color as selected by the ALE. 2. Roof Curb: 12 inch high insulated for flat or pitched roofs as applicable. 3. Manufacturer. PennBany Farmhouse,se. Cook Greenback, or approved. 2.3 WALL RAIN HOOD A easnmufpUm: Galvanized steal construction with enamel finish, buiao -in Miseen and backdraf damper. M B. anufadaer. Greenhed Model WC or approved. PART 3 - EXEN7TION 3.1 INSPECTION A General: Verify Installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of condthons as satisfactory, 32 PREPARATION A Feld Measurements: Feld verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this swim. B. Protection: Protect surrou areas and surfaces toeq pude damage from work of this section. 3.3 INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, ERECTION, AND PERFORMANCE A General: Install, apply, erect, and perform the work In accordance with Artie "Quality Assurance' provisions, so,e t its, and manufacturers Installation instructions and directions. Where these maybe in conflict, theit more stringent requirements govern. B. Coordinate with other work, including dudvodk and dud accessories, s necessary to header* Installation of grilles diffusers vwtth other wo C.Instaeusfable grillesand and fire ht nnection m ducts and m allow service and maintenance d adj dampers. D.Cetltng-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: lops have Indicate gentrral arrangement of duds, fittings, and accessories. Gnlfe and rite, noiseCauser locations have been indicated on the Drawings lo achieve de. Make nsegl n requirements forns w Indicated on t eeuarrcciitectur l refleited ceilinairflow gt ,plans. Fowles andme diffuseers installed in leyy--11locn ceiling panels, locate in center of panel. Wham architectural turn or other tens conflict with Mstaliaton, notify A/E for determination of final location. E Seismic Restraints: 1. For Gills and Diffusers Weighing Less then 20 Pounds: Positivelynt ceilin atlach grille adiffuser to g grid 2. For Grilles and Diffusers Weighing 20 to 56 Pounds: In addition to positively attaching grille end Mums to selling grid system, ImdaA two No 12 gage hanger wires connected to grilles and ddhrsers to ceiling Vol nenger or m structure above. 3. Fr Grilles and Diffusers Weighing Mora than 56 Ponds: Support directly from structure above. Comply wuh requirements M Sedbn 20N- 48 for seismic restraints. F. Secure rod curbs, for roof hoods or caps and wane hoods or caps to top of curbs. G.Insten louvers and mousey attach to building. Make installation watertight with sealant as detailed on the architectural drawings and sped8ed. 3.4 ADJUSTING &After installation, adjust grilles and diffusers to air patterns indicated on the Drawings, ors directed, before starting air balancing. 3.5 CLEANING &After installation doily and diffusers, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces m remove buns, dirt, and smudges. Remove end provide new grills and diffusers that have damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 0 00 =o 0 CALLI$ON rn 1D co OD CO 0) 0) to m fQ ISSUED / REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 02/25/11 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M-302